B.A.

Economics

Syllabus

AFFILIATED COLLEGES

Program Code: 21C

2023 – 2024 onwards

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY
(A State University, Accredited with “A++” Grade by NAAC,
Ranked 21st among Indian Universities by MHRD-NIRF)
Coimbatore - 641 046, Tamil Nadu, India
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Programme Educational Objectives (PEO)

PEO 1: Creating strong subject knowledge in Economics to develop and uplift

the Society.

PEO 2: Applying Economic theories and make the students to understand the
practical knowledge on present Economic System.

PEO 3: Creation of continuous improvement in their professional career

through lifelong learning appreciating human Values and Ethics.

Page 1 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Programme Outcome (Po) for Under Graduate Degree in Economics

PO 1: Creation of knowledge in fundamentals of Economics, application of

Economics with the help of Mathematics, Statistics and Computer
Applications is a strong foundation for UG Students.

PO 2:Train the students to understand the concepts and theories in Economics

to practical problems solving in the real world.

PO 3:Decision making and evaluate the solutions for useful complex economic
issues and train the students to meet the specified needs to resolve
complex economic problems.

PO 4:Train the students in Industrial, Agricultural and Service sector

economics. This will be helpful for them to get into the concern sector
for their Job Oriented goals.

PO 5:Create knowledge and select the issues to adopt the techniques to

understand resource allocation and Macro Economic policies in Indian
Economy.

PO 6:By way of getting complete knowledge in Economics may helpful for

them to commit for the professional Ethics and responsibilities taken by
them in their professional Career.

PO 7:Students of undergraduate in Economics are practiced for Basic

knowledge in Economics, Mathematics, Statistics and Accountancy.
This type of getting knowledge may helpful to students to clear any kind
of basic Competitive Examinations.

PO 8:Knowledge in Economics and creation of domain knowledge will be

effectively served to the students to understand the Society, Societal
complex problems and for attainment of Comprehensive Solutions.

Page 2 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

BHARATHIARUNIVERSITY::COIMBATORE641046
B.A./[Link]./[Link]./[Link]., Course Title(CBCS PATTERN)
(For the students admitted from the academic year 2023-2024and onwards)
Scheme of Examination
Examination
Hours/ Duration Maximum Marks
Part Title of the Course Credits
Week in Hours
CIA CEE Total
Semester I
ILanguage- I 6 3 25 75 100 4
IIEnglish-I 6 3 25 75 100 4
IIICore Paper I-Micro Economics– 1 5 3 25 75 100 4
IIICore Paper II-Agricultural Economics 5 3 25 75 100 4
IIIAllied A: Paper I History of India 6 3 25 75 100 4
From 1600 To 1857Ad/Political
Science/Tourism
IV Environmental Studies# 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 125 425 550 22
Semester II
I Language– II 6 3 25 75 100 4
II English–II* 4 3 25 25 50 2
Naan Mudhalvan subject 1: Effective 2 - 25 25 50 2
English** (Language Proficiency for
Employability)
[Link]
mbridge_Course_Details.pdf
III Core Paper III-Micro Economics –II 5 3 25 75 100 4
III Core Paper -IV-History of Economic 5 3 25 75 100 4
Doctrine
III Allied A : Paper II History Of India 6 3 25 75 100 4
From1858 To 1964/Political
Science/Demography
IV Value Education –Human Rights# 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 150 400 550 22
Semester III
ILanguage–III 5 3 25 75 100 4
IIEnglish–III 5 3 25 75 100 4
IIICore Paper V- Macro Economics-I 5 3 25 75 100 4
IIICore Paper VI- Statistical Methods 5 3 25 75 100 4
IIIAllied B: Paper I Political Science 5 3 20 55 75 3
/Constitutional History of India 1773
to1892/Business Management For
Economics
IV Skill based Subject 1: Financial 3 3 25 25 50 2
Accounting***
IV Tamil# / Advanced Tamil#(OR) Non- 2 3 - 50 50 2
major elective-I(Yoga for Human
Excellence)#/Women’s Rights#
Total 30 145 430 575 23
Semester IV
I Language–IV 5 3 25 75 100 4
II English–IV 5 3 25 75 100 4
III Core Paper VII-Macro Economics-II 5 3 25 75 100 4
Page 3 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
III Core Paper-VIII-Mathematical 5 3 25 75 100 4
Economics
Allied B: Paper II Political Science 4 3 20 55 75 3
III Constitutional History of India
1892to1950/ Introduction to industry 4.0
IV Skill Based Subject 2: Trade 2 3 25 25 50 2
Documentation***
IV Naan Mudhalvan Subject 2: 2 - 25 25 50 2
Office Fundamentals**
(Digital Skill for Employability)
[Link]
epath/Microsoft_Course_Details.x lsx
IV Tamil#/Advanced Tamil# (OR) Non- 2 3 - 50 50 2
major elective-II(General Awareness#)
Total 30 170 455 625 25
Semester V
III Core Paper IX-Monetary Economics 6 3 25 75 100 4
III Core Paper X- Indian Economic 6 3 25 75 100 4
Development and Policies
III Core Paper XI- International Economics 6 3 25 75 100 4
III Core Paper XII-–Entrepreneurship 5 3 25 75 100 4
Development
III Elective I 5 3 25 75 100 4
IV Skill based Subject 3:Business
Communication *** 2 3 25 25 50 2
Total 30 150 400 550 22
Semester VI
III Core Paper XIII-Fiscal Economics 5 3 25 75 100 4
III Core Paper XVI-Industrial Economics 5 3 25 75 100 4
III Core Paper XV-Environmental 4 3 20 55 75 3
Economics
III Elective II 4 3 20 55 75 3
III Elective III 4 3 20 55 75 3
IV Core Paper XVI (Practical) Computer 4 3 30 45 75 3
Application - Tally
IV Skill based Subject 4:Soft Skills for 2 3 25 25 50 2
Business***
IV Naan Mudhalvan Subject 3: Fintech courses
[Digital banking and Audit Essentials for
Employability]
Digital Marketing /Capital markets/
Operational Logistics –Theory & 2 - 25 25 50 2
Project/Assignment**
[Link]
gital_Marketing.pdf
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
og_TNAPEX.pdf

V Institutional Training/Project 50 - 50 2
work /field work /Related to
Economics/ Extension
Activities @
Total 30 240 410 650 26
Grand Total 180 980 2520 3500 140

Page 4 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Note
@ No University Examinations. Only Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA)
# No Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA). Only University Examinations.

* English II- University semester examination will be conducted for 50 marks (As per existing pattern of
Examination) and it will be converted for 25 marks.
** Naan Mudhalvan Course: CEE will be assessed by Industry for 25 marks and CIA will be done by the
course teacher
***Skill Based Subjects: University semester examination will be conducted for 50 marks and it will be
converted for 25 marks.

List of Elective papers (Colleges can choose any one of the paper as electives)
Elective –I A ECONOMICS FOR INVESTORS
B AUDITING
C BASIC ECONOMETRICS
Elective–II A MODERN BANKING AND INSURANCE
B HEALTH ECONOMICS
C JOURNALISM
Elective–III A RURAL ECONOMICS
B ACCOUNTANCY FOR ECONOMICS
C FINANCIAL MARKETS

Page 5 of 91
B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

First
Semester

Page 6 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY: COIMBATORE 641 046

B.A Economics Curriculum (University Department)
(For the students admitted during the academic year 2023 – 24 onwards)

Course code MICRO ECONOMICS-I L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER – I 5 4
The course attempts to equip the students with the Syllabus
Pre-requisite basic tools and methods of economic analysis. Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Understand the concepts, methodology and the behaviour of the economic agents as a
consumer and a producer.
2 Enlighten the students about the economic objectives.
3 To understand the fundamental concepts and theories of Microeconomics.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 . To improve the knowledge of students on the basics of Micro Economics K1
2 . To analyze the economic relationship between the variables. K2
3 To enhance the skills of students in the measurement of variables and relationship. K3
4 To improve the attitude of students towards economic laws. K4
5 To generate an interest in the application of economics for business decision, K6
planning and forecasting.

K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 Definitions and Basic concepts 15 -- hours

Definition of Economics - Adam Smith - Marshall - Robbins - Samuelson - Micro and Macro
approach - Inductive and deductive methods - positive vs Normative study - static and dynamic analysis -
Economic laws - partial vs General Equilibrium

Unit:2 Basic laws of Economics 15-- hours

Theory of consumer behaviour - Cardinal Utility - Ordinal Utility - Law of diminishing Marginal
Utility - Law of Equi Marginal Utility - Law of Demand - Indifference curve analysis - Features of
indifference curve - Consumer's Equilibrium - Income, price and substitution effects.

Unit:3 Elasticity of Demand 14-- hours

Elasticity of demand - Types and Degrees - Measurement - Factors influencing elasticity of demand -
uses - consumer's surplus

Unit:4 Factors of production 14-- hours

Factors of Production - Land, Labour, Capital and Organization - Laws of returns - Law of
variable proportions.

Unit:5 Cost and revenue concepts 15-- hours

Cost and Revenue - concepts of cost and revenue - Average, Marginal and Total cost - Nature of
short run and long run average cost curves - Revenue; Total Revenue - Importance of revenue

Page 7 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

curves

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – Webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 –hours
Text Book(s)
1. M.L. Jhingan, Micro Economic Theory, Vrinda Publications Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
2. HL AHUJA (2018) Advanced Economic Theory [Link] & Co

Reference Books
1. Dr. S. Sankaran, Micro Economics, Margham Publications, Chennai, 2000.
2. Misra and Puri, Advanced Micro Economics Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai,
1996.
3. V. Lokanathan, Principles of Economics, Economic Analysis
S. Chand & Co., New Delhi 2003.

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M M M M L L S S
CO2 S S M S M S S M
CO3 S S M S M M S S
CO4 S S M L M L M M
CO5 M S M M S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 8 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER – II 5 4
This subject is mainly educating the students on
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Indian agriculture and Micro Economics
Version
concepts
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Make the students to understand the Indian Agriculture
2 To understand the role of Institutional agencies for Agricultural credit
3 To know about agriculture policy in India
4 To equip the students with the knowledge regarding the relationship between Agricultural
economy and Indian economy

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To improve the knowledge of students on the status of agricultural sector. K1
2 To encourage the skills of students in the measurement of productivity. K2
3 To stimulate the students in the applications of Agricultural economics in pricing. K3
4 To engage the students in the analysis of debt crisis in the farm sector. K4
5 To prepare on proactive attitude towards the internal and external changes in the K6
agricultural sector.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 Agriculture and Economic Development 16 -- hours
Definition and scope of Agriculture Economics – Agriculture in a growing Economy – Role of
Agriculture in Economic development of a Nation. Interdependence between agriculture and
industry-Agricultural development under the 5 year plans.

Unit:2 Productivity 16-- hours

Productivity in Indian Agriculture, Measuring Agriculture Productivity, Farm size, Cropping
Pattern – New technology and its role in enhancing productivity of agriculture - Agricultural
Labour and Wages – women in Agriculture, wage discrimination. Green Revolution- Problems of
small and marginal farmers.

Unit:3 Agricultural Price Policy 15-- hours

Size of land holdings- Tenancy systems and Land Reforms – Supply of Inputs: Irrigation, Power,
Seed and Fertilizer – Pricing of Inputs –– Agricultural price policy in India – objectives of price
policy, Food security in India, PDS– Crop Insurance.

Unit:4 Agricultural Credit 15-- hours

Agricultural Credit in India - Agricultural Indebtedness – causes – remedies.- Institutional and
Non-Institutional credit- Institutional agencies supplying Agricultural credit: Co-operatives,
Commercial Banks, and Regional Rural Banks, NABARD.

Unit:5 Agricultural Marketing 13-- hours

Agricultural Markets- Definition and Scope – Types of Agricultural markets – co- operative
marketing and regulated markets - New Agricultural policy.

Total Lecture hours 75 –hours

Page 9 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1. Ruddar Dutt and K.P.M Sundaram, 2022, New Edition, Indian Economy, [Link] & Co Ltd,
New Delhi.
2. Dhingra - Agricultural Economy of India, Sultan Chand, New Delhi, 1982.
3. .K. Gupta, Agricultural Economics, Vrinda Publication (P) Ltd, New Delhi.
Reference Books
1 [Link] & [Link], 2011, Indian Economy, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.
2 A.N. Agarwal, 2019, Indian Economy Problems of Development and Planning.
3 [Link], 2006, Sixty Years of Indian Agriculture.
4 [Link], 2014, Agricultural Economics, Dominant Publishers, New Delhi.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M S M M M L S L
CO2 S S S S S S S S
CO3 M S S M S S S M
CO4 M S S S S S S S
CO5 M S S M S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 10 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code TOURISM L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive ALLIED PAPER – I 6 4
Development of Tourism in India and Economic Syllabus
Pre-requisite
concepts Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Make the students aware of the nature and forms of tourism.
2 Expose the students regarding the possibilities of employment potential and the importance of
computer technology in tourism

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To improve the knowledge of students on the need and types of tourism. K1
2 To make a positive attitude on Tourism K2
3 To analyze the tourism demand and its measurement K3
4 To enhance the application of economic ideas for tourism development K4
5 To improve the skill of the students in using modern communication methods and K6
techniques.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Tourism Concepts 18 -- hours

Tourism concepts - Motivation for Travel - Barriers to Travel - forms of tourism - Travel
industry network-Tourism and Tourism product-Meaning & Type - Tourism Planning in
India - Government role in planning Tourism - factors influencing tourism development -
Pleasure & Religious Travel.

Unit:2 Types of Tourism 18-- hours

Mass Tourism, Individual Tourism - paid holidays - Growth of modern Tourism - The basic
components of tourism - Elements of Tourism - Geographical resources for tourism - Domestic
Tourism.

Unit:3 Travel & Tourism 19-- hours

Travel Motivation - evolution of demand - Growth factor - Physical motivators - Real and
Recreation motivation - Health motivators - ethnic & family motivators - Business motivation.
Travel & Tourism statistics - measurement of tourism - merits and demerits of tourism.

Unit:4 Tourism and Economics 19-- hours

Economic dimensions of Tourism - Economic significance - Tourism income multiplier –
Development of infrastructural development- Employment generation- multiplier - Tourism
retailer - Travel agency operation - scope of work of travel agency - the Tour operation - Handling
a client.

Unit:5 Communication 16-- hours

Role of Communication in travel - modern mass techniques - Computer Technology in Tourism -
Railways, Hotels, Reservation, Airlines, Videotext system. Tourism in India - India as a tourist
paradise - Growth of tourism in India - Role of TTDC for the growth towards tourism industry.

Page 11 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Total Lecture hours 90 --hours

Text Book(s)
1 A.K. Bhatia -Tourism Development - Principles and Practices, Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1995.
2 Sampad Kumar Swain & Jitendra Mohan Mishra. - Tourism: Principles and Practices

Reference Books
1. Virender Kaul -Tourism and the Economy, Har- Anand Publications, New Delhi, 1994 ,
2. Alister Mathieson & Geoffery Wall-Tourism, Economic, Physical, Social Impacts Longman Inc,
New York, 1982.
3. A.K. Bhatia-International Tourism - Fundamental and Practices, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 1994
4. Jagmohan Negi-Travel Agency & Tour operation Concepts and Principles, Kanishka Publishers,
New Delhi, 1997.
5. Pran Nath Sate & Sushma Seth Bhat -An Introduction to Travel and Tourism Sterling
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 1977.
6 R.N. Kaul-Dynamics of Tourism Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1985.

7. Pran Nath Seth- Successful Tourism Management, Sterling Publications Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 1987.
8. Gulab Nabi - Socio Economic Impact of Tourism, Pioneer Publishers, Jaipur, 2000.
9. Mukesh Ranga - Tourism Potential in India, Abhijeet Publications, New Delhi, 2003

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M S M M S S S S
CO2 M M S S M S S L
CO3 S M S S M M S M
CO4 S S S M S M S M
CO5 S S S M S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 12 of 91
B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Second
Semester

Page 13 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code MICRO ECONOMICS-II L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER III 5 4
The course aims at equipping the students with
Syllabus
Pre-requisite the tools of economic analysis to deal with
V
Version
different types of market.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Imparting knowledge about the behaviour of economic agents namely producer and factor
owner.
2 Understanding and analysing the theories of different factors and determining their prices.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To improve the knowledge of students on the markets and competition. . K1
2 To analyze the business decision process. K2
3 To improve the skill of students in the findings of market equilibrium K3
4 To motivate the students improving their attitude towards the logics of factor K4
pricing.
5 To enhance the applicability of ideas and concepts K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 Market Structure 15 -- hours

Market Structure - Meaning - Types - Perfect Competition - Time Element Theory - Price
and Output Determination - Equilibrium of the firm and industry in short and long run.

Unit:2 Monopoly 14-- hours

Monopoly - Causes and types of monopoly- Discriminating Monopoly - Degrees of Monopoly -
Price and Output determination under Monopoly and discriminating monopoly.

Unit:3 Monopolistic competition and Oligopoly 15-- hours

Features of Monopolistic Competition - Price and output determination under monopolistic
competition - Selling cost - wastes of monopolistic competition - Oligopoly - -Features and types
of oligopoly - Price and output determination under oligopoly .

Unit:4 Theories of Factor pricing 14-- hours

The theories of factor pricing - Marginal Productivity Theory - Rent - Ricardian Theory of Rent
- Wages - Real and Nominal Wages - Theories of Wages.

Unit:5 Interest and Profit 15-- hours

Interest - Gross Interest and Net Interest - Classical - Neo - Classical and Keynesian Theory of
Interest - Profit - Gross and Net Profit - Theories of Profit.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – Webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 --hours

Page 14 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 M.L. Jhingan - Micro Economic Theory, Vrinda Publications Ltd., New Delhi 2002.
2 H.L. Ahuja (2019) - Principles of Micro Economics, A new look at
Economic Theory S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi

Reference Books
1 Dr. S. Sankaran- Micro Economics, Margham Publications, Madras 1990
2 Misra and Puri- Advanced Micro Economics Himalaya Publishing House,
Mumbai 1996.
3 Loganathan.V - Principles of Economics, Economic Analysis, S. Chand & Co, New
Delhi, 2003.

4 Watson - Price Theory and its uses

5 Stonier and Hague - A textbook of Economic Theory.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S M M L M L M M
CO2 M S M S M M L M
CO3 S S S M M M S S
CO4 M M M L L M S M
CO5 S M S S M S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 15 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code HISTORY OF ECONOMIC DOCTRINE L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER IV 5 4
The core paper deals with the basic knowledge Syllabus
Pre-requisite
and ideas of economists and philosophers views. Version
V
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To understand the basic ideas of different economist and philosophers concept.
2 To familiarize the students to learn the origin and development of economic ideas from
various thoughts.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To create knowledge on the evaluation of economic ideas. K1
2 To increase a positive attitude towards economic ideas. K2
3 To make the analytical interest in the Marxian Economics. K3
4 To understand the application of economic theories. K4
5 To enhance the applicability of ideas and concepts K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Ancient Economic Thought 14 -- hours

Introduction – Ancient Economic Thought –The Greek. Plato – Aristotle – The Roman –
Kautilya‘s Arthasastra – Thiruvalluvar.

Unit:2 Medieval Economic Thought 14-- hours

Medieval Economic Thought – St. Thomas Aquinas- Mercantilism- Thomas Mun- Physiocrates–
Classical Thoughts.

Unit:3 Marxian philosophy 15-- hours

Karl Marx- Marxian philosophy – Interpretation of History- Theory of Class Struggle –
Theory of Value and Distribution - Theory of Surplus Value- Marxian Prediction - Scientific
Socialism.

Unit:4 Economic ideas 15-- hours

Alfred Marshal- [Link] - [Link] - [Link] - Irving Fisher - [Link] –Walras – Pareto -
Their theories and Economic ideas.

Unit:5 Recent Economic Thought 15-- hours

Recent Indian Economic Thought – Dada Bai Naoroji - [Link] - [Link] - VKRV
Rao – Amartya Sen.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – Webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 --hours
Text Book(s)
1 V. Loganathan,2018 – A History Economic Thought, S. hand and Co. Ltd., Tenth Edition, New
Delhi

Page 16 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

2 B.N. Ganguli, 1977- Indian Economic Thought, McGraw Hill Publication, Co. Ltd.

Reference Books
1 Alexander Gray- Development of Economic Doctorines.
2 Gide and Rist- Economic Thought
3 Meenakshi and others- A History of Economic Doctorines.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S M M L L S
CO2 S S M L L M L M
CO3 M M S M S L L S
CO4 S S M M M L L M
CO5 S S S M S M L S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 17 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code DEMOGRAPHY L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive ALLIED PAPER – II 6 4
This paper deals with concepts like Population
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Trends, migration and urbanization and population
policy in India Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Make the students to understand about the demography.
2 To know about the reasons for migration and trend of population in India
3 To understand the population policy in India
4 To equip the students with the knowledge regarding the relationship between Demography
and Economic Development.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To improve the knowledge of students on the growth of population in India. K1
2 To encourage the students to know about the Population explosion. K2
3 Construct the knowledge of Fertility, Nuptiality and Mortality. K3
4 To engage the students in the analysis of migration. K4
5 To prepare on proactive attitude towards the population policy K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Population and Development 19 -- hours

Population and Development- Meaning and scope of demography; components of population
growth and their interdependence; Measures of population change; Structure, distribution and
sources of population data; Theories of population – Malthus, Optimum theory of population;
theory of demographic transition –Population and development.

Unit:2 Population Trends 19-- hours

Population trends in the twentieth century; Population explosion –Determinants of age and sex
structure; Demographic effects of sex and age structure, economic and social implications; Age
pyramids and projections.

Unit:3 Fertility, Nuptiality and Mortality 17-- hours

Fertility, Nuptiality and Mortality-Importance of study of fertility – Factors affecting fertility –
Socio-economic factors. Nuptiality – Concept and analysis of marital status, single mean age at
marriage. Mortality – Death rates, crude and age-specific; Mortality at birth and infant mortality
rate.

Unit:4 Migration and Urbanization 19-- hours

Migration and Urbanization-Concept and types – Temporary, internal and international;
International migration –Its effect on population growth and pattern; Factors affecting migration;
Urbanization – Growth and distribution of rural-urban population in developed and developing
countries. Urbanization in India.

Unit:5 Population Policy 16-- hours

Population Policy in India-Evolution of population policy in India – National population policy

Page 18 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

2000-The shift in policy from population control to family welfare, to women empowerment;
Family planning strategies and their outcomes..

Total Lecture hours 90 --hours

Text Book(s)
1 M.L. Jhingan ,B.K. Bhatt and J.N. Desai (Reprint2019), 3rd Edition, Vrinda
Publication(P)Ltd. New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Agarwala, S. N. (1972), India's Population Problem, Tata McGraw Hill Co., Bombay.
2. Bose, A. (1996), India's Basic Demographic Statistics, B. R. Publishing Corporation, New
Delhi.
3. Bogue, D. J. (1971), Principles of Demography, John Wiley, New York.
4. Choubey, P. K. (2000), Population Policy in India, Kanishka Publications, New Delhi.
5. Srinivasan, K. (1998), Basic Demographic Techniques and Applications, Sage, New Delhi.
6. Gulati, S. C. (1988), Fertility in India: An Econometric Study of a Metropolis, Sage, New
Delhi.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S M S S S S
CO2 M M S S M S M M
CO3 S M S L M M S M
CO4 M S S L S S S L
CO5 S S S M S M S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 19 of 91
B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Third
Semester

Page 20 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code MACRO ECONOMICS-I L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER - V 5 4
National income, theory of employment and Syllabus
Pre-requisite
consumption, saving and investment concepts Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 It helps the students to know about the basic concepts of Macro Economics.
2 It also helps the students to apply macro principles to solve Macro Economic problems
3 To Provide a strong foundation for the students to clarify the ideas of macro economics

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 K1
Understand the evolution of Macro Economics and also know the difference
between micro and macro economics.
2 Examine the various concepts of National income Accounting and issues related to K2
measurement of National income, and also develop an environmental concern in
economic activities
3 Comprehend the classical theory of output, employment and income and K3
consumption function.
4 Apply the knowledge to understand the Consumption function and theories of K4
consumption function.
5 Gain the knowledge about various concepts of investment, determinants of K6
investment, role of MEC.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Macro Economics 15 -- hours

Nature and Scope of Macro Economics– Origin and growth of Macro Economics-Importance -
Limitations – Difference between Micro Economics and Macro Economics - Circular Flow of
Income in various sector.

Unit:2 National Income 15-- hours

National Income: Meaning -Definition-Concepts and their interrelationship-methods of measuring
National Income- Difficulties in the computation of National Income-Importance of National
Income. Social Accounting – Importance and difficulties of Social Accounting.

Unit:3 Employment Theory 15-- hours

Employment: Classical theory of employment-Keynesian Theory of Employment-Say’s Law of
market -Effective demand-Determinants of effective demand

Unit:4 Consumption Function 15-- hours

Consumption function: Meaning -Properties -Keynes Psychological law of Consumption-
Determinants of the consumption function- Theories of the consumption function: The Absolute
Income Hypothesis – Relative Income Hypothesis – The Permanent Income hypothesis – Life
Cycle Hypothesis.

Unit:5 Capital and Investment 15-- hours

Meaning of Capital and Investment: Types-Determinants of the Investment-Marginal Efficiency

Page 21 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

of Capital –Marginal efficiency of investment- Meaning of saving function – Determinants of

Savings -Average Propensity to Save and Marginal Propensity to Save.

Total Lecture hours 75 --hours

Text Book(s)
1 [Link] - Macro Economic Theory, Virnda Publications(P),New Delhi
2 Sankaran S. - Macro Economics(2000), Margham Publications, Chennai

Reference Books
1. Ahuja H.L - Macro Economic Theory and Policy (2000),-Advanced Analysis, [Link]& Company
Ltd, New Delhi.
2. VaishM.C – Macro Economic Theory(2000),Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi.
3. Gupta G.S. - Macro Economics”, 3rdEdition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi.(2008)
4. SethM.L – Macro Economics”,Lakhsmi Narain Agarwal Publishers, Agra.1993

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S M S S M S
CO2 S M S S M S S S
CO3 S M S S M L S S
CO4 S S M M S M S M
CO5 S S S M S M S L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 22 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code STATISTICAL METHODS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER –VI 5 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Essential Concepts of Statistics
Version
V
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To enable the students to acquire knowledge on basic concepts of statistical methods relevant
to economic problems.
2 To provide the students with the theoretical and practical knowledge to do applies statistical
methods.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To get knowledge of method of collecting data. K1
2 To understand the skill of draw the various diagram and graphical representation. K2
3 To improve the analytical skill of measures of Central Tendency. K3
4 To analyse the Correlation and Regression. K4
5 To acquire the knowledge on index numbers. K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 – Evaluate

Unit:1 Sources of Data 13 – hours

Introduction - Nature and Scope of statistics - Uses and Limitations of Statistics – Sources
of data - Primary and Secondary Data - Collection of Data - Methods of collecting Primary Data -
Methods of Sampling – Statistical Software in Data analysis.

Unit:2 Frequency Distribution 15—hours

Classification and Tabulation of data - Frequency Distribution - Diagrammatic and Graphic representation of
data - Importance - types - Pie diagram - Line graph - Histogram- Frequency curve - Frequency Polygon.

Unit:3 Measures of Central Tendency 15—hours

Measures of Central Tendency: Mean, Median and Mode - Measures of Dispersion - Range - Inter
- Quartile Range - Mean Deviation - Standard Deviation - Co-efficient of variation - Lorenz Curve
- Skewness - Kurtosis - Moments.

Unit:4 Correlation and Regression 15—hours

Correlation: Meaning - Types - Methods : Scatter Diagram - Karl Pearson's Co-
efficient of correlation - Rank correlation - Regression lines - Least Square Method.

Unit:5 Index Numbers 15—hours

Index Numbers : Definition - Simple and Weighted Index Numbers - Consumer Price Index Number -
Tests for ideal index number - limitations of index numbers - Time series Analysis - components –
Measurement of Trend Methods- Measurement of seasonal variations - Methods.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 – hours

Expert Lectures, online and offline seminars – webinars

Page 23 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Total Lecture hours 75 –hours

Text Book(s)
1 S.P. Gupta - Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand & Sons., New Delhi 1991.
2 R.S.N. Pillai & [Link] - Statistics S. Chand & Company Ltd., New Delhi 1997.

Reference Books
1 Sivathanupillai - Economics and Business Statistics – Progressive Corporation Pvt. Ltd.,
Bombay 1982.
2 Elhance – Statistics

3 Taro Yasmeen – Statistics

NOTE : Question Papers must contain problems to the extent of 50% of the marks allotted to the
subject.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M M S M S S S S
CO2 S S S S S S M S
CO3 M S S M M M S M
CO4 S S S M M S M M
CO5 M M L S S M L L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 24 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT FOR

Course code L T P C
ECONOMICS
Core/Elective/Supportive ALLIED PAPER III 5 3
Imparting Knowledge of Business Syllabus
Pre-requisite
Management. Version
V
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To Understand the principles of management.
2 To Develop the skills of decision making, organizing and management of a business organization

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To get the knowledge of nature and functions of management. K1
2 To acquire skill of various management planning. K2
3 To know the forecasting techniques and decision making. K3
4 To acquire knowledge of manpower planning, motivation theory and communication K4
barriers and importance.
5 To understand the importance of leadership in business scenario K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 – Evaluate

Unit:1 Functions of Management 13 -- hours

Management - Nature and Functions of Management - Management as an Art - Science and
Profession - Management and administration.

Unit:2 Scientific Management 15-- hours

Scientific Management - Concept - Contribution of F.W. Taylor - Techniques of Scientific Management -
Planning - Meaning - Features - Importance - Steps in Planning - Types of Planning - Tools of Planning -
Objectives of an Organisation - Concept - Features - Hierarchy of Objectives - Management by
Objectives.

Unit:3 Forecasting and Decision Making 15-- hours

Forecasting - Concept - Techniques - Decision Making Need - Types - Factors involved in Decision
Making - Decentralisation - Delegation of Authority - Span of Control.

Unit:4 Motivation and Communication 15-- hours

Staffing - Fundamentals of Staffing - Manpower Planning - Objectives and Problems - Source of
Manpower supply - Selection Process - Motivation - Meaning - Maslow's theory of Motivation -
Communication : Meaning - Importance - Forms of Communication - Formal and Informal
Communication - Barriers to communication.

Unit:5 Leadership 15-- hours

Leadership - Definitions - Characteristics - Distinction between leadership and management - Importance
of Leadership - Formal and Informal Leaders - Functions and qualities of a Good Leader.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 – hours

Expert Lectures, online and offline seminars – webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 –hours

Page 25 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 P.N. Reddy, Tripathy & Others Essentials of Management, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi,
1995.
2 K. Natarajan, K.P. Ganesan, Principles of Management, Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi,
1998.

Reference Books
1 L.M. Prasad, Principles and Practice of Management, Sultan & Sons., New Delhi, 1987.
2 Dinkar Pagare, Business Management, S. Chand & Company, New Delhi, 1991.
3 Dr. C.B. Gupta, Business Management, S. Chand & Sons., New Delhi, 2000.

4 Lallan Prasad,S.S. Gulshan, Management - Principles & Practice,

S. Chand & Company, New Delhi, 1991.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S M S S S M S S
CO2 S S M S S S S S
CO3 M S S M M S S M
CO4 S S S M M S M S
CO5 M L M L S L M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 26 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive PART – IV SKILLS BASED SUBJECT PAPER - I 3 3
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Essential Concepts of Accounting Procedures
Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To make the students to understand the basic concepts of accounting procedures.
2 To encourage the students to learn modern techniques in the accounting field.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To recall the basic accounting principles and techniques K1
2 To get knowledge of double entry system, Journals, Ledger and trial balance. K2
3 To understand the ideas of bank reconciliation statement. K3
4 To get application knowledge of preparing final accounts. K4
5 To enhance the application knowledge of Single Entry System, Income & Expenditure K5
Account and Balance Sheet.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 – Evaluate

Unit:1 Accounting Concepts 8 -- hours

Accounting - Definition, objects, functions and importance, classification of accounts -
Double Entry System concept; Journal, ledger and Trial Balance.

Unit:2 Subsidiary Books 8-- hours

Subsidiary Books - Cash Book, Bank Reconciliation Statement.

Unit:3 Final Accounts 9-- hours

Preparation of Final Accounts of sole traders - trading and Profit & Loss A/c. and Balance
Sheet - with simple adjustment.

Unit:4 Single Entry System 9-- hours

Single Entry System - Statement of Affairs; Conversion into double entry (Simple Problems)

Unit:5 Accounting of Non – Trading Concerns 9-- hours

Accounts of Non - Trading concerns - Receipts and Payments A/c. Income & Expenditure A/c.
and Balance Sheet.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 – hours

Expert Lectures, online and offline seminars – webinars
Total Lecture hours 45 –hours
Text Book(s)
Principles of Accountancy - N. Vinayakam, P.L. Mani & K.L. Nagarajan.
2 Financial Accounting - R.L. Gupta and V.K. Gupta - Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.

Page 27 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
1 Financial Accounting - SP. Jain and K.L. Narang - Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana.
2 Financial Accounting - Santhana Gopalan and Parthasarathy, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
3 Financial Accounting - Reddy and Murthy – Margham, Publications -Chennai - 17.
NOTE: Question Papers must contain problems to the extent of 60% of the marks allotted to the subject.

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S M S M S S S S
CO2 S S S S M S M S
CO3 M S S M S M L M
CO4 S S S S M S M M
CO5 M M L S S M L S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 28 of 91
B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Fourth
Semester

Page 29 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code MACRO ECONOMICS – II L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER –VII 5 4
Overview of Macro Economic Issues and Syllabus
Pre-requisite
Analysis Aggregate Measures Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To help the students to know about the basic concepts of Macro Economics.
2 To make the students to understand different dimensions of Macro Economics with applications.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To Explain the principle of Multiplier and Accelerator, Super Multiplier. K1
2 To Attain the knowledge in classical and Keynesian theories of income and employment. K2
3 To Analyze the various phases of trade cycle and the theories of trade cycles. K3
4 To Understand the working conditions of product and money market, Shift in IS and K4
LM curves.
5 To Explain the Economic role of monetary and fiscal policies in developing Economy. K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 – Evaluate

Unit:1 Multiplier and Accelerator 13 -- hours

Multiplier and Accelerator: Definition – importance – working – Assumptions – Types –
Leakages of the multiplier. Accelerator: Meaning – Significance – Limitations – Interaction of
Multiplier and Accelerator, Super multiplier.

Unit:2 Savings and Investment equality 15-- hours

Savings and Investment equality: The Classical view – the Keynesian view – the others’ view. The
Keynesian theory of Income, Output and Employment.

Unit:3 Trade cycle 15-- hours

Trade cycle: Meaning – nature – types and phases of a Trade cycle. Theories of trade cycle-
Keynesian of trade cycle. Schumpeter’s innovation theory –Hwatrey’s monetary theory-Hicks
theory of trade cycle .

Unit:4 IS and LM functions 15—hours

IS and LM functions: the product and money market Equilibrium – General Equilibrium of product and
money market. Inflation- meaning – inflationary gap – Phillips curve – the relationship between
unemployment and inflation.
Unit:5 Macro-Economic policy 15—hours
Macro-Economic policy: Meaning-Targets- instruments, objectives of macroeconomic policy. Monetary
Policy –Fiscal policy: meaning –the role of monetary and fiscal policy in a developing economy.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 – hours

Expert Lectures, onlineand offline seminars – webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 –hours
Text Book(s)
1 M .L. Jhinghan: Macro Economic Theory, Virnda Publications (P), New Delhi.
2 Sankaran. S. Macro Economics, Margham Publications, Chennai.

Page 30 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
2 Vaish M.C, Macro Economic Theory, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi.

3 Gupta G.S, Macro Economics, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
4 Seth M.L, Macro Economics, Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Publishers, Agra.

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S M M S S S S S
CO2 S S S M S S M M
CO3 S M S S M M S S
CO4 S S M M M S M M
CO5 M M L S S L S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 31 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER – VIII 5 4
The main aim of this subject is to inculcate basic
Syllabus
Pre-requisite mathematical knowledge and its application to
economic concepts. Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To help the students to know about the basic mathematical knowledge
2 Make the students to understand the importance of mathematic tools in economics
3 Providing elementary analysis of economic concepts
4 To equip the students to know the application of mathematical techniques in economic
theories

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To create the fundamental knowledge in Mathematics. K1
2 To encourage the students to understand the concepts. K2
3 To train the students in the analysis of economics issues. K3
4 To help the students to calculate the changes in basic economic variables K4
5 To prepare students in decision making . K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 Basic Mathematical Functions 15 -- hours
Definition and Importance of Mathematical Methods - Rules of Differentiation - Linear equations -
Quadratic equations - Logarithmic function.
Unit:2 Basic Economic Concepts 15-- hours
Total, average and Marginal Revenues - Elasticity of Demand - Conditions for Profit Maximization
- Partial Differentiation - Total Differential
Unit:3 Set Theory 15-- hours
Notations of Set - Types of Sets - Venn diagram - Laws of set operations - Applications in Economics.

Unit:4 Matrix 15-- hours

Matrix Addition and Subtraction - Matrix Multiplication - Determinants - Properties - Solution
of simultaneous equation using Cramer's Rules.

Unit:5 Input- Output Analysis 15-- hours

Input - Output Analysis - Technological co-efficient Matrix - Linear Programming - Graphical method.

Total Lecture hours 75 --hours

Text books

1 Mehta and Madnani - Mathematics for Economists, Sultan Chand & Sons,
New Delhi - 2000.

Reference Books
2 Allen, R.G.D.- Mathematical Analysis for Economists, Macmillan, New
York.

Page 32 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

3 Chiang, - Fundamentals of Mathematical Economics, Macmillan, New York.

4 Stafford - Elementary Mathematics for Economics. Srinath Baruah, Basic Mathematics and its
application in Economics - Macmilan India Ltd., Chennai – 2001

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M S M M M L S L
CO2 S S S S S S S S
CO3 M S S M S S S M
CO4 M S S S S S S S
CO5 M S S M S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 33 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Course code INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRY 4.0 L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE PAPER II: GROUP-B 4 3
Basic computer knowledge and basic industrial
Syllabus
Pre-requisite knowledge.
version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Align the theory and concepts with Industrial application of computers

2 Introduce the basic concepts of Industry 4.0, Artificial Intelligence, Big Data and Internet of
Things.
3 Learn the applications and tools of Industry 4.0. and to make the students to aware about the
jobs in 2030

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student twill be able:
1 Understand the basic concepts of Industry 4.0 K2

2 Outline the features of Artificial Intelligence and its application K3

3 Summarize the Big data domain stack and Internet of Things K3

4 Identify the applications and Tools of Industry 4.0 K3

5 Analyze the skills required for future K4

K1-Remember;K2-Understand;K3-Apply;K4-Analyze;K5-Evaluate;K6–Create

Unit:1 Industry 4.0 10--hours

Need – Reason for Adopting Industry 4.0 - Definition – Goals and Design Principles - Technologies
of Industry 4.0 – Big Data – Artificial Intelligence (AI) – Industrial Internet of Things - Cyber
Security – Cloud – Augmented Reality
Unit:2 Artificial Intelligence 12--hours
Artificial Intelligence: Artificial Intelligence (AI) – What& Why? - History of AI -Foundations of
AI -The AI - environment - Societal Influences of AI – Application Domains and Tools -
Associated Technologies of AI – Future Prospects of AI – Challenges of AI.
Unit:3 Big Data and IoT 14--hours
Big Data : Evolution - Data Evolution - Data : Terminologies - Big Data Definitions - Essential of
Big Data in Industry 4.0 - Big Data Merits and Advantages - Big Data Components : Big Data
Characteristics - Big Data Processing Frameworks - Big Data Applications - Big Data Tools - Big
Data Domain Stack : Big Data in Data Science – Big Data in IoT - Big Data in Machine Learning
- Big Data in Databases - Big Data Use cases : Big Data in Social Causes - Big Data for Industry -
Big Data Roles and Skills -Big Data Roles - Learning Platforms; Internet of Things (IoT) :
Introduction to IoT –Architecture of IoT - Technologies for IoT - Developing IoT Applications -
Applications of IoT - Security in IoT.
Unit:4 Applications and Tools of Industry 4.0 12--hours
Applications of IoT – Manufacturing – Healthcare – Education – Aerospace and Defense –
Agriculture – Transportation and Logistics – Impact of Industry 4.0 on Society: Impact on
Business, Government, People. Tools for Artificial Intelligence, Big Data and Data Analytics,
Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality, IoT, Robotics
Unit:5 Jobs 2030 10--hours

Page 34 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Industry 4.0 – Education 4.0 – Curriculum 4.0 – Faculty 4.0 – Skills required for Future - Tools for
Education – Artificial Intelligence Jobs in 2030 – Jobs 2030 - Framework for aligning Education
with Industry 4.0

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars –webinars

Total Lecture hours 60–hours

Text Book(s)
1 P. Kaliraj, T. Devi, Higher Education for Industry 4.0 and Transformation to Education 5.0,
2020

Reference Books
1 Alasdair Gilchrist. Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things, Apress Publications

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 Introduction to Industry 4.0 and Industrial Internet of Things by Prof. Sudip
Misra, IIT Kharagpur.
2 A Complete Guide to Industry 4.0-Udemy
Incorporated by [Link], selvirajammal@[Link]

Text Books
1. A first Course in Computer - Sanjay Saxena
2. Computer Programming and Application - R. Krishnamoorthy.
Reference Books
1. Computer Applications in Business - Subramanian.K
2. The Internet - Harley Kahn
3 The Internet - Douglas E – Corner

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M M L M S S
CO2 S M S M S M M M
CO3 S S S S S S S M
CO4 M L S M M M M S
CO5 S S S M M S M S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 35 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code TRADE DOCUMENTATION L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive Part IV - Skill Based Subject Paper -II 2 2
This course deals with avenues of international trade , Syllabus
Pre-requisite shipping and documentation methods. Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
To familiarize the students to learn the procedures of foreign trade and
1 documentation methods.
2 To gain knowledge on foreign trade
3 To familiarize the students about current economic scenario

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 K1
To help the students to know about the importance of international trade and
licensing.
2 To understand the necessary knowledge on shipping procedures. K2

3 To know about the basic export and import documents. K3

4 Make the students to gain knowledge on basic export procedures K4
5 To help the students to search for jobs in export industries. K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 International Trade 6 -- hours

Avenues of International Trade - Direct exporting - Joint venturing - licensing
arrangement, Management contracting, foreign investment - turnkey projects, consulting.
Unit:2 Shipping procedures 6-- hours
Role of Shipping - Liners, tramps, Bill of lading - Jettison and general average, particular
average, warranties and other shipping terminologies - containerization - Air Transport -
Multi Model Transport - Cargo Insurance.
Unit:3 Documents relating to exports 6-- hours
Need, Rationale and Types of document - INCO terms - Ex - works - Free on Truck -
cost and freight - Cost Insurance Freight - Free on Board - Document against payment -
Document against Acceptance - Invoice, Inspection certificate - Certificate of Origin.

Unit:4 Export and Import Documents 6- hours

Export, Import Licenses - Letter of Credit Mechanism - Uniform Customs and Practices
for Documentary Credit (UCPDC) - Duty drawback procedure.
Unit:5 Packing Methods 6-- hours
Packing Methods - Packing List - Quality Control and Inspection - Clearance of Export
Cargo - valuation and classification of goods in customs - Warehousing under Customs
Act - Post - Shipment Formalities and procedures
Total Lecture hours 30 –hours

Page 36 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Books

1 Balagopal - Export Management, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi

Reference Books
2 Paras Ram - Export - What, Where and How - Tata MC Graw Hill International
. Edition.

3 Government of India, Handbook of Import and Export procedures..

Course Designed by : [Link]

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S M S S M S
CO2 S M S S M S S S
CO3 S M S S M L S S
CO4 S S M M S M S M
CO5 S S S M S M S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 37 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code OFFICE FUNDAMENTALS L T P C

(Digital Skills for Employability)
Core/Elective/Supportive Naan Mudhalvan Subject : 2 2 2
Basic knowledge of computer operating and Syllabus
Pre-requisite
statistics knowledge version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To understand the significance and basic concepts of computer systems.
2 To provide knowledge of the application of computer system in the field of MS Office

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To understand MS office Basics and analyse MS Word K1
2 To work with MS Power Point K2
3 To evaluate and work with MS Excel K3
4 To work with Microsoft Teams &One Drive and SharePoint K4
5 To work with Outlook K5
K1-Remember;K2-Understand;K3-Apply;K4-Analyze;K5-Evaluate

Unit:1 Microsoft Word 2--hours

Introduction- Ribbons – Introduction and options available- Using Rulers in Word-

Navigation Pane and GoTo in Word- AutoCorrect in Word- Grouping Objects in Word- Pictures &
Images- The View Tab in Word- Paragraph Editing- Page Layout- Table Style in Word- Find and
Replace- Formatting WordArt in Word- Creating Table of Figures- Tab Stops via Dialog Launcher-
Applying Paragraph Styles- Wrapping Words Around Pictures- Inserting Files & Equation- Different
Formats of MS Word file and how to save them.

Unit:2 Microsoft PowerPoint 2--hours

Navigate a PowerPoint Presentation-Formatting Text-Working with Bullets and Numbered

Lists-Inserting Items-Zoom-Charts-Editing Images-Working with Objects-Saving Presentations as
Templates-Slide Master-Transitions-Introduction to Additional Advanced Topics-SmartArt.

Unit:3 Microsoft Excel 2--hours

Introduction to Excel-Layout - Tabs, ribbons, and groups in Microsoft Excel-Worksheets in

Microsoft Excel-Basic formulas in Microsoft Excel-Freeze Pane-“Tell Me” in Microsoft Excel-
Inserting charts in Microsoft Excel-Auto Filling cells in Excel-Add your own auto fill-Sorting data in
Excel-Simple copy/paste-Saving/ Printing Excel-How to use Flash Fill in Excel-Hyperlinks in Excel
(link to websites)-Create a directory or table of contents with internal links-Formatting Lists as
Tables-Filtering Records from Lists or Tables-Single & Multi-Level Sorting-Inserting Automatic
Subtotals in Lists-Inserting Data Charts Using Recommended Charts-Pivot Table-Data Validation-
Dynamic Array-Excel Macros-VLOOKUP & Reference Functions-Conditional Formatting.

Page 38 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Unit:4 Microsoft Teams &One Drive and SharePoint 2--hours

Introduction-Calendar-Teams –Approvals
Introduction-Sharing Access on One Drive-Creating Shared Library-Recycle Bin-
introduction to SharePoint-Create Site-Different features of SharePoint.

Unit:5 Outlook 3--hours

Introduction to Outlook-Create new meetings, appointments, tasks, and contacts-Send Email

with Quick Parts-Sharing Calendars-Creating and Managing Rules-Folders in Outlook.

Total Lecture hours 30--hours

TextBook(s)
1 Sanjay Saxena- A first course in Computer
2 [Link] - Computer programming and application

ReferenceBooks
1 [Link]-PCSoftwareforwindowsmadesimplexTataMcrawHillPublishersPvt.
Ltd.
2 Stephen.L-Office2000Complete reference by BPB
3 Joyce Cox,PollyUrban–QuickCourseinMicrosoftOffice-GalgotialPublications.

4 [Link] & [Link] –PC Software for Office Automation-Sultan Chand.

5 [Link] -Teach; yourself-windows.

Incorporated by [Link], selvirajammal@[Link]

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M S M S S S
CO2 S M S S M S S S
CO3 S M S S M S S S
CO4 S M S S M S S S
CO5 S M M S M S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 39 of 91
B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Fifth
Semester

Page 40 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code MONETARY ECONOMICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive Core paper IX 6 4
This course deals with the theories of money, capital Syllabus
Pre-requisite
market and the banking sector Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Understand the role of money and theories of money.
2 Analysing the monetary forces, their developmental role and limitations in shaping and influencing the
monetary policies
3 To know about the importance of Banking system

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To help the students to know about the importance of money in the economy. K1
2 Make to learn about theories of money. K2
3 To acquaint the students with the working of money and financial markets K3
4 To encourage the students to learn about the role of money in different business situations. K4
5 Help the students to know about the importance of banking system in the economy K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 Definition of Money 18 -- hours

Evolution, scope and functions of money, Barter and its difficulties - Definitions of money - Importance of
money in a modern economy - Monetary standard - Monometallism and Bimetallism - causes for the
breakdown of gold standard - Paper standard - Principles and methods of note issue-merits and demerits.
Unit:2 Theories of Money 18-- hours
Value of money - demand for money - supply of money - theories of money - Fisher's quantity theory of
money - Cambridge Equation - Keynes's Income Theory - Milton Friedman's restatement of the Quantity
Theory of Money.
Unit:3 Money, Financial and Capital Market 19-- hours
Financial Market - Kinds of Financial Market - Money Market - Meaning, Functions, Constituents of
Money Market - Financial Institutions in the Money Market - Characteristics of a Developed Money
Market - Capital Market.
Unit:4 Inflation and Business Cycle 19-- hours
Inflation - Types -causes - consequences and control - Inflationary gap - deflation - causes - consequences
and control - Trade Cycles - Types - various phases of trade cycle.
Unit:5 Banking sector 16-- hours
Functions of commercial banks - Role of commercial banks in economic development - credit creation -
Balance Sheet - Functions of Central Bank - RBI and monetary Policy – Role of RBI in demonetization –
merits and demerits - Recent trends in Banking - Innovative Banking - ATM - Credit Cards, Factoring
Services, E-Banking and mutual funds.

Total Lecture hours 90-hours

Text books
1. K.P.M. Sundaram - Money Banking and Trade
2. D.M. Mithani - Monetary Theory

Page 41 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
3. Saravanavel - Banking Law and Practice

4. Dr. S. Sankaran - Monetary Economics, Himalaya Publishing House, Bombay, 1989.

5. B.N. Ghosh and Rama Ghosh - Fundamentals of Monetary Economics, Himalaya Publishing
House, Bombay, 1989.
6 M.L. Jhingan Monetary Economics, Konark Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
- 1997
7. [Link] - Monetary Economics, [Link] & Company Ltd, new Delhi, 1996

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M S M M S S S S
CO2 M M S S M S S L
CO3 S M S S M M S M
CO4 S S S M S M S M
CO5 S S S M S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 42 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

INDIAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Course code L T P C
AND POLICIES
Core/Elective/Supportive Core X 6 4
This course deals with the basic knowledge on the
Syllabus
Pre-requisite nature and important features of Indian economy.
V
Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To expose the students of the various issues of the Indian economy.

2 To familiarize the students on sector-wise development issues and critically appraise the
current Indian economic problems.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 Understand the new economic reforms and the schemes of central and state K1
Government
2 Assessing the role and growth of agriculture and its impact on rural development K2
3 Examining the population growth in India and its impact on the economy K3
4 To measure the infrastructural facilities and its role in economic development K4
5 To analyze the problems of the regional economy K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 New economic reforms 18-- hours

New economic reform and it’s impact – primary, secondary and service sectors. New schemes of
present central and state Government.

Unit:2 Indian Agriculture 18-- hours

Indian Agriculture - Role and growth of Agricultural Sector in Indian Economy - Green
Revolution - National Agriculture Policy - Infrastructure and Rural Development – WTO –
subsidies - PDS.

Unit:3 Population in India 18-- hours

Size and growth of population in India - Demographic Indicators - Population Policy in India -
Occupational Structure - Work Participation rate - Literacy - Higher Education - Health
Infrastructure - HDI - India's Rank and Position.

Unit:4 Infrastructure 18-- hours

Infrastructure and Economic Development - Energy - Power - Transport - Science and
Technology - Large Scale Industries - Iron and Steel - Sugar and Cement - Role of Public Sector
undertakings - Short comings.

Unit:5 Regional Economy 16-- hours

Regional economy – Agriculture – Industry – Service Sectors in Kongu Nadu – problems and
prospects.

Page 43 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 90 --hours
Text Book(s)
1 M.L. Jhingan - Economics of Development and Planning, Vrindha Publications, New Delhi,
2007.
2 Ruddar Dutt and K.P.M. Sundaram - Indian Economy, S. Chand & Company Ltd.,New Delhi,
2007.

Reference Books
1 Dhingra IC The Indian Economy, Environment and Policy, Sultan Chand, New Delhi.

2 Misra S.K. and V.R. Puri - Indian Economy - Its development experience -Himalaya
Publishing House, Mumbai, 2004.

3 Dr. S. Sankaran - Indian Economy, Margham Publications, Chennai, 2004.

4 Alak Ghosh - Indian Economy, The World Press Pvt. Ltd., Calcutta, 1997.
5 Statistical Hand Book ([Link]/[Link])

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M M S M L S
CO2 S S M S S L M S
CO3 S S S M S M L S
CO4 S S S M S M L S
CO5 S S M S M M L S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 44 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive Core XI 6 4
The course deals with the theories and policies of
Syllabus
Pre-requisite International Economics.
V
Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To impart the knowledge with the theory, policy as well as the working of the international
trade and payment system.
2 To familiarize the students about the present world economic order.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To understand the basic concepts of International Trade K1
2 To evaluate and apply the comparative cost theory K2
3 To examine the balance of payments and the terms of trade in an economy K3
4 To analyse the exchange rate of the economy K4
5 To assess the functioning of the international financial institutions K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 International Trade 18-- hours

Importance of International Economics - Scope - Basis of International Trade - Features of
International Trade - Distinguishing Features of Inter - Regional and International Trade - Free
Trade and Protection.

Unit:2 Theories of International Trade 16-- hours

Theories of International Trade - Theory of Comparative Cost - Classical Theory - Heckscher -
Ohlin Theory.

Unit:3 Balance of payments 18-- hours

Balance of Payments - Meaning - Importance - Balance of trade and Balance of Payments -
Disequilibrium of Balance of Payments - Measures to set-right disequilibrium - Terms of Trade -
Types of terms of trade - Factors influencing terms of trade

Unit:4 Exchange Rate 18-- hours

Exchange rates - Flexible and Fixed Exchange Rates -Equilibrium rate of Exchange - Causes of
fluctuation in exchange rate -Purchasing Power Parity theory - Devaluation - Exchange control.

Unit:5 International financial Institutions 18-- hours

International Financial Institutions - Working of IMF, IBRD, IDA, International Liquidity,
UNCTAD, New International Economic Order - WTO.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 90 –hours

Page 45 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 M.L. Jhingan -International Economics, Konark Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
2 D.M. Mithani - International Economics, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai,
2003.

Reference Books
1 G. Haberler - Theory of International Trade
2 Francis Cherunilam - International Economics
3 Ellsworth - International Economics
4 Kindleberger - International Economics
5 K.R. Gupta - International Economics
6 S.S.M. Desai - International Economics, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai,
1990.
7 K.P.M. Sundaram - Money, Banking and International Trade, S. Chand and
Company, New Delhi, 2005

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M L M M L M
CO2 S S M M S L L S
CO3 S S M S S M L S
CO4 S S L M M L M L
CO5 S S M S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 46 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Course code L T P C
DEVELOPMENT
Core/Elective/Supportive Core XII 5 4
This paper deals with Basic concepts of
entrepreneurship, women entrepreneurs, project Syllabus
Pre-requisite
classification, training objectives and Business V
Version
Correspondence.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To understand the role of entrepreneurship in economic development
2 To familiarize with the opportunities available to become an entrepreneur

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To acquire the knowledge regarding characteristics of an entrepreneur K1
2 To develop an interest in entrepreneurial activity K2
3 To equip them with entrepreneurial skills for self-employment K3
4 To assess the training and financial facilities available for entrepreneurs K4
5 To understand the business correspondence and communication K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Basic concepts of Entrepreneurship 15-- hours

Entrepreneurship – meaning and definition – importance – factors affecting entrepreneurial growth
– social, economic and environmental factors. Types of functions of an entrepreneur – Qualities of
a successful entrepreneur.

Unit:2 Women entrepreneurs 15-- hours

Women entrepreneurs: concepts, functions and role of women entrepreneurs. Growth and women
entrepreneurs, problems of women entrepreneurs – role of women entrepreneurs associations –
selection of industry by women entrepreneurs. Types of industries/business suitable for women
entrepreneurs – Rural entrepreneurs - Micro entrepreneurship.

Unit:3 Project classification and identification 14-- hours

Search for a business idea – sources – processing and selection – selection of types of
organization – project classification and identification – project objectives – internal and external
constraints – format for a report.

Unit:4 Training objectives and institutional finance 15-- hours

Training and finance objectives of training – phases of EDP – special agencies for training –
institutional finance with special emphasis of commercial banks. IDBL IFCI, ICICI, IRBI,
SFCS,. SIPCOT, Khadi and Village Industries Commission – Micro Finance –Incentives and
Subsidies( a Brief Study)

Unit:5 Business correspondence 14-- hours

Business correspondence and communication – Drafting the notices of company meetings –
Drafting of resolutions, minutes, structure of business letters – Sales and trade computer based
systems – Management information system – merits and demerits.

Page 47 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 --hours
Text Book(s)
1 [Link] & N.P. Srinivasan : Entrepreneurial Development,
2 [Link], R. Parameswaran - A Text Book of Information & [Link] (V
Unit) : Technology, Chand & Co Ltd., Delhi, 2003

Reference Books
1 [Link] & [Link] : Current Trends in Entrepreneurship, Deep &
Deep Publications Pvt,Ltd., Delhi,2006
2 Gordon & K. Natarajan - Entrepreneurship Development, Himalaya
Publishing House, Delhi,2005
3 [Link] - Entrepreneurial Development, Principles, Policies & Programme
Ess Pee Key Publishing House, Madras, 1997
4 [Link] & Bagavathi - Commercial Correspondence
& Office Management, [Link]

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M S M S M M
CO2 S S S S M M M S
CO3 S S S S S S S S
CO4 S S S S S S S S
CO5 S S S S M S M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 48 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
Course code L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive Part IV - Skill Based Subject Paper -III 2 2
Pre-requisite The course deals with the art of report preparation , Syllabus
writing Business Letters and digital communication Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To know the meaning objectives and role of communication and media
2 To understand the need and importance of communication in management
3 To apply the need and function of business letter
4 To study the business correspondents with insurance and other organisation
5 To understand the meaning and importance of report writing

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 Understand the basics of communication and its Process, Elements, and its K1
importance.
2 Acquire the communication skills. K2
3 Employ the art of report preparation and writing Business Letters K3
4 Use appropriate technology for business presentations and digital communication and K4
write E-mails in a structured pattern.
5 Employ the art of report preparation K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Communication 6-- hours

Communication: Meaning and Definition - Objectives - Role of Communication – Process and
Elements of Communication - Communication Networks - Types and Media of Communication –
Barriers to Communication - Characteristics for Successful Communication

Unit:2 Communication in Management 6-- hours

Management and Communication: Need and Importance of Communication in Management –
Corporate Communication - Communication Training for Managers - Communication Structure in
an Organization.

Unit:3 Business Letters 6-- hours

Business Letter: Need – Functions – Kinds – Essentials of effective Business Letter - Language
and Layout – Planning, Enquiries and Replies - Sales Letter - Orders, Tender and Notice -
Complaints - Letter of Appointment.

Unit:4 Correspondence 4-- hours

Correspondence: Bank Correspondence - Insurance Correspondence – Agency Correspondence -
Import-Export Correspondence

Unit:5 Report Writing 6-- hours

Report Writing: Meaning and Importance - Purpose - Types of Business Reports - Characteristics
of a Good Report - Report Preparation - Report by Individual and Committees - Agenda and
Minutes of Meeting.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars

Page 49 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Total Lecture hours 30 --hours

Textbooks
1. Korlahalli, J. S., & Pal, R. (1979) Essentials of Business Communication. S. Chand, New Delhi.
2. Kaul A, ( 2015 ) Effective Business Communication. Second Edition Prentice Hall India
Learning Private Limited.
3. Raymond Lesikar and John Pettit, Jr.(2016) Report Writing for Business Mc Graw Hill
Education
4. Scott Mclean,”Business Communication for Success”, Flat World Knowlegde, 2010
5. Virander K. Jain, “Business Communication”, S. Chand Limited, 2008

Reference Books
1. Kumar, R. (2010). Basic Business Communication. Excel Books India.
2. Bovee, C. L. (2008). Business Communication today. Pearson Education India.
3. Lesikar, R. V., & Pettit, J. D. (1989). Business communication: Theory and application. Irwin
Professional Publishing.
4. Mary Ellen Guffy and Dana Loewy (2012) Essentials of Business Communication Cengage
Learning
5. [Link] (2019) Essentials of Business Communication Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd

Web Resources
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]

PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
CO 5 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3
Weightage 15 14 15 14 14 15 14 15
Weighted 3.00 3.00 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.00
percentage of
course
contribution to
POS

S-Strong-3 M-Medium-2 L-Low-1Level of Correlation between PSO’s and CO’s

Page 50 of 91
B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Sixth
Semester

Page 51 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code FISCAL ECONOMICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER XIII 5 4
The course deals with the revenue and Syllabus
Pre-requisite
expenditure of the government. Version
V
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To enable the students understand the fundamentals of public finance.
2 Understanding and analyzing the role and functions of the government and the impact of
financial operations on economic activities.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To create knowledge on the scope of fiscal economics K1
2 To analyze public revenue and the impact of taxation K2
3 To assess the impact of public expenditure K3
4 To understand public debt and the budgetary procedure K4
5 Application of fiscal instruments on the economy K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Scope of Fiscal Economics 15 -- hours

Nature, scope and importance of Fiscal Economics - Public Vs. Private finance - public
finance & UDCS - Principle of maximum social advantage.

Unit:2 Public Revenue 15-- hours

Public revenue - sources - Tax and non-Tax - Taxation - classification - Principles - effects -
theories of taxation - impact and incidence of taxation – GST – Features – merits and demerits.

Unit:3 Public expenditure 14-- hours

Public Expenditure - principles - classification - effects - growth of public expenditure with
special reference to India - control of public expenditure.

Unit:4 Public Debt 14-- hours

Public Debt - meaning - sources - classification - principles - Budget - meaning - features -
principles - budgetary procedure.

Unit:5 Fiscal Instruments 15-- hours

Fiscal policy – instruments - federal finance – principles – problems - reports of 10th & 11th
Finance Commission - Local Finance.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 –hours
Text Book(s)
1 B.P. Tyagi - Public Finance, Jai Prakash Nath & Co., Meerut.
2 K.P.M. Sundaram - Fiscal Economics

Page 52 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
1 Andley & Sundaram -Public Finance & Policy
2 Tripathy -Public Finance & Economic Development
3 Cauvery, Sudha Nayak, Girija, Kriparani & Meenakshi - Public Finance, S. Chand
& Company Ltd., New Delhi.
4 R.C. Saxena & P.C. Mathur - Public Finance, K. Nath & Co., Meerut.
5 Dr. S. Sankaran – Fiscal Economics, Martha Publications, Chennai.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S M S M M S
CO2 S S S S S S S S
CO3 S S S M S S S S
CO4 S S S S S S M S
CO5 S S S S S M S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 53 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER – XIV 5 4
The course is designed to make the students to
understand the location and localization of an
Syllabus
Pre-requisite industry and to learn the industrial financial
V
Version
sources and the recent industrial policies and its
impact on productivity of industries.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Make the students to understand the theory of location.
2 To equip the students with the knowledge regarding the relationship between industrial
growth and economic development.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To understand the factors determining the size of the firm K1
2 To examine the factors affecting the location of an industry K2
3 To understand the impact of industrial finance K3
4 To evaluate the Industrial policies K4
5 To assess the Industrial Productivity K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Size of the Firm 14 -- hours

Factors determining the size of the firm - Concept of the optimum firm - Representative firm.

Unit:2 Industrial Location 14-- hours

Location of Industry - Factors determining Industrial Location - Theories of Industrial Location -
Weber - Sargant Florence Theory.

Unit:3 Industrial Finance 15-- hours

Industrial Finance - Term Finance: Short Term, Long Term - Specialized Financial Institutions
- IFCI - IDBI - ICICI.

Unit:4 Industrial Policies 15-- hours

Industrial Policies - 1948, 1956, 1971, 1977, 1990, 1991 - Role of State - New Industrial Policy
and Economic Reforms.

Unit:5 Industrial Productivity 15-- hours

Industrial Productivity - Factors Influencing Productivity - Rationalization - Aspects of
Rationalization - Scientific Management - Automation - Benefits - Industry 4.0

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – Webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 --hours
Text Book(s)
1 Barthwal, R.R. "Industrial Economics as Introductory" Text Book, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New

Page 54 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Delhi, 2000.
2 Sivayya,K.V. and Das,V.B.M."Indian Industrial Economy" S. Chand & Co., New Delhi,
2004.

Reference Books
1 Devine, P.J. "An Introduction to Industrial Economics" George Allen and Unwin,
London, 1978.
2 Sadhu, A.N., and Singh, A. "Industrial Economics" Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai,
1998.
3 Dutt and Sondra, K.P.M. "Indian Economy" S. Chand & Co., New Delhi (2007).
4 Dhingra, I.C., "Indian Industrial Economy" Sultan Chand & Co., New Delhi (1972).

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S M M M M M M M
CO2 S S S S S S M S
CO3 S S S S M S S S
CO4 S S S S S S S S
CO5 S S S M M M M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 55 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive CORE PAPER XV 4 3
This course relates to the fundamentals
Syllabus
Pre-requisite environmental Economic Theories and the
Version
V
Concepts of Economics and Ecology.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To know the basic Concepts in Ecology and Economic development.
2 To Aware the Environmental policy and its Management

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To familiarize with the theories of environmental economics. K1
2 To examine the practical environmental problems and offer solutions. K2
3 To analyze the regulations and prohibition measure to protect the environment K3
4 To assess India’s environmental policies. K4
5 To measure the government activity against environmental problem K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 Economics and Environment 12-- hours

Introduction - Economics and Environment – Definition – Scope – Role - Significance of
Environmental Economics - Economic Growth and Development - Ecology and Economic
Development - Relationship between Environment and the Economy - Environment and Economic
System

Unit:2 Environment Quality 12-- hours

Environmental Quality - Common Property Resource - Characteristic Tragedy of Commons – Air
- Land – Water – Energy – Forest Resources - Wild Life - Man-Made Causes - Environmental
Crisis – Pollution - Economic Consequences

Unit:3 Urbanization 11—hours

Urbanization - Important Trends – Problems - Malthusian predicts - Theory of Demographic
Transition - Effects and Remedies.

Unit:4 Environmental Policy 11—hours

Environmental Policy - Constitutional Protection - Planning and Management - Sustainable
development -Role of Government - Public Awareness - Law and Environment

Unit:5 Global Warming 12—hours

Meaning of Global Warming - Green House Effect - Contribution to Global Warming -
Response to Green House Effect - Ozone Depletion - Climate Change - Contribution of Nation
and State

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 60 –hours

Page 56 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Eugine T., Environmental Economics
2 Sankaran.S., Environmental Economics
Reference Books
1 Varadarajan.S and Elangovan.S, Environmental Economics
2 Richardson H.W, Urban Economics
3 Karpagam.M, Environmental Economics
4 Pearce D.W. Environmental Economics, Longman Group Ltd.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S S M S M S
CO2 S S S S M S M S
CO3 M S S L M M L M
CO4 S S M L M M L S
CO5 S M M L M M L S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 57 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS: TALLY
Course code L T P C
PRACTICAL
Core/Elective/Supportive CORE – XVI 4 4
Basic knowledge of Financial Accounting Syllabus
V
Pre-requisite Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To provide practical knowledge in working with MS-ACCESS
2 To understand the basics of working in Tally accountingpackage
3 To provide insights about the usefulness of internet in businesspurpose

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 Understanding the basics of working in MS-ACCESS using various tools K2
2 Remembering the format personal bio data using MS ACCESS tools K1
3 Analyzing business transactions using computerized packages K4
4 Be able to generate Accounting and Inventory Masters, Vouchers and Basic Reports K4
in Tally
5 Understand Advanced Accounting and Inventory in Tally. ERP 9 K3
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 – Evaluate

Unit:1 MS-ACCESS 30 – hours

1. Prepare a payroll for employee database of an organization with the following Details: Employee
id, Employee name, Date of Birth, Department and Designation, Date of appointment, Basic pay,
Dearness Allowance, House Rent Allowance and other deductions if any. Perform queries for
differentcategories.
2. Create mailing labels for student database which should include at least three Table must have at
least two fields with the following details: Roll Number, Name, Course, Year, College Name,
University, Address, PhoneNumber.
3. Gather price, quantity and other descriptions for five products and enter in the Access table and
create an invoice in form designview.
4. Create forms for the simple tableASSETS.
5. Create report for the PRODUCTdatabase.

Unit:2 TALLY 30—hours

1. Create a new company, group, voucher and ledger and record minimum 10 transactions and
display the relevantresults.
2. Prepare trial balance, Profit and Loss A/c and Balance Sheet (with minimum of any five
adjustments).
3. Prepare inventory statement using (Calculate inventory by using all methods) a) FIFO b) LIFO
c) Simple Average Method d) Weighted AverageMethod
4. Create an e-mail id and check the mailinbox.
5. Learn how to use search engines and visit yahoo com, [Link], [Link] and [Link]
6. Visit your University and college websites and collect the relevantdata

Total Lecture hours 60 –hours

Page 58 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Tally Education Pvt. Ltd., Official Guide to Financial Accounting Using [Link] 9
with GST
2 Soumya Ranjan Behera, Learn [Link] 9 with GST, BK Publications Private Ltd,
Bhubaneswar, 2017

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

2 [Link]
3 [Link]

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M S M S S S
CO2 S M S S M S S S
CO3 S M S S M S S S
CO4 S M S S M S S S
CO5 S M M S M S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 59 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code
SOFT SKILLS FOR BUSINESS L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive Skill Based Subject Paper - IV 2 2
Basic knowledge of Communication Skill
Syllabus
Pre-requisite
Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Enable the students to understand the importance of soft-skills.
2 Acquire different soft skills to be an employable person.
3 Improving the competitive edge and increasing the chances of recruitment and
selection.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Remember the various organizational entry level skill requirements K1
2 Understand the need for different skill requirement at different occasions K2
3 Able to appropriately respond to the situation during recruitment and selection K3
4 Demonstrate a good command in work environment K4
5 Achieve the desired result of a good employability K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 Emotional Intelligence 6—hours

Emotional intelligence, emotional quotient, ability to understand, use manage own emotions,
positive ways to relieve stress, empathy and resolving conflict – Exercises

Unit:2 Team Spirit and Growth 6—hours

Team spirit, growth mindset, high performing teams, trust and mind alignment, focus, target
achievement and time compliance.

Unit:3 Openness to Feedback 6—hours

Feedback, accepting negative feedback, improving self-awareness, criticism-types and
overcoming the shortfalls

Unit:4 Adaptability 6—hours

Adaptability, meaning and nature, change in thought process, willingness to take risk,
encouraging others towards open mindedness, continuous learning

Unit:5 Work Ethics 6—hours

Wok ethics skills, reliability, dedication, discipline, productivity, cooperation, integrity,
responsibility, professionalism

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 30—hours

Text Book(s)
1 Meenakshi Raman, Shalini Upadyay, Soft skills: Key to success in workplace, Cengage
India Pvt Ltd., 1st Edition 2017

Page 60 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Reference Books
1 Barun K. Mitra, Personality Development and Soft Skills, Oxford Higher Education,
2012

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S S M S S S
CO2 S S M S S S S M
CO3 S M S M S S M S
CO4 S S S M S S S S
CO5 S S S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 61 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

PL T P C
Course code
1012
DIGITAL MARKETING L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive PART– IV SKILL BASED SUBJECT PAPER IV 2 2
Basic knowledge of marketing and society Syllabus
Pre-requisite
expectation version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Ability to develop a digital marketing plan that will address common marketing challenges

2 Ability to Articulate the value of integrated marketing campaigns across SEO, Paid
Search, Social, Mobile, Email, Display Media, and Marketing Analytics.

3 Potential to recognize key performance Indicators tied to any digital marketing program

4 Calibre to improve Return on Investment(ROI)for any digital marketing program

5 Launch a new, or evolve an existing, career path in Digital Marketing and the ability to
build their own start-ups

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course ,student will be able:
1 He/She can develop a compelling content strategy for all kinds of business K6
2 K2
He/She can build PPC campaigns and also design Paid ads and
optimize great ad copy writing
3 He/She can design suitable display ads (using tools like Canva), Publish K3
and run ads as per business goals
4 He/She cando e-mail Marketing, social media, build at emplate, Insert Content and K4
Images
5 K5
He/She can build their own virtual organization by providing various
digital marketing services
K1-Remember; K2-Understand; K3-Apply; K4-Analyze; K5-Evaluate; K6-Create

Unit:1 Introduction to Digital Marketing 6—hours

Basics of Marketing - Traditional Marketing Vs Digital Marketing- 5P's of Marketing-

Segment, action, and Targeting - Customer Life cycle - Digital Marketing Modules -RACER
Frame work - Digital Marketing Trends

Unit:2 Social Media Marketing 6—hours

Marketing Approach - Gen X - Gen Y - Gen Z - Gen Alpha - Conversation Prism - Social
Media Strategy- Social Media Channels Penta Social Elements (Social Talking, Listening,
WOM, Feedback, Selling) Person as Influencer Marketing -Sentimental Analysis Effective
Social Media Marketing Usage -Social Media Tools Jargons

Unit:3 Content Marketing & Automation 6—hours

Page 62 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Content Marketing Landscape –Types of Content Marketing –Content Marketing Strategy -

Affiliated Marketing- Content Marketing Tools - Jargon - Effective Email Marketing - Essentials in
Email Marketing – Types of Emails – Email Automation- Email Marketing Metrics - Marketing
Automation –Martech Landscape - Features of Marketing Automation - Choosing a Marketing
Automation Platform

Unit:4 Video Marketing & Digital Marketing 6—hours

Create Economy – YouTube –YouTube Ads –YouTube Partner Program –Instagram Marketing -
Live Streams – Revenue Generating Streams - So-Lo-Mo| Paid Search/PPC -Social Media Ads –
Types of Google Ads - Keyword s - How do Google Ads work? - Cost & Budgets - Remarketing &
Retargeting -Tools

Unit:5 Search Engine Optimization 6—hours

SEO Fundamentals – How Search Engine On-Page – Types of Keywords - On-Page SEO -
Off-Page SEO – SEO Tools – SEO Reporting - Digital Marketing Strategy for a Startup /
Entrepreneur - Business Growth Opportunities | Career Growth Opportunities - Best Practices

Total Lecture hours 30—hours

Text Book(s)
1 Gupta, Seema., 2022. "Digital Marketing" McGraw Hill, ThirdEdition,, ISBN-10:935532040X,
ISBN-13: 978-9355320407
2

ReferenceBooks
1 Kagan, Jeremy & Shekhar Singh, Siddharth., 2020. "Digital Marketing:Strategy & Tactics"
Wiley, First Edition, ISBN-10:9390395496, ISBN-13:978-9390395491
2 Maity Moutusy., 2022."Digital Marketing" Oxford University Press, Second edition, ISBN-
10: 9354972470, ISBN-13:978-9354972478
3 4 Hemann Chuck & Burbary Ken., 2019. "Digital Marketing Analytics" Pearson Education,
Second Edition, ISBN-10: 9353430194, ISBN-13: 978-9353430191

Incorporated by [Link], selvirajammal@[Link]

Page 63 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
20 PROJECT TITLES

1. Brand Name Creation: Create a brand name, Brand identity Design: Design a brand logo - using
Canva and Create an email account on Gmail to link all your project work-(brand
name@[Link]), use this email account centrally to access all tools and platforms by signing up
with the created gmail id.
2. SocialMediaCampaign:CreateamockSocialmediacampaign-choosetheidealchannel(FB,Insta,
Linkedin, Youtube etc)
3. Key word Research / Analysis: Use social listening tools handled in the course to identify key
words for your content strategy (List down top 5 keywords and the source of SEO tools used)
4. Blogging: Create your first blog - 500-800 words on word press blogs (grammarly, COPYAI) and
promotetheblogonanyofthesocialmediaofyourchoicenotbypostingtheblogdirectlybutby creating a
promo link for the blog and attract a minimum of 50 Likes on the blog.
5. Building a Website: Create your first website using-WIX/Canvae
6. Build a Landing Page: Create a landing page using - mailchimp/hubspot
7. Build a content marketing plan: with a focus on top3 content types (video, email, blogs, podcast
etc) - based on a content marketing template from Hubspot
8. Brand Promo Video: Create a 60 sec promo video for your brand – using Canva,
Camtasia etc and it should be a explainer video. To achieve this first write your script, then
storyboard it, followed by creating an instructional design and then finally
create your explainer video
9. Instagram Reel: Create an Instagram reel fo ryour business brand and promote it attract a
minimum of 100 Likes
10. Hashtag Generation: Share a list of 5# Hashtags for the launch campaign, first identify the buzzing
area, calculate the penetration power, build a curiosity around the Hashtag and finally release the
Hashtag and make a minimum of 50 members from outside your friends and family to viral it.
11. Build and Email Campaign:Create a brand launch email-using Mailchimp
12. SEO: Build and execute the On-page SEO for your website
13. Create a Google Business Page
14. PPC Ad: Create a mock paid-ad campaign for your brand-Google Ad words
15. Social Ads: Create a mock sponsored post for Face book/ Instagram /Linked in
16. Google Analytics: Embeda Google Analytics Code on your Website
17. Site map: Submit your website’s site map to Google Search Console
18. Youtube Ad: Create a mock Youtube Ad for your brand
19. Traffic:Generatewebsitetraffictoreachatleast500visitsbytheendofyourprojecttime

Page 64 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
20. Field Visit to two businesses (eg: Malabar Gold, MRF, HAP daily, Fresh works, Zoho) meet the
digitalmarketingmanagersandperformacompletein-personinterviewontheirrespectivedigital
marketing strategies, present the research and study in a ppt format

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M S M S M S
CO2 S M S S M S M S
CO3 S M S S M S M S
CO4 S M S S M S M S
CO5 S M M S M S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 65 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code PL T P C CAPITAL MARKETS L TP C

1012
Core/Elective/Support PART– IV SKILL BASED SUBJECT 2 2
ive PAPER IV
Basic knowledge of Primary and Secondary Syllabus
Pre-requisite markets version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Ability to deep dive into money markets and instruments
2 Ability to solve the problems arising in capital markets
3 Exposure to the Nsmart platform
4 To acquire knowledge to analyze the process required for capital market

5 Ability to prepare the evaluation report of capital market

6 Ability to interpret the Technical and Fundamental reports of the capital market
through detailed analysis

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course ,student will be able:
1 He / She can create a blog on Trading Screen on N-Smart, create a Market K6
Watch, and Buy / Sell Securities He / She can track Top Gainers / Losers
and Favourite / Desired Stocks
2 He / She can access Order Book / Trade Book and Net Obligations - for Contract K3
Note
3 He / She can set up surveillance (Simulation of Exchange) K2
4 He / She can become a sub-broker/distributor with a firm and grow in life K4
5 He/ She becomes an exchange-approved authorized person under an existing SEBI K5
Registered broker after clearing NISM 5A. Once he accumulated capital, he can
become a direct broker also, thus giving opportunities to many young people for
self-employment.
K1-Remember; K2-Understand; K3-Apply; K4-Analyze; K5-Evaluate K6-Create

Unit:1 Overview of Securities Markets 6—hours

Overview of Securities Markets -Products, Participants, and Functions - Primary Markets -
Secondary Markets - Derivatives - Regulators - Exchanges - Depositories -| Clearing
Corporations -| Regulatory Framework - Reforms - Technology Adoption & Disruption -
Investor Protection - Trading Vs Investment

Unit:2 Primary Markets 6—hours

Functions of Primary Markets - Market Participants - Types of Issues - Factors Impacting
Markets & Share Price - Private Placement Vs Public Issue - Book Building - Credit Rating -
Merchant Banking - On-line IPOs- Demat Issues - Virtual Debt Portals - ADRs/GDRs -
Public Issues - Euro Issues - Debt Issues - Collective Investment Vehicles viz., MFs, VCFs,
CISs - ETFs - Valuation of Shares Selection Criteria for Investing in Stocks

Page 66 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Unit:3 Secondary Markets 6--hours
Functions of Secondary Market - Market Participants-| Membership - Listing - Trading and
Settlement Mechanism - Trading Technology - Trading Rules - Insider Trading, Unfair Trade
Practices - Takeovers – Buy-back - Turnover - Market Capitalization - Prices - Liquidity -
Transaction Costs - Risk Management - Indices - Right & Obligations of Investors /Traders

Unit:4 Government Securities Markets & Derivatives 6—hours

Markets
Indian Debt Market - Basics of Bond Market - Primary Market - Secondary Market : NDS,
NDS-OM, CCIL - Wholesale Debt Market (WDM) Segment of NSE Corporate Bond Market
- Instrument Offered - Risk & Return - Products, OTC vs Exchange Traded Derivatives -
Participants, and Functions - Trading Mechanism - Membership - Contract Specification -
Equity Derivatives - Debt Derivative - Commodity Derivatives - Currency Derivatives
Clearing & Settlement - Open Interest & Volume - Implied Volatility - Risk Management -
Comparison Across Assets Classes

Unit:5 Mathematics, Statistics, and Emerging 6—hours

Trends
Measures of Central Tendency- Risk and Return in Stocks & Derivatives - Algo Trades -
High- Frequency Trading Robot Advisory Gift City FinTech & Disruptions New
Products & Way Forward

Total Lecture hours 30—hours

Text Book(s)
1 Sekharan Dibin., 2021." Capital Market And Investment Management" Notion Press, First
Edition, ISBN-10: 1639408150, ISBN-13: 978-1639408153

ReferenceBooks
1 Strumeyer Gary., 2017." The Capital Markets: Evolution of the Financial Ecosystem" Wiley,
First edition, ISBN-13: 978-1119220541
2 Fabozzi Frank J. ,2015. " Capital Markets Institutions, Instruments, and Risk Management"
The MIT Press, Fifth edition, ISBN-10: 0262029480, ISBN-13:
978-0262029483
3 McInish Thomas H. ., 2000. “Capital Markets" Wiley-Blackwell., First edition, ISBN-10:
0631211608, ISBN-13: 978-0631211600
Incorporated by [Link], selvirajammal@[Link]

20 PROJECT TITLES

1. You are an SME in the garment segment. Prepare a techno commercial note to be presented to a
Merchant banker, whom you intend to approach for SME listing in NSE
2. Prepare a techno commercial note using the First Chicago method of valuation to seek funding
from a venture capital firm
3. You are providing a cable service network in your town. You plan to evolve into a data network
Page 67 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
provider in your town. Prepare a pitch deck to be presented to potential investors
4. You are the CFO of an Indian MNC operating in different countries. Evaluate the commercial
feasibilities of raising money from international capital markets through equity and bond markets
5. You have got 5 years of experience in the broking industry as a dealer in a broking firm. You have
an investor who is ready to fund and start a broking firm. Evaluate the various business
considerations including manpower, Infra, Capital, and compliance requirements to be considered
before starting the business
6. XYZ’s father is getting a retirement benefit of Rs 50 lakhs. Do a risk-return analysis and come out
with a solution for a probable investment allocation
7. You need to build a small excel financial model to value a fair price of a company’s share price
using discounted cash flow method
8. You are a Research analyst in your Organization in the Equity vertical. Prepare a sector report on
the Indian IT industry and its near-term outlook
9. Use the EIC framework and do a detailed analysis of the valuation of an IT company and prepare a
research report to be circulated to your retail clients
10. You are bullish on the IT sector in India. You intend to invest in a mid-cap IT company. Evaluate
your investment decision using the DCF method and the Relative valuation method
11. You are a relationship manager in a broking firm. Your client is into leather garment exports to
Walmart US. Annual turnover of 165 Cr Rs Rupee equivalent in USD billing (USDINR = Rs 82.5
Rs/USD). Make a presentation to the MD of the company on hedging solutions offered by your
firm and compare it with the solutions offered by banks
12. You are an options trader on the prop desk of a broking firm, trading in Nifty and Bank Nifty
options. You do multi-leg strategies trade. Evaluate the alternative of using algo trading to address
your existing pain points in your trading process
13. You are working in Treasury dealing room of a bank. Your GM – Treasury is asking you to
evaluate the arbitrage opportunities prevailing between Indian OTC markets and the Exchange-
traded derivatives segment of NSE of Indian Rupee pairs. Prepare a report with the last 6 months’
data and suggest your recommendations on the pairs that can be considered
14. Download the IPO prospectus of a company from the SEBI website. Evaluate the critical factors
(qualitative and quantitative) to be considered before you decide to invest in the IPO as a retail
investor
15. You are a bullion dealer in your city. Critically evaluate with practical examples, the ways in
which you can overcome price risk management of gold using Exchange traded Gold Derivatives
16. The recent pandemic and the subsequent geopolitical tensions have made stock prices volatile.
Analyze the Value at Risk for that single stock portfolio that you plan to build using the Historic
simulation method by analyzing the last 10 years’ daily stock price data. You plan to invest 2
Lakhs Rupees
Page 68 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
17. Download the Annual report FY 2021-22 for a listed large-cap company (nonbanking company)
and come out with the key findings of general ratios and the various valuation ratios
18. Real estate prices are still hovering high. It is not affordable for all to own commercial properties
in Main metros. (Real Estate Investment Trusts) REITs can help in providing value for such
people. Evaluate the advantages of REITs when compared to Real estate funds by taking a real-life
comparison
19. You plan to invest in gold for long-term investments. Critically evaluate the various modes in
which gold can be invested, and the cost-benefit and unique features of the various modes
20. Your client is holding Govt bonds in his portfolio. Interest rates continue to go northwards. Make
a product proposal to your client on the ways in which he can use Interest rate Futures offered in
the Exchange platform for price risk management

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M S M S M S
CO2 S M S S M S M S
CO3 S M S S M S M S
CO4 S M S S M S M S
CO5 S M M S M S M M

S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 69 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
TNASDCL- OPERATIONAL LOGISTICS
Course code 008 L TP C
Core/Elective/Support PART– IV SKILL BASED SUBJECT 2 2
ive PAPER IV
Basic knowledge of Export and Imports Syllabus
Pre-requisite version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Offer an industry relevant, application oriented skill development course to students.
2 Acquaint the students with the competency needs of the industry.
3 Expose students to different Operational aspects of Logistics and Supply Chain.
4 Understand the concepts of logistics, 3PL, 4PL and intermodal transportation.
5 Acquaint them with basic knowledge of warehousing, freight forwarding and different
type of transportation methods
6 Understand the formalities of custom and clearing of goods and procedures of Bill of
Entry
7 Understand the concepts of export and import documentation and International
Commercial Terms

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course ,student will be able:
1 Able to perform basic EXIM operations in office, customs clearance at field K1
and freight forwarding.
2 Understand and follow the basic corporate practices. K2
3 Able to prioritize and execute tasks within scheduled time limits. K3
4 Carry out basic operational functions of in warehouse and working with knowledge of K4
reverse logistics and intermodal transportation
5 Evaluate the Logistics Operations K5
K1-Remember;K2-Understand;K3-Apply;K4-Analyze;K5-Evaluate

Unit:1 Objectives, Role of Logistics operations and system concept 6—hours

Overview & Description - Introduction - Logistics: A System Concept - Logistics Functions -

Logistics Management - Objectives - Role of Logistics in the Supply Chain - Transport
Corporation of India - Indian Road Freight Index - Catalysts for Outsourcing Trends -
Benefits of Logistics Outsourcing - Third Party Logistics - Fourth Party Logistics - Career
& Growth in Logistics and Supply Chain – Summary

Unit:2 Inventory and Warehousing operations 6—hours

Unit Overview & Description -Inventory Management and Supply Chain - Inventory
Functionality - Inventory Related Cost - Inventory Controls - Case Study

Unit:3 Freight and Transportation operations 6—hours

Unit Overview & Description - Freight Management - Transportation Networks -

Containerization - Logistical Packaging for Cars - Summary

Page 70 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Unit:4 Information Technology in Logistics operations 6—hours

Unit Overview & Description - Information Technology and Logistics - Consignment

Note – Enterprise Resource Planning Systems – Logistics Management Information
systems - Sea Borne Trade and Ports in India –Summary

Unit:5 Export and Import, INCOTERMS and Freight 6—hours

Forwarding operations

Overview & Description - Statutory Provisions Dealing Transport - Object of Multimodal

Transportation Act 1993 – Appeal - Contents of Multimodal Transport Document - Motor
Vehicles Act 1988 - Driving Rules - Insurance – EXIM documentation – EXIM cargo
movement – Customs clearance – Verify GST application and documents Summary

Total Lecture hours 30—hours

Text Book(s)
1 [Link] Muthiah “Logistics Management and World Sea Borne Trade” Himalaya
Publishing House Ltd. Mumbai.

ReferenceBooks
1 Vinnod V Sople “Logistic Management” Pearson Education.

2 Batlacharya S.K. “Logistic Management” Sultan Chand Publication

3 Ambert “Strategic Logistic Management’ Tata Mc Graw Hill. 4th Edition, 2000 New Delhi.
Incorporated by [Link], selvirajammal@[Link]
INDUSTRY USE CASES
[Link] the case of Dabbawalas of Mumbai discuss the following points in the class room.
i. Evolution
ii. Preparation of lunch boxes.
iii. Man power & its management.
iv. Identification of dabbas for its consumer & its confirmation.
v. Warehousing of dabbas.
vi. Information of lunch box delivery man.
vii. Collection of boxes after its delivery.
viii. Uninterrupted supply in odd weather and season.
[Link] / Role model on a nearby company in your town / city and prepare a note on its
customer information flow for its demand to be processed.
[Link] / Role model on a business unit / company nearest to your town / city and prepare
a note on logistics system concept adoption activity.
[Link] the case study of Tata Motors Ltd. in the classroom and tell students how to
improve inventory management.
[Link] / Role model a warehouse of any product in your city / town and prepare a note on
inventory cost involved in the product so that it can be discussed in the classroom.
[Link] / Role model a Pharma Store and prepare a note on selective control technique like
Page 71 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
ABC & VED used by the store for its product to discuss in the classroom.
[Link] / Role model a packaging company in your city / town and prepare a note on
material used in making different package to discuss in the classroom.
[Link] pictures of different containers through various media and paste in a file. Discuss
it in the classroom telling its utility.
[Link] a note on different types of packets found in home while buying goods and
discuss the material used in making it.
[Link] the basis of utility of following technology in different industries. Discuss it in the classroom
b. GPRS
c. Barcode
d. RFID
e. IoT
[Link] / Role model a transport company in your city / town to collect the transport
documents and discuss its uses in the classroom.
[Link] a case on export documentations and discuss the classification of following:
f. Commercial
g. Statutory
h. Documents for claiming export benefits
[Link] nearby railway station in your city / town and prepare a note on how goods carriage
is done through multimodal transportation.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S M S M S M S
CO2 S M S S M S M S
CO3 S M S S M S M S
CO4 S M S S M S M S
CO5 S M M S M S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 72 of 91
B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Elective
Courses

Page 73 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

ECONOMICS FOR INVESTORS

Course code L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE PAPER - 1 - GROUP - B 5 4
Pre-requisite The course deals with the various investment avenue Syllabus
and its practice applications Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To understand concepts of saving and investments
2 To probe the various investment avenue and its practice applications
3 To enables various investment markers and its features
4 To Know the economic fundamentals and the Business Environment
5 To understand various investment methods and its strategies

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 Describe the types and importance of savings and investments. K1
2 Explain the available for investment avenues K2
3 Understand the operations of different types of investment markets. K3
4 Evaluate the economic fundamentals and information. K5
5 Construct objective enabling investment plans, strategy, evaluate and restructure if K6
required.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Introduction 15-- hours

Saving and Investments – Meaning – Types - Importance – Role of Savings and Investment on the
development of Individuals- Distributional Role of Investment – Income and Wealth – Equitable
Distributional Role

Unit:2 Investment Avenues 15-- hours

Traditional Investment – Cash, Deposits, Gold, Silver, Commodities Real Estates. Modern
Investment – Direct Investment – Portfolio Investment -Insurance -Mutual Funds -Traded Funds.

Unit:3 Investment Markets 14-- hours

Capital Market – Share Market – Primary and Secondary – Bond Markets- Money Market – Metal
Market - Commodities Markets – Foreign Exchange Market - Hedging - Futures and Options

Unit:4 Economic fundamentals for Investors 15-- hours

Domestic Economic Environment: Economic Growth and Development – National Income – Per
Capita Income, Unemployment – Taxes, Trade Cycle – Infrastructure – Physical and Economic.
Political and Social Environment- International Economic Environment: International Economic
Growth and Development, Trade, Foreign Exchange - Global Recession- Oil Market – War
Between Countries

Unit:5 Investment Methods and Strategies. 14-- hours

Cash Flow – Capital Gain – Risk Rewarding – Asset Accumulation - Risk Distribution – Asset
Management.

Page 74 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 75 --hours

Textbooks
1 Ken McElroy, (2004) The ABCs of Real Estate Investing, Hachette Book Group USA
2 Esme Faerber (2013), All about Stocks ,TataMGraw Hill, New Delhi
3 Christopher D. Piros, Jerald E. Pinto(2013), “Economics for Investment Decision
Makers:Micro, Macro, and International Economics, Workbook”, Wiley, 2013
4. John Calverley, “The Investor's Guide to Economic Fundamentals”, Wiley, 2003
5 Howards Marks, Mastering The Market Cycle:Getting the Odds on Your Side”, John Murray
Press, 2018

Reference Books
1. Robert T. Kyosaki,(2014) Guide To Investing Business Plus ISBN: 9780446589161
2. BenjamineGraham(1949), The Intelligent Investor, Harper&Brothers
3. Mary Buffett and David Clark(2002), The New Buffettology (Simon and Schuster)
4. John C Bogle(2017) The Little Book of Common Sense Investing:The Only Way to Guarantee
Your Fair Share of Stock Market Returns, Wiley Publications
5. William J. O’ Neil (2009) How to Make Money in Stocks: A Winning System in Good Times
and Bad, Fourth Edition McGraw Hill Education

Web Resources
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]

Mapping with Programme Outcomes:

PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
CO 5 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 3
Weightage 14 14 15 15 14 14 15 15
Weighted 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.00
percentage of
course
contribution to
POS

S-Strong-3 M-Medium-2 L-Low-1

Page 75 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Course code AUDITING L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE PAPER - 1 - GROUP - B 5 4
This course is mainly educating the students on
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Auditing, investigation and essential qualities of
V
Version
auditor.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To impart knowledge about Principles and methods of auditing.
2 To familiarize the students with the techniques of auditing and its applications.
3 To provide the knowledge of voucher of cash transactions and trading transactions.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 bility to perform the analysis of various types of audit. K1
2 o understand the audit procedure and audit programmes. K2
3 o analyze the vouching and impersonal ledgers. K4
4 o gain knowledge and to evaluate Verification and valuation of assets and liabilities. K3
5 o construct the knowledge of Rights and duties of company Auditor – Liabilities of K6
company Auditor.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Objectives of Auditing 15 -- hours

Definition – objectives of Auditing – Advantages and limitations of auditing –Auditing and
investigation – Qualities of an Auditor – Detection of errors and frauds. Various types of audit:
Continuous audit – Final audit – Interim audit – Balance sheet audit.

Unit:2 Audit Procedure 15-- hours

Audit procedure – Planning of audit – Audit programme – Audit note book – Audit working
papers – Internal control and internal check – Internal check as regards cash, wages, sales, etc.,
Position of external Auditor as to Internal audit.
Unit:3 Vouching 15-- hours
Vouching – Meaning – Definition – Vouchers – Vouching of cash transactions – Trading
transactions – Impersonal ledgers.
Unit:4 Verification and Valuation of Assets and Liabilities 14-- hours
Verification and valuation of assets and liabilities – Auditor’s position – Auditors duty regarding
depreciation – Reserves and provisions.
Unit:5 Company Audit 14-- hours
Company Audit – Appointment and Removal of Auditor – Rights and duties of company Auditor
– Liabilities of company Auditor – Audit of Share Capital – Audit of Share Transfer. Audit of
Computerized Accounts – e-audit.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 --hours

Text Book(s)

Page 76 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

1 Auditing [Link] : [Link] & [Link]., Dew

Delhi, 2006
2 [Link]: Principles and Practice of Auditing Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2002
3 [Link]: Auditing Lakshmi Narain Agarwal Educational Publishers, Agra, 2000.

Reference Books
1 .[Link] : A Hand book of Practical

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M S S M S S M S
CO2 M S S S S S M S
CO3 M S S M M S M M
CO4 M S S M M S M M
CO5 M M S L S M L L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 77 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code BASIC ECONOMETRICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE PAPER 1: GROUP- C 5 4
This course is mainly educating the students on the
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Econometrics research tools, how it can be used to
estimate and test economic relationships. Version
V
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To make the students to understand the tools of econometrics and applying them in practice.

2 The methods thoughts in the course can be employee in the business discipline and in social science
discipline.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 Ability to perform analysis of economic data based on a broad knowledge of the simple K1
linear regression model.
2 Provide basic knowledge of the statistical foundations of regression analysis with OLS. K3
3 Provide basic knowledge of hypothesis testing for statistical inference. K4
4 Basic knowledge of how to detect and treat violations of OLS assumption, such as omitted K3
variables, Heterocedasticity and Multicollinearity, and Autocorrelation.
5 Ability to perform analysis of variance and co variance to determine the variability, between K6
samples and within samples.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Introduction 15 -- hours

Definition, Scope and Divisions of Econometrics – Objectives and uses of Econometrics –
Methodology of Econometrics: Specification, and Estimation and Evaluation of estimates – Basic
concepts of Population and Simple regression functions – Meaning and Significance of the error
term (u).
Unit:2 Estimation and Testing 15-- hours
Classical Linear Regression Model and its assumptions – Method of Ordinary Least-Square (OLS)
to estimate OLS estimators – Statistical tests (‘t’ and ‘F’) of OLS estimates (Simple regression
only) – Properties of OLS estimates.
Unit:3 Types of Estimation and Errors 15-- hours
Point and Interval estimation – Confidence interval approach – Statistical properties of point
estimate – Types of errors and their implications in the hypothesis testing for statistical inference.
Unit:4 Violation of OLSM Assumptions 14-- hours
Nature, sources, consequences and methods of detection and solutions to problems
(Heterocedasticity, Multi collinearity, and Autocorrelation) of single equation regression model
(any one method of detection and solution).
Unit:5 Functional Forms and Dummy Variables 14-- hours
Concepts of functional forms and Measurement of growth rate (log-lin function) and elasticity
(log-log function) – ANOVA and ANCOVA models on dummy variables.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – webinars

Page 78 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Total Lecture hours 75 --hours

Text Book(s)
1 Damodar [Link]: Basic Econometircs, McGraw-Hill, Inc.
2 Damodar [Link]: Essential of Econometircs, McGraw-Hill, Inc.
3 Madalla G.S: Econometrics McGraw-Hill, Inc.

Reference Books
1 Damodar [Link]: Econometrics by Example, Palgrave Publications.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M S S S L M S S
CO2 S M M S S L M M
CO3 S S S S S S S M
CO4 M L S M M M M S
CO5 S M M S M S M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 79 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
MODERN BANKING AND
Course code L T P C
INSURANCE
Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE PAPER - II : GROUP- A 4 3
Pre-requisite The course deals with the financial instruments, Syllabus
banking practices and major Insurance Legislation in Version
India
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To discern the modern banking and insurance course
2 To enables the learners understand new financial instruments and banking practices
3 To know the role of insurance in economic development
4 To understand the insurance contract and risk management
5 To know the Major Insurance Legislation in India and its growth

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 Recollect the financial tools and methods of banking operations K1
2 Understand and describe the central banking operations. K2
3 Explain various types of insurances in Practice K3
4 Evaluate the insurance policies and recommend the right policies for use. K4
5 Evaluate the macro level implications of the various insurances. K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Banking 12-- hours

Commercial Banks- Functions of Commercial Banks- Private and Public Sector Banks- Credit
Creation - Commercial Banks’s role- Payment Banks- functions- Digital Banking-Tools –
Methods

Unit:2 Central Banks 12-- hours

Functions of a Central Bank – Objectives of Monetary Policy – Effects and Limitations –
Narasimhan Committee Report.

Unit:3 Introduction to Insurance 11-- hours

Insurance: Meaning and Types- Role of Insurance in Economic Development -Saving and
Investment Aspects – Social Vs Private Insurance: Life Vs Non-Life Insurance. Classification of
Life, Health and General Insurance Policies.

Unit:4 Insurance Contract and Risk Management 12-- hours

Meaning of contract- Insurable Interest- Utmost good faith- Principle of Indemnity and other
Principles-Risk Management: Definition and Types- Management of Risk through Identification
Analysis and Control.

Unit:5 Insurance Business in India 11-- hours

Major Insurance Legislation- Growth of Industry- Agricultural Insurance- Health Insurance-

Reinsurance- Entry of Private Insurance Companies- Insurance Act. LIC Act, GIC Act. IRDA Act.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 60 --hours

Page 80 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Textbooks
1 Srivastava P.K. (2013), Banking Theory and Practice, Himalaya Publishing House, New
Delhi
2 Heffernan, S. (2005). Modern Banking. John Wiley & Sons
3 Tyagi, C. L., & Tyagi, M. (2007). Insurance Law and Practice. Atlantic Publishers &
Dist.
4 J. N. Jain, “Modern Banking and Insurance : Principles and Techniques”, Regal
publications, 2008
5 Prasada & Radhika Rao, “Trends of Modern Banking”, BSP Publication, 2016

Reference Books
1. Finsinger J. and M.V. Pauly (Eds.) (1986), The Economics of Insurance Regulation: A
Cross National Study, Macmillan London.
2. Sethi, J., & Bhatia, N. (2012). Elements of Banking and Insurance. PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd..
3. Lewis, M. K. (1992). Modern Banking in Theory and Practice. Revue Economique, 203-
227.
4. Tripathy, N. P., & Pal, P. (2005). Insurance: Theory and practice. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
5. Muraleedharan, D. (2014). Modern Banking: Theory and Practice. PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd..

Web Resources
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Weightage 15 15 14 14 15 14 14 15
Weighted percentage of course 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.00
contribution to POS

S-Strong-3 M-Medium-2 L-Low-1

Page 81 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code HEALTH ECONOMICS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE PAPER - II : GROUP- B 4 3
This course is mainly educating the students
on the demand for and supply of health care, Syllabus
Pre-requisite
Indian health care system and health financing V rsion
and insurance.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Understand the importance of Health Economics and Health indicators.
2 Understand the institutional framework for health Care.(i.e., Consumption, Provision and
Financing).
3 Understand the health status of population at National and State Level.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 It explains the history and need of Health Economics, Issues in Health care, Poverty K1
and Inequality among different countries.
2 List out the Resource allocation between Health Care and other commodities, Health Care K2
and Consumer Choice, Factors Influencing Demand for Medical Care.
3 Discuss the Hospital Production Function, Objectives and constraints of a hospital firm, K4
Optimization of hospital size, Break Even and Shut down Conditions.
4 Explains Health Care Markets, Economic Rationale of Government Intervention, Indian K3
Health Care Systems
5 Discuss the objectives of Health financing, Fiscal functions of Government, Importance of K5
Human Development in Economic Growth
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Introduction 12 -- hours

History of Health Economics – Need for Health Economics – Issues in Health Care – Health –
Economic Linkage – Poverty and Inequality in the prevalence of diseases among different
countries.
Unit:2 Demand for Health Care 12-- hours
Private and Public goods – Resources allocation between health care and other commodities –
relevance of consumer demand theory to health –Demand for medical care – Factors Influencing
Demand for medical care.
Unit:3 Supply of Health Care 12-- hours

Health as a durable good – Hospital Production Function – Objectives and constraints of a hospital
firm – substitution of inputs – vertical integration – Optimization of hospital size – Hospital costs
and efficiency – break-even and shut-down conditions – equilibrium quality.
Unit:4 Health System 11-- hours
Health care, a unique commodity – health care markets (Physician, hospital, inputs, drug,
insurance & technology) – inequity, limitations of the price system & market failure – Economic
rationale for Government intervention – government failure – Indian health care system –
Accessability.
Unit:5 Health Financing and Insurance 11-- hours
Objectives of financing – alternative financing strategies – fiscal functions of Government –

Page 82 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

development finance – community finance – Private insurance – Social insurance – Consumer

surplus and health insurance –Importance of Human Resource Development in economic growth.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 60 --hours

Text Book(s)
1 Pushpalatha Pattnaik : Health Economics, Black Prints, New Delhi, 2013.
2 Rana H.P.S : Health Economics, Alfa Publications, New Delhi, 2009.
3 Raman Kutty V : A Primer of Health Systems Economics Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi, 2010.
4 Renuka Devi.V & : Health Economics: Issues and Challenges, Deep & Deep Publications,
New Delhi, 2011.
5 Gowhar Jhan. M : Principles of Health Economics, Sarup Book Publishers
Sundar I Pvt. Ltd, Delhi, 2009.

Reference Books
1 James W. Henderson : Health Economics and Policy, CENGAGE Learning India Pvt.
Ltd, New Delhi, 2011.
2 Dash L.N : Economics of Infrastructure: Growth and Development, Regal Publications,
New Delhi, 2007.

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S L S S S M S S
CO2 S S M M S L M M
CO3 S S S M M S S M
CO4 M M S L M M M S
CO5 S M M S S S M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 83 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Course code JOURNALISM L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE –II – GROUP - C 4 3
The content of the course aims at making the
students to understand the nature of mass Syllabus
Pre-requisite
communication and the responsibilities and Version
V
functions of press.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 Understand the characteristics of communication.
2 Imparting knowledge about the qualities of a reporter and newspaper management.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To understand the importance of mass communication K1
2 To assess the importance of the Indian press K2
3 To examine the sources of news and the importance of correspondents K3
4 To evaluate the purpose of Editors K4
5 To analyse the importance of newspaper management K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Mass Communication 12-- hours

Journalism - History of Journalism - History of Indian Press - Responsibilities and functions of
the press - News agencies - freedom of the press - various professional organizations - press council
- press laws – Free lance Journalism.

Unit:2 Journalism 12-- hours

Nature Scope and process of mass communication - Theories of mass Communication -
SMCR model of communication - Types of Communication - Characteristics of Communication
- Barriers - Mass media of Communication - Merits and Demerits.

Unit:3 Sources of news 12-- hours

News - Definition of news - Sources of news - Reporting - Qualities of a reporter - Routine
beats of a reporter - Inverted pyramid style of reporting - lead - Definition and types - Crime
reporting , Correspondents - Special Correspondents - District correspondents - Investigative
reporting - writing for Radio and TV and Social Media

Unit:4 Edition 11-- hours

Editing - Edition writing - purpose of editions’ - Headlines - definition - Functions and types -
what is a copy - Sources of a copy - Sub-edition - Functions of Sub-editor - proof reader -
Functions and symbols.

Unit:5 Newspaper Management 11-- hours

Newspaper Management - various departments of a newspaper and their functions -
Advertisement - circulation and Administration.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 60 --hours

Page 84 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Text Book(s)
1 Theory and practice of Journalism - [Link], subject publications, New Delhi.
2 Professional Journalism - M.V. Kawath, Vikas Publishing House.

Reference Books
1 News Reporting and Editing - K.M. Srivastava Sterling
2 News Writing and Reporting - James M Neal & Suzanne S. Brown, Surjeet Publication
3 Modern Newspaper practice - F.W. Hodgson Heinemann, London.
4 Journalism in Modern India - Roland E. Wolsey
5 The Indian Press - Dr. S.P. Sen
6 The Press - M. Chalapathi Rao
7 Truth about Indian Press - J.N. Sahni

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 M S M S M S M S
CO2 M M S S M S M S
CO3 M S S S S S M S
CO4 M S S M S S M S
CO5 S M S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 85 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code
RURAL ECONOMICS L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE -III – GROUP -A 4 3
The course deals with the problems of rural economySyllabus
Pre-requisite and its remedies. Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 The objective of the course is to provide the students with a thorough knowledge and
understanding of the foundations of rural economics,

2 Impart knowledge on concepts of the dimensions of rural development

3 Understand the challenges in rural development strategies for rural upliftment.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 Understand the concepts and problems of rural economy. K1
2 Analyse the structure of rural unemployment and the technology used for rural K2
growth.
3 Examine the extent of rural indebtedness, and the measures to remove rural K3
unemployment.
4 Evaluate the causes and consequences of Rural Poverty, and describe the Poverty K4
Alleviation Programmes
5 Improve the knowledge about the tribal economy and analyse the tribal agricultural K6
activities
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Rural Economy 12-- hours

Rural economy: Characteristics – Need for the study of Rural economy – Comparison of Rural
Economy and Urban Economy. Concepts: Barter System, Non Monetized Sector –Agricultural
Marketing –Farm and Non-Farm Income - Problems of Rural Economy.

Unit:2 Rural Unemployment 12-- hours

Rural Unemployment: Types, Structure, Causes of Unemployment and Remedial measures. Rural
Employment Generation Programmes: NRLM, MGNREGA. Technology for rural growth: ICT,
mobile, successful programmes.

Unit:3 Rural Credit 12-- hours

Rural credit: Rural indebtedness: Causes and effects of rural indebtedness, Remedies. Rural
Credit - Need for Credit – Sources of Rural Credit. Unorganized credit: Money lenders.
Organized: Indigenous Bankers - Co-operatives, Commercial banks - Regional Rural banks -
Micro-Finance Institutions (MFIs) – NABARD

Unit:4 Rural Poverty 11-- hours

Rural Poverty: Causes and Consequences - Rural Poverty Line – Estimates of poverty –Factors
influencing Rural Poverty – Removal of Poverty - Rural Development in India.

Unit:5 Tribal Economy 11-- hours

Tribal Economy: Characteristics of Tribal economy – Distribution of Tribal population in India

Page 86 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

- Tribal Agriculture and allied activities: Horticulture, Floriculture, Animal husbandry, Forest
and forest collection. Problems in Tribal areas - Role of NGOs.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 60 --hours
Text Book(s)
1 Sankaran S. Rural Economics , Margham Publications
2 Ruddar Dutt and K.P.M Sundaram, 2014, Indian Economy, S. Chand & Co Ltd, New Delhi.

Reference Books
1 Mohapatro, P.C. (1987) Economic Development of Tribal India, Ashish Publishing
House, New Delhi.
2 Sahu, N.C. (1986): Economics of Forest Resources: Problems and Policies in a regional,
[Link] Corporation, New Delhi.
3 Reddy, K. V. (2012). Agriculture and Rural Development, Himalaya Publishing house
4 Choudrey, C.M. Rural Economics. . Sunshine Publications, Jaipur 2009

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S S S S M S
CO2 S S S M S M M S
CO3 S S S S S M M S
CO4 S S S M S S M S
CO5 M M M M S M M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 87 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code
ACCOUNTANCY FOR ECONOMICS L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE –III – GROUP -B 4 3
The course deals with the simple concepts of Syllabus
Pre-requisite
Accountancy Version
V
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To make the students to understand the basic concepts of Accountancy
2 To encourage students to learn modern techniques of Accountancy used in Economics

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To understand the time value of money K1
2 To analyse the financial statement and the comparative statement analysis K2
3 To assess the fund flow statement K3
4 To examine the accounting ratios K4
5 To evaluate the elements of cost K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Time value of money 12-- hours

Time value of Money - Future value of a Single Amount - Future value of Annuity -
Present value of a Single Amount - Present value of an Annuity.

Unit:2 Financial statement 12-- hours

Financial statement analysis - Basic concepts underlying Financial Accounting - Balance Sheet
Profit and Loss Account - Comparative statement analysis - Common Size Analysis and Trend
Analysis.

Unit:3 Fund flow statement 11-- hours

Funds flow statement - Meaning - Uses - Preparation of Fund flow statement

Unit:4 Accounting ratios 12-- hours

Accounting Ratios for Business Decision - Meaning - Importance - Types - Simple Ratios -
Limitation of Ratio Analysis.

Unit:5 Elements of cost 11-- hours

Elements of Cost - Cost Sheet - Simple Problems.

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - Webinars
Total Lecture hours 60 --hours
Text Book(s)
1 Principles of Accountancy - N. Vinayakam, P.L. Mani & K.L. Nagarajan
2 Financial Accounting - S.P. Mani, K.L. Nagaraj
3 S.N. Maheswari - Advanced Accounting

Page 88 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
1 R.L. Gupta - Advanced Accounts
2 Dr. S.N. Maheswari - Principles of Management Accounting
3 S.P. Jain and Narang -Advanced Accounts
4 T.S. Grewal -Principles of Accounting
5 M.C. Shukla and Grewal- Advanced Accounts
6 Pillai and Bhagavathi - Management Accounting

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S M S M M S
CO2 S S M M S M S S
CO3 S S M S M S M S
CO4 S S S S M S S M
CO5 S M S M M S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 89 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code FINANCIAL MARKETS L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive ELECTIVE –III- GROUP - C 4 3
This course deals with the financial system,
Syllabus
Pre-requisite money market, capital market and stock
Version
Exchange and its regulation.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are:
1 To acquaint the students with the working of financial market in India and help to foster
sound corporate capital structure
2 To learn the procedure regarding trading on stock exchanges through on-line trading
3 To know the progress made in de-mat trading during recent years

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able:
1 To understand the financial concepts, financial instruments and the financial market K1
in India
2 To analyse the money market in India K2
3 To examine the capital market in India and its growth K3
4 To assess the stock exchange in India and its trading K4
5 To evaluate the regulation stock exchange and its impact on share price movements K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Financial system in India 12-- hours

Financial System in India – Functions – Structure – Development – Financial Concepts:
Financial Assets – Financial Intermediaries, Financial Markets, Financial Rates of Return and
Financial Instruments – Financial Market – Concept, and Constituents – A brief Idea of the Players
and Instruments in Money Market, Capital Market, Debt Market, Foreign Exchange, Derivatives
Market, Global Financial Markets.

Unit:2 Money market 12-- hours

Money Market – Definition – Features – Objectives – Importance – Composition: Call Money
Market. Commercial Bills Market. Treasury Bill Market – Money Market Instruments – Structure
and Features of Indian Money Market – Recent Developments Global Money Markets – London
and New York.

Unit:3 Capital market 11-- hours

Capital Market – Meaning and Definition – Characteristics – Functions – Importance –
Evolution and Growth – Constituents Measures of Reactivation – Measures of Investor
Protection – Recent initiative in the Indian Capital Market.

Unit:4 Stock Exchange 11-- hours

New Issues Market and Secondary Market: Recognition of Stock Exchanges – Services of stock
Exchanges – Organization – Listing of Securities – Advantages of Listing - Drawbacks –
Registration of Stock Brokers – Procedure – Kinds- Method of Trading in a Stock Exchange.

Unit:5 Regulation of stock exchange 12-- hours

Regulation of Stock Exchange – SEBI – Objectives – Powers – Functions – Organization –
SEBI guidelines & Recent Development – NSE, BSE, ISE – Inter Stock Exchange of India.

Page 90 of 91
 B.A. Economics 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.48
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Internet Stock Trading – Demat and On-Line Trading Index Calculations – BSE – Sensex &
Nifty – Foreign Institution Investments and its impact on share price movements

Unit: 6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online and offline seminars – Webinars
Total Lecture hours 60 –hours
Text Book(s)
1 Dr.S. Gurusamy - Financial Services and Marketing, Vijay Nicole
2 Imprints Private Ltd., Chennai, 2004 Gordon & Natarajan - Financial Markets and Services,
Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai, 2003

Reference Books
1 Sri Ram Khanna: Financial Markets in India & Protection of
Investors, New Century Publications, Delhi, 2004

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8

CO1 S S S M S M M S
CO2 S S M M S M S S
CO3 S S M S M S M S
CO4 S S S S M S S M
CO5 S M S M M S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 91 of 91
 B. A. English Literature

Syllabus

AFFILIATED COLLEGES

Program Code: 21F

2023 – 2024 onwards

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY
(A State University, Accredited with “A” Grade by NAAC,
Ranked 13th among Indian Universities by MHRD-NIRF,
World Ranking : Times - 801-1000, Shanghai - 901-1000, URAP - 982)
Coimbatore - 641 046, Tamil Nadu, India
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

The B. A. English Literature program will enable the students to

PEO1 To prove competency in the domain knowledge/area and language proficiency

PEO2 Analyse the societal needs and issues through the literary perspective and to
Practice lifelong learning for enhancing the ethical values of the society
PEO3 To develop efficiency in LSRW skills and present themselves as efficient
language trainers
PEO4 To produce noble research works
PEO5 Improve their understanding about various socio- cultural aspects and find
employment in media, freelance writing, content writing and teaching.
PEO6 Improve the possibilities of their employment in various sectors
PEO7 Understand the requirements of the industry and Prepare themselves to face the
challenges of competitive environment

Page 1 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

After the successful completion of B.A. English Literature program, the students are
expected
PSO1 To demonstrate their competency in the domain area
PSO2 To analysis the literary texts, with a critical insight
PSO3 To impart the critical evaluation on the literary texts
PSO4 To present the learned ideas
PSO5 To assess their communicative competency
PSO6 To understand the role of a literature student in shaping the course of the society
PSO7 To analyse the impact of literature on the society
PSO8 To comprehend the ethical quality of a literary text
PSO9 To acquire the ability in understanding the lifelong learning
PSO10 To produce effective projects

Page 2 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Program Outcomes (POs)

On successful completion of the B.A. English Literature programme, students will
be able to
PO1 Prove their knowledge and skills in Language and Literature.
PO2 Prove his proficiency in Listening Speaking Reading Writing.

PO3 Analyse a literary text of any genre like poetry, drama, prose, short
story and fiction.
PO4 Apply the knowledge of literary theories in analyzing the literary text.
PO5 Write simple poems, short stories and essays.

PO6 Work as a leader and work in a team effectively in the fields related to
Language and Literature.
PO7 Understand the need for lifelong learning and hone the required skills related to
the industry.
PO8 Analyse the impact of literature on society and work for the betterment of
the society.

Page 3 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY: COIMBATORE 641 046

[Link] Literature for Affiliated Colleges
(For the students admitted during the academic year 2023 – 24 onwards)

Part Hours Examination Credit

Title of the Course /Week Durat Maximum Marks s
ion in CIA CEE Total
Hours
FIRST SEMESTER
I TAMIL I 6 3 25 75 100 4
II ENGLISH I 6 3 25 75 100 4
III CORE I – PROSE I 5 3 25 75 100 4
III CORE II – FICTION I 5 3 25 75 100 4
III ALLIED I – Social History of 6 3 25 75 100 4
England
IV Environmental Studies* 2 3 -- 50 50 2
Total 30 125 425 550 22
SECOND SEMESTER
I TAMIL II 6 3 25 75 100 4
II ENGLISH II 4 3 25 25 50@ 2
II Effective English: Language 2 25 25 50# 2
Proficiency for Employability
[Link]
Filepath/Cambridge_Course_Details
.pdf
III CORE III – POETRY I 5 3 25 75 100 4
III CORE IV – DRAMA I 5 3 25 75 100 4
III ALLIED II – History of 6 3 25 75 100 4
English Literature
IV Value – Education – Human Rights* 2 3 -- 50 50 2
Total 30 150 400 550 22
THIRD SEMESTER
I TAMIL III 6 3 25 75 100 4
II ENGLISH III 6 3 25 75 100 4
III CORE V – PROSE II 4 3 25 75 100 4
III CORE VI – FICTION II 4 3 25 75 100 4
III ALLIED III – Literary Forms 5 3 25 75 100 4
IV SKILL BASED SUBJECT I – 3 3 25 25 50@ 2
PAPER 1- Language skill I
IV Tamil**/Advanced Tamil*(OR) 2 3 50 50 2
Non
-Major Elective – I (Yoga for
Human Excellence)* / Women’s
Page 4 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Rights*

Total 30 200 400 600 24

FOURTH SEMESTER
I TAMIL IV 5 3 25 75 100 4
II ENGLISH IV 5 3 25 75 100 4
III CORE VII – POETRY II 4 3 25 75 100 4
III CORE VIII – DRAMA II 4 3 25 75 100 4
III ALLIED IV –Literary Criticism 4 3 25 75 100 4
IV SKILL BASED SUBJECT II- 3 3 25 25 50@ 2
Language skill II
IV Office Fundamentals: Digital 3 - 25 25 50# 2
Skillls for Employability
[Link]
al:Filepath/Microsoft_Course_Det
[Link]
Tamil**/Advanced Tamil* 2 3 -- 50 50 2
(OR) Non -Major Elective –
II-
(General Awareness*)
Total 30 175 475 650 26
FIFTH SEMESTER
III CORE IX – ENGLISH 6 3 25 75 100 4
LANGUAGE TEACHING
III CORE X – INDIAN WRITING 6 3 25 75 100 4
IN ENGLISH
III CORE XI – 5 3 25 75 100 4
AMERICAN
LITERATURE
III CORE XII – 5 3 25 75 100 4
COMMONWEALTH
LITERATURE
III ELECTIVE –I 5 3 25 75 100 4
IV SKILL BASED 3 3 25 25 50@ 2
SUBJECT III- Study of
English Phonetics- I
Total 30 150 400 550 22

SIXTH
SEMESTER
III CORE XIII – SHAKESPEARE 6 3 25 75 100 4

Page 5 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

III CORE XIV – GENDER 6 3 25 75 100 4

STUDIES
III CORE XV– INDIAN 5 3 25 75 100 4
LITERATURE IN ENGLISH
TRANSLATION
III ELECTIVE –II 5 3 25 75 100 4
III ELECTIVE –III 5 3 25 75 100 4
IV SKILL BASED SUBJECT 3 3 25 25 50@ 2
IV- Study of English
Phonetics- II
IV -
Employability Readiness - - - - -
[Link]
/BharathiarUniversity_(BU
)
v Extension Activities** - 50 -- 50 2
Total 30 200 400 600 24
Grand Total 140 180 965 2535 3500 140
*No Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA). Only University Examinations.
** No University Examinations. Only Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA).
@ University semester examination will be conducted for 50 marks (As per the existing
pattern of examination) and the marks will be converted to 25 marks.
# Naan Mudhalvan Course: CEE will be assessed by Industry for 25 marks and CIA will
be done by the course teacher

List of Elective Papers

ELECTIVE A ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMS

B STUDY OF INDIAN THEATER
C PUBLIC SPEAKING
ELECTIVE A COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH
B FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
C WRITING SKILLS
ELECTIVE A INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
B STUDYING NOVELS
C TRANSLATION TASKS

Page 6 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

FIRST SEMESTER

Course code PROSE I L T P C

Core Core I 5 - 4
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge of English prose Syllabus 2023-
Version 2024

Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
Gain knowledge on the English Prose of different ages
Apply the varied styles in writing and improve language skills
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Comprehend prose passages K1, K2

2 Enhance reading skill K2&K3

3 Analyze the structure and style of Prose pieces K4

4 Create simple paragraph K6

K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6– Create

Unit:1 15hours
1. The Suitor andPapa
2. TheSniper
Unit:2 15hours
1. A Handful ofDates
2. Two Gentlemen ofVerona
Unit:3 15hours
1. Know When to say "It's None of YourBusiness"
2. How to Escape from Intellectual Rubbish
Unit:4 15hours
1. A Little Bit of What youFancy
2. The SecondCrucifixion
Unit:5 15 hours
1. Humanities vsSciences
2. The Beauty inBlack
Total Lecture hours 75hours

Page 7 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 CRUISE A Journey Through Prose Cambridge University Press

Reference Books
1 The Literary Heritage: A New Anthology of Prose and Short Story by Hari Mohan Prasad,
Ivan Khristo Masih, Chakradhar Prasad Singh, Motilal Banarsidass PublishingHouse

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
[Link]
hari-mohan-prasad-ivan-khristo-masih-chakradhar-prasad-singh-9788120829213-8120829212

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 L M S M S M M L
CO 2 L S L S S M L M
CO 3 L M S L M L M L
CO 4 M M M M S M M M

Page 8 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course FICTION L T P C
code I

Core Core II 5 - 4
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge of English Syllabus 2023-2024
Fiction. Version
Course Objectives:
The paper aims at introducing the students comprehend to the long narrative. To make the
students analyse various aspects of fiction like plot, character, techniquesetc.
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the plot, setting and structure K2

2 Identify the techniques used in Fictional writing K3

3 Analyse various themes in the fiction K4

4 Evaluate the role of major and minor characters K5

K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 15hours
Jane Eyre - Charlotte Bronte.
Unit:2 15hours
Kenilworth - Sir Walter Scott
Unit:3 15hours
Oliver Twist - Charles Dickens
Unit:4 15hours
Far From the Madding Crowd - Thomas Hardy
Unit:5 15 hours
Lord of the Flies - William Golding

Total Lecture hours 75hours

Page 9 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Jane Eyre - Charlotte Bronte, Penguin Classics
2 Kenilworth - Sir Walter Scott, Penguin Classics
3 Oliver Twist - Charles Dickens, Fingerprint Classics
4 Far From the Madding Crowd - Thomas Hardy, Penguin Classics
5 Lord of the Flies - William Golding, Faber Classics

Reference Books
1 Critical Approaches to Literature, David Daiches, Kessinger Publishing.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
QAAACAAJ&redir_esc=y
2 [Link]

CO S PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S M L S M M L M
CO 3 S M S M M M S M
CO 3 L M S L S M L M
CO 4 M M S L M L L M

Page 10 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course L T P C
code SOCIAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND

Core Allied I 6 - 4
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge on History Syllabus 2023-
of England. Version 2024

Course Objectives:
The paper’s objective is
To expose the students to the history, ways and manners, customs and habits of the
English society.
To show how the literary works correspond to the changes in the society.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the impact of society on Literature K2
2 Interlink the history of England with British English Literature K3
3 Analyse the socio-cultural aspects of the society on Literature K4
4 Evaluate the literary work by considering its historical aspects K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 18 hours
1. TheRenaissance
2. TheReformation.
Unit:2 18 hours
[Link] Spanish Armada
[Link]
[Link] War

Unit:3 18 hours
[Link] in England
[Link] war of Independence
Unit:4 18 hours
[Link] Agrarian Revolution
[Link] Industrial Revolution

Page 11 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 18 hours
1 The ReformBills
2 The Development of Education in Victorianperiod
3 WorldWars

Total Lecture hours 90 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Social History of England: by A. G. Xavier

Reference Books
1 Social History of England, Dr. A. Shanmugakani, Manimekala Publishing House
2 Social History of England, Padmaja Ashok, Orient Black Swan

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S M M M M L L S
CO 3 S M M S M M M S
CO 3 M L M M L M M S
CO 4 M L S M M M L S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 12 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

SECOND SEMESTER

Course code POETRY – I L T P C

Core Core III 5 - - 4

2023-
Basic Knowledge of Poetry. Syllabus 2024
Pre-requisite Version
Course Objectives:
To make the students to comprehend poetry of different ages
To make the students familiar with different types of poetry

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
1 Gain knowledge of poetry of different ages K1
2 Understand the literary terms and devices K2
3 Analyse a poem K4
4 Learn new dimensions in connecting emotions and languages and create simple K6
Poems
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 15hours
1. Good Morrow - John Donne
2. One Day I wrote her Name – EdmundSpenser

Unit:2 15hours
1. Sonnet 18 – WilliamShakespeare
2. The Temptations – JohnMilton

Unit:3 15hours
1. The Tyger – WilliamBlake
2. To Sleep – WilliamWordsworth

Page 13 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 15Hours
1. Kubla Khan - Samuel TaylorColeridge
2. Ode to a Skylark - Percy ByssheShelley

Unit:5 15Hours
1. Ode to Autumn – JohnKeats
2. The Lotus Eaters - Lord AlfredTennyson

Total Lecture hours 75hours

Text Book(s)
1 ELIXIR An Anthology of Poems Emerald Publication

Reference Books
1 [Link] (Ed), The Norton Anthology of English Literarature

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
literature_596d23c5dc0d60035ba88e76_pdf

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO1 S M M L M L L M
CO2 M M S M L M S L
CO3 M L M M S S L S
CO4 L M L M S L M M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 14 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code DRAMA

I L T P C
Core Core IV 5 - - 4
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge of Drama. Syllabus 2023-2024
Version
Course Objectives:
To introduce the genre drama and its techniques
To make the students to identify plot, characterization and structure of the play
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand and enjoy reading plays K2
2 Identify the elements of Drama K3
3 Analyse the plays thematically K4
4 Evaluate the characters of the plays K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 15hours
Dr. Faustus - Christopher Marlowe

Unit:2 15hours
She Stoops to Conquer – Oliver Goldsmith

Unit:3 15hours
The Alchemist – Ben Jonson

Unit:4 15hours
The Rivals – [Link]

Unit:5 15 hours
Strife - John Galsworthy

Total Lecture hours 75hours

Page 15 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Dr. Faustus - Christopher Marlowe, Dover Thrift edition
2 She Stoops to Conquer- Oliver Goldsmith, Peacock Books
3 The Alchemist – Ben Jonson, Peacock Classics
4 The Rivals – [Link]. Bloomsbury
5 Strife - John Galsworthy, Macmillan

Reference Books
1 Critical Approaches to Literature, David Daiches, Kessinger Publishing
2

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
Course Designed By:

Co s PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S L M L M M M M
CO 2 M L S L M M M L
CO 3 M M S M S L M L
CO 4 M L S M M M L M

Page 16 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

HISTORY OF
Course code ENGLISH LITERATURE L T P C

Core Allied–II 6 - - 4

Basic knowledge on English Syllabus 2023-

Pre-requisite 2024
Literature and history of England. Version

Course Objectives:
To enrich the students with the wide knowledge of the historical and biographical details of
writers of various ages.
To make the students understand the development of British Literature

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Gain knowledge of the History of Literature and great authors of English. K2

2 Interconnect the history, biography of the author and the works K3

3 Analyse the growth of literary genres of specific periods K4

4 Evaluate the role of literary movements and their impact on the K5

literary works
K1 - Remember; K2 - Undestand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 18 hours
1. The Age ofChaucer
2. The Age of Shakespeare – Verse, Drama andProse.
Unit:2 18 hours
3. The Age of Milton –Milton
4. The Age of Dryden- Verse, Drama andProse
Unit:3 18 hours
5. The Age of Pope- Verse, Drama andProse
6. The Age of Johnson-General Prose and theNovel

Unit:4 18 hours
7. TheAgeofWordsworth-TheolderPoets, theYoungerPoets.
8. The Age of Tennyson-Verse, General Prose and TheNovel.

Page 17 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 18 hours
9. The Age ofHardy
10. The PresentAge.

Total Lecture hours 90

hours
Text Book(s)
1 An Outline History of English Literature. by William Henry Hudson. (B.I Publications Pvt
Ltd

Reference Books
1 History of English Literature, Harrows Publications, Chennai.
2 History of English Literature, Emerald Publishers, Chennai.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO 1 S M L M M L L M

CO 2 L M M M M L L S

CO 3 M M S S M L L M

CO 4 M L M L S M L M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 18 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

THIRD SEMESTER

Course PROSE L T P C
code II
Core Core- V 4 - - 4

Pre-requisite Basic knowledge on English prose Syllabus 2023-

Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To expose the students to the development of prose style in English
To assist in understanding the techniques applied in prose writing

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Gain knowledge on Prose writing K1
2 Identify the literary devices used in writing prose K3
3 Analyse the variety of prose pieces K4
4 Create a simple and short prose passage K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 12 hours
1. OfStudies
2. OfTruth
3. OfFriendship

Unit:2 12 hours
4. The SpectatorClub
5. Sir Roger atChurch
6. Sir Roger atTheatre

Unit:3 12 hours
7. Dream Children : AReverie
8. Dissertation Upon Roast Pig
9. The Praise of the ChimneySweeper

Page 19 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 12 Hours
10. On Goodresolutions
11. On DoingNothing
12. On Saying„Please‟

Unit:5 12 hours
13. SelectedSnobberies
14. Shooting anElephant
15. Bookshopmemories.

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Pleasures of English Prose by Macmillan
2 A Collection of Essays-George Orwell

Reference Books
1 The Norton Anthology of English Literature
2

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S S M L L M M L
CO 2 M M S L M M M L
CO 3 M L S M L L M M
CO 4 S M S M S M M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 20 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course FICTION II T P C
code

Core CORE VI 4 - - 4

Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge on English Fiction Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To provide a deep insight into the world of Fiction in English Literature
To make the students analyse the fiction
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the socio-cultural aspect of the society with the help of fiction K2
2 Identify the literary elements in fiction K3
3 Analyse the plot, character and the techniques in the fiction K4
4 Evaluate the work of fiction contemporary Novelists K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 12 hours
The Vicar of Wakefield - Oliver Goldsmith

Unit:2 12hours
Silas Marner (Macmillan) - George Eliot

Unit:3 12 hours
Treasure Island – [Link]

Unit:4 12 hours
Lord Jim – Joseph Conrad

Unit:5 12 hours
Animal Farm – George Orwell

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Page 21 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 The Vicar of Wakefield - Oliver Goldsmith, PeacockBooks
2 Silas Marner - George Eliot,Macmillan
3 Treasure Island – [Link], Peacock Books
4 Lord Jim – Joseph Conrad, PeacockBooks
5 Animal Farm – George Orwell, PenguinBooks

Reference Books
1 Critical Approaches to Literature, DavidDaiches

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
theory?cf_chl_jschl_tk=1c3afbb9009e9efa7da5681e4c7b42cf8f38e0f6-1602831513-0-
AWafyyRVYNEYvBKe7QtAFE4TlDExudd8UahQ-
f0gL93iEy16WuJn2FpH4KbD6Poks9Sr6mSwUriFLikpESuczvEuxWpFk7aGOaWNblKKYSHsDCAGl
W4-0iVLnYjIVdJIZfrka2OPIB7uH1GED4BRgkJEnRYIdHgXrE7MiCT6ZV0tH0oDJRLAFhQYDr-
k9bNBN62kJ9oBTl2H_Yy37ikxMcVLnQAhID8R48Qg3xJjdKFXxARqG5GuFI_PGL9sHv71Cn18fdC
mMfBXmckZWv5pt1SnEOKD2ODHmEq5I_Fnha2J

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S L M S L M M S
CO 3 M M S M S L M L
CO 3 M L S L M S L M
CO 4 M M L L S M L S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 22 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code LITERARY FORMS L T P C

Core ALLIED III 5 - - 4

Pre-requisite Basic knowledge on forms of writing in Syllabus 2023-

Literature Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To introduce the various literary genres and devices of English Literature.
To make the students understand the salient features of literary forms.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand different literary forms and their charateristics K2
2 Differenciate various literary devices K4
3 Identify literary devices in a work, compare the genres and their features K3
4 Attempt a simple creative writing K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 POETRY 15hours

Chapter I- Subjective and Objective

Poetry Chapter II- Poetic Types
Chapter III- Stanza Forms

Unit:2 DRAMA 15hours

Chapter I: Dramatic Art
Chapter II: Dramatic Types (111-133)

Unit:3 DRAMA 15hours

&PROSE
Drama: Chapter III: Dramatic Devices (134-139)
Prose: Chapter I: Essay (183-192)

Unit:4 PROSE 15hours

Chapter II: The Novel (193-224)
Chapter III: Short story (225-229)

Page 23 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 PROSE 15 hours

Chapter IV: Biography and AutoBiography (230-236)

Total Lecture hours 75hours

Text Book(s)
1 A Background to the study of English Literature-by Prasad (Macmillan)

Reference Books
1 A Comparison to Literary Forms, Padmaja Ashok, Orient Black Swan
2 Literary Forms, Ramachandra Nair, Emerald Publishers
3 A Glossary of Literary Terms, M.H. Abrams

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S M S M L M L M
CO 3 M M S L L M S L
CO 3 M S M L S M L M
CO 4 M L S L S M M L

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 24 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

FOURTH SEMESTER

Course code POETRY-II L T P C

Core Core –VII - - 4

4
Pre-requisite Knowledge of Basic English Poetry Syllabus 2023-
Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To Introduce the students to Great Poems of English Literature.
To help the students critically analyse the poetry.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Gain intense knowledge of poetry K1
2 Understand the literary importance of each poetry K2
3 Critically analyse poetry K4
4 Create simple poem by using literary devices K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit :1 12hours
1. Dover Beach – MatthewArnold
2. My Last Duchess - RobertBrowning
3. Ulysses -Tennyson.

Unit:2 12 hours
1. The Darkling Thrush -ThomasHardy
2. The Windhover – [Link]
3. Sailing to Byzantium -[Link]
Unit:3 12 hours
1.A Prayer for my Daughter -[Link]
[Link] Burial of the Dead, from the Waste Land
- [Link] [Link] Roasting –TedHughes

Page 25 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 12hours
1. The Unknown Citizen -[Link]
2. And Death shall have no Dominion - DylanThomas
3. Strange meeting – WilfredOwen

Unit:5 12 hours
1. ChurchGoing – PhilipLarkin
2. The Hound of the heaven – FrancisThompson
3. The Vagabond- Robert Louis Stevenson
Total Lecture hours 60 hours
Text Book(s)
1 ELIXIR - An Anthology of Poems Emerald Publication

Reference Books
1 The Norton Anthology of English Literature, [Link]

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO1 S L M L M M M L
CO2 M L S M L M L M
CO3 M M S M L M L L

CO4 L L M M L S M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 26 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code DRAMA II L T P C

Core Core VIII 4 - - 4

Pre-requisite Knowledge of Popular English Drama Syllabus 2023-

Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To explore the elements of drama contents, performance, styles and theatrical conventions.
To have a detailed analyse of play

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 To carry in depth knowledge of play K2
2 Analyse the literary devices used in plays K4
3 Critically evaluate the plays K5
4 Able to enact the play K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit :1 12hours
Pygmalion - G. B. Shaw

Unit:2 12hours
A Doll‟s House - Henrik Ibsen

Unit:3 12hours
Lady Windermere‟s Fan - Oscar Wilde

Unit:4 12hours
Riders to the Sea – [Link]

Unit:5 12 hours
Justice - John Galsworthy
Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Page 27 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Pygmalion - G. B. Shaw, Finger prints
2 A Doll‟s House – Henrik Ibsen, Oxford
3 Lady Windermere‟s Fan - Oscar Wilde, Notion Reads
4 Riders to the Sea – [Link], Oxford
5 Justice - John Galsworthy

Reference Books
1 The Norton Anthology of English Literature, W.W. Norton
2
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CO1 S S M M M M L L
CO M M S M M L M M
CO3 M M S L S L M L

CO4 M L M L M L S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 28 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code LITERARY CRITICISM L T P C

Core Core VIII - - 4
4
Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge on Literary Criticism 2024
Version
Course Objectives:
To Trace the evolution of English literary criticism from past to present.
To acquire knowledge on criticism and apply it in to analyse a text.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Carry Knowledge of leading Critics and their method of criticism K1
2 Understand the different schools of criticism and their theories K2
3 Interconnect the society, literature and literary criticism to analyse a text K4
4 Evaluate a literary text by applying the ideas of the critics K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 12hours
1. Aristotle
2. Sir PhilipSydney
Unit:2 12hours
1. JohnDryden
2. [Link]
Unit:3 12hours
1. WilliamWordsworth
2. [Link]
Unit:4 12hours
1. MathewArnold
2. WalterPater
Unit:5 12 hours
1. [Link]
2. [Link]
Total Lecture hours 60 hours
Text Book(s)
1 Introduction to English Criticism by Prasad (Macmillan)

Page 29 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
1 Literary Criticism From Plato to the Present, M.R. Habib, Wiley Blackwell
2 English Literary Criticism and Theory, M.S. Nagarajan, Orient Blackswan

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO1 S L M L L L M M
CO2 M L S S M L L M

CO3 M S L S L M M S

CO4 M L L S M L L M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 30 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

FIFTH SEMESTER

Course code ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING L T P C

Core Core IX 6 - 4
Basic knowledge on English language Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite and language skills Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To explore various approaches, methods, and strategies of teaching English
To help the students understand the essential components and concepts of
language teaching.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the language teaching strategies K2
2 Know the methods and approaches in English language teaching K2, K3

3 Understand the components of English language teaching and improving the K4

teaching skills
4 Create an eclectic method suitable for the class K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 18hours

PART ONE- Chapters 1-3 Approaches

Unit:2 18hours

PART ONE- Chapters 4 , 5 Methods

Unit:3 18hours
PART TWO - Chapter 1 Technique Teaching LSRW, Grammar, Vocabulary
Unit:4 18hours
PART TWO - Chapter 2 Teaching Aids

Page 31 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 18hours

PART TWO - Chapter 3 Testing.

Total Lecture hours 90hours

Text Book(s)
1 English Language Teaching: Approaches, Methods, Techniques by Geetha Nagaraj. Orient
Blackswan Private Limited.

Reference Books
1 English Language Teaching by Dr. Meena Sehrawat and Dr Subodh K. Jha, Lakshmi
Publishers

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

[Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO 1 S M M L M M L L
CO 2 M L L M M L M S
CO 3 M L S M L S M S
CO 4 L M M L S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 32 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code INDIAN WRITING IN ENGLISH L T P C

Core Core-X - - 4
6
Basic Knowledge on Indian Writing in Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite English Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To introduce the eminent writers of Indian Writing in English
To critically analyse the literary works in detail

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Familiar with the prominent writers of Indian Writing in English K2
2 Compare the Indian Writing in English with British Literature K3
3 Critically analyse the works of Indian Writing in English K4
4 Evaluate the social issues represented in the literary text K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 POETRY 18hours

Poems No-1, 2, 3, 7, 8 &14
Unit:2 PROSE 18hours
Ajanta and Ellora, in the Monsoon? – Sashi Tharoor.
The Argumentative Indian – Amartya Sen.
Give as a Role Model – Abdul Kalam.
Unit:3 SHORT STORY 18hours
Sweets for Angels – .[Link]
The White Flower – .[Link]
The Postmaster – Rabindranath Tagore
Unit:4 DRAMA 18hours
Tughlaq – Girish Karnad.
The Refugee – Asif Currimbhoy.
Unit:5 NOVEL 18 hours
That Long Silence – Shashi Deshpande
The God of Small Things – Arundathi Roy.

Total Lecture hours 90hours

Page 33 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Indian Verse in English- Poetry Selection for College Classes Macmillan publication
2 The Argumentative Indian: Writings on Indian History, Culture and Identity by Amartya Sen.
Picador.
3 Tughlaq by Girish Karnad. OUP India.
4 That Long Silence by Shashi Deshpande. Penguin India.
5 The God of Small Things by Arundhati Roy. Penguin India.

Reference Books
1 Critical Essays on Indian Writing in English, ed. [Link], [Link], [Link]

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO1 S L S M L L M L
CO2 M M S M S L M L
CO3 M L S L S M L M

CO4 S L L M S M M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 34 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code AMERICAN LITERATURE L T P C

Core Core-XI 5 - - 4

Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge on America Literature 2024
Version
Course Objectives:
To introduce the works of eminent writers of American Literature
To appreciate the themes, styles and forms of American Literature

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the diverse group of American authors and their style of writing K2
2 Analyse the key ideas, representation of cultural events of historical periods. K4
3 Compare American Literature with Indian Writing in English K5
4 Create a simple creative writing based on prescribed literary pieces K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 POETRY- DETAILED 15hours

1. Passage to India-Whitman
2. I Never Lost as Much But twice- EmilyDickinson
3. Success is counted sweetest- EmilyDickinson
4. A Bird came down the Walk- EmilyDickinson
5. After Apple Picking- RobertFrost
6. Come In- RobertFrost
Unit:2 POETRY- NON-DETAILED 15hours
1. West-Running Brook- RobertFrost
2. The Emperor of Ice Cream- WallaceStevens
3. Anecdote of the Jar- WallaceStevens
4. Skunk Hour- RobertLowell

Unit:3 PROSE –DETAILED 15hours

Walden – Thoreau, Chapter-2, “Where I Lived and What I Lived For”

Unit:4 NOVEL -NON-DETAILED 15hours

Tom Sawyer - Mark Twain

Page 35 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 DRAMA-DETAILED 15 hours

Glass Menagerie - Tennessee Williams

Total Lecture hours 75hours

Text Book(s)
1 Poetry-American Literature edited by Sachidhanandhan (Emerald publishers)
2 Walden, Thoreau, Maple Classsics
3 Tom Sawyer - Mark Twain, Maple Classics
4 Glass Menagerie - Tennessee Williams, Bloomsbury India

Reference Books
1

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
CO1 S M M L L S M M
CO2 M M S M L M M L

CO3 M L L S M M L S

CO4 M L S L S M M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 36 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code COMMONWEALTH LITERATURE L T P C

Core Core-XI 5 - - 4

Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge on Commonwealth Literature Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To develop analytical and critical reading through commonwealth literature
To understand the socio- political conditions of people in commonwealth nations

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Comprehend the works of prominent authors in commonwealth Literature K2
2 Compare the style of commonwealth writing K3
3 Present critical analyse of prescribed literary works K4
4 Evaluate the commonwealth literature with the help ofknowledgegained K5
o
n differentcultures
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 POETRY – DETAILED 15hours

1. Australia – A.D. Hope
[Link] Eagle – [Link]
[Link] Conversation – Chinua Achebe

Unit:2 DRAMA – DETAILED 15hours

Lion and the Jewel – Wole Soyinka

Unit:3 PROSE – NON-DETAILED 15hours

“India: A Wounded Civilization” - [Link]

Unit:4 FICTION- NONDETAILED 15hours

The Hungry Tide - Amitav Ghosh

Page 37 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 SHORT STORY 15 hours

A Cup of Tea – Katherine Mansfield
Total Lecture hours 75hours
Text Book(s)
1 An Anthology of Commonwealth Poetry, C.D. Narasimhaiah, Trinity
2 Lion and the Jewel – Wole Soyinka, Oxford UP
3 India : A Wounded Civilization - [Link], Picador
4 The Hungry Tide by Amitav Ghosh, The Borough Press
5 Katherine Mansfield‟s Collected Short stories, Wordsworth Classics

Reference Books
1 Texts and their Worlds II- K. Narayana Chandran, Foundation Books

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO8

CO 1 S M L M M M L L

CO 2 M L S L M M L L

CO 3 L M M S L L M S

CO 4 M M L M S L M M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 38 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

SIXTH SEMESTER

Course code SHAKESPEARE L T P C

Core Core-XIII 6 - - 4
Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite Knowledge on Shakespearean Works Version 2024

Course Objectives:
To introduce analytical approach in reading Shakepearean plays
To provide deep insight into literary the devices used by Shakespeare

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Intensive knowledge on Shakespearean plays K2
2 Analyse the universal characterization of Shakespeare K4
3 Evaluate the versatile writings of Shakespeare K2, K5
4 Enact a scene from Shakespearean play K3
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create
Unit:1 18hours
Othello

Unit:2 18hours
The Winter’s Tale

Unit:3 18hours
Twelfth Night

Unit:4 18hours
Antony and Cleopatra

Unit:5 18 hours
Shakespearean Theatre and Audience.
Plot, Characterization, Fools in Shakespearean drama.
Total Lecture hours 90 hours

Page 39 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Othello, Fingerprint
2 The Winter’s Tale, Penguin Classics
3 Twelfth Night, Fingerprint Publishing
4 Antony and Cleopatra, Maple Press

Reference Books
1 The Complete Works of William Shakespeare, Wilco Publishing House
2 Muir, Kenneth, Shakespeare‟s Tragic Sequence

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Cos PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO1 S L L M L L M L
CO2 M M S M M M M L
CO3 M L L L S L M S

CO4 L M M M S L S S

Page 40 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course GENDER STUDIES L T P C

code
Core Core-XIV 6 - - 4
Syllabus 2023-
Version 2024
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge of Women writers
Course Objectives:
To make the student familiar with the writings of women writers
To analyse a literary work with the socio-cultural point of view

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the layers of meaning in the writings of women writers K2
2 Analyse the female consciousness in literary works K4
3 Explore the gender issues in the literary works of women writers K2, K5
4 Know the various social discriminations towards womenfolk through the K3
literary works
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 POETRY 18 hours

1. Lakshman – Toru Dutt
2. The Old Playhouse – Kamala Das
3. The Mother – Gwendolyn Brooks

Unit:2 SHORT STORIES 18 hours

Mahasweta Devi- 1. Breast Giver

2. Dhouli
3. Draupadi

Unit:3 NOVEL 18 hours

The Palace of Illusions – Chitra Banerjee Divakaruni

Unit:4 DRAMA 18 hours

Lights Out – Manjula Padmanabhan

Page 41 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 THEORY 18 hours

What is Patriarchy? – Kamala Bhasin
Total Lecture hours 90 hours
Text Book(s)
1 Outcaste 4 stories by Mahasweta Devi. Seagull Books.
2 The Palace of Illusions by Chitra Banerjee Divakaruni. Anchor
3 Lights Out by Manjula Padmanabhan. Worldview Publications
4 What is Partiarchy by Kamala Bhasin. Kali for Women.
5 Narain's:Toru Dutt’s Selected Poems, Lakshmi Narain Agarwal

Reference Books
1

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

[Link]

Course Designed By:

Co s PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO1 L M S M L S M M
CO2 M L S L M S M S

CO3 S L L S S M L S

CO4 L M S S M L M S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 42 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code INDIAN LITERATURE IN ENGLISH L T P C

TRANSLATION

Core Core-XV 5 - - 4

Syllabus 2023-
Basic Knowledge on Translation studies Version 2024
Pre-requisite
Course Objectives:
To make the students aware of the art of translation.
To make the students get familiar with the regional literature translated into English

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the translated works and its nuances. K2
2 Analyse the works with the help of literary theory, translate simple works of K3
their mother tongue into English Language
3 Knowledge on the ethics and impact of translations in Literature K4
4 Compare regional literature with English Literature K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 POETRY 15hours

Gitanjali by Tagore, Verses 1 to 30 (Macmillan)

Unit:2 15hours
Non-detailed: Thirukkural 1 to 20 verses

Unit:3 DRAMA 15hours

Non-Detailed: Aurangzeb - Indira Parthasarathy (Seagull)

Unit:4 NOVEL 15hours

Chemeen - Thakazhi Sivasankara Pillai

Page 43 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 15 hours
Sangati - Bama, Trans. Lakshmi Holmstrom – OUI

Total Lecture hours 75hours

Text Book(s)
1 Gitanjali by Tagore, Verses 1 to 30, Macmillan
2 Thirukkural, [Link], Rupa
3 Aurangzeb - Indira Parthasarathy, Seagull
4 Chemeen, Thakazhi Sivasankara Pillai, Harper Perennial
5 Sangati- Bama, Oxford India

Reference Books
1

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Proramme Outcomes:

Cos PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO1 S L M L M L M L
CO2 M M S S M M L M

CO3 M M L M M L M S

CO4 S L M L S M L S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 44 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

SECOND YEAR

Semester III

Course code SKILL BASED SUBJECT Paper I L T P C

JOB ORIENTED LANGUAGE SKILL- 1 3 - - 2
COURSE
Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite 2024
Basic Knowledge on English language. Version

Course Objectives:
This paper aims at introducing the students to the field of communicative English
To strengthen the grammatical knowledge and vocabulary

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Master framing sentence on differentpattern K3
2 Apply grammar in Speaking and writing K3
3 Prepare grammatically correct passages K4
4 Present short features. K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 9 hours
CHAPTER I -The sentence
CHAPTER II -Parts of
speech CHAPTER III-
Nouns
CHAPTER IV-Nouns number & case
CHAPTER V-Adjectives
Unit:2 9 hours
CHAPTER VI-Comparison of Adjectives
CHAPTER VII -Articles
CHAPTER VIII-
Pronouns CHAPTER XI-
Verbs

Page 45 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:3 9 hours
CHAPTER XII-Verbs- Mood & tense
CHAPTER XIII-Concord or Agreement of the verbs with the subject
CHAPTER XIV- Non- Finite Verbs
Unit:4 9 hours
CHAPTER XXXVII-Word formation- The use of Prefixes
CHAPTER XXXVIII- Word formation- The use of Suffixes
CHAPTER XXXIX-Word formation- compound words

Unit:5 9 hours
COMPOSITION
CHAPTER XLIII- Paragraph writing
CHAPTER XLVI- Expansion of passages

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Active English Grammar and composition – Trinity / Laxmi Publications

Reference Books
1 Applied English Grammar and Composition, PC Das, NCBA
2 J.C. Nesfield, Advanced English Grammar and Usage,Macmillan,2002

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping of Programme Outcomes:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO1 S S L M L M L L
CO2 M S M L M L M L
CO3 L M S M S M L M

CO4 M L L M S M M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Page 46 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

SECOND YEAR

Semester IV

Course code SKILL BASED SUBJECT – Paper II L T P C

Job Oriented Course Language Skill 2 3 - -- 2

Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite 2024
Version
Basic Knowledge on English language.
Course Objectives:
This paper aims at introducing the students to functions of basic grammar and frame sentences
without grammatical errors.
To improve language proficiency of the students
To strengthen the grammatical knowledge and vocabulary

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Transform sentences into different kinds and learn synthesis & transformation K1
of sentences
2 Apply grammar in LSRW K2
3 Analyse the usage of words, comprehend the writings and composition K3
4 Adapt professional Writing K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 9 hours
CHAPTER XIX- Adverbs
CHAPTER XXXI – Sequence of Tenses & Direct &Indirect speech

Unit:2 9 hours
CHAPTER XX- Preposition
CHAPTER XXI- Conjunctions
CHAPTER XXXIII- Verb Patterns & Sentences

Page 47 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:3 9 hours
CHAPTER XXVIII- Synthesis of sentences
CHAPTER XXIX- Transformation of sentences

Unit:4 9 hours
CHAPTER XLI- Words often confused
CHAPTER XLII- Words with appropriate Prepositions

Unit:5 9 hours
COMPOSITION
CHAPTER XLIV- Letterwriting
CHAPTER XLV- PrecisWriting
CHAPTER XLVIII- Writing stories from outlines.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
Active English Grammar and composition – Laxmi Publications

Reference Books
J.C. Nesfield, Advanced English Grammar and Usage,Macmillan,2002
Applied English Grammar and Composition, PC Das, NCBA

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

[Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with ProgrammeOutcomes:

Cos PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO1 S S M M L M L M
CO2 S S M L M L M L
CO3 S S S L M L L M

CO4 M M L M L S M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium;L-Low
Page 48 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

THIRD YEAR

Semester V

Course code SKILL BASED SUBJECT – Paper III L T P C

VALUE ADDED Study of English Phonetics 1 3 - - 2
COURSE
Syllabus 2023-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge on English language 2024
Version

Course Objectives are

To make the students get familiarize with phonetics and phonetic symbols of English
To inculcate a scientific approach towards the study of language

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Learn phonetics symbols with sounds K1
2 Use right accent and rhythm in speaking K2
3 Analyze the syllable and accent K4
4 Classify the speak sound K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Undestand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 9 hours
CHAPTER I – List of Phonetic Symbols
CHAPTER II– Language, Linguistics & Communication

Unit:2 9 hours
CHAPTER III- Components of Linguistic
CHAPTER IV- Phonetics: The articulation of speech sounds

Unit:3 9 hours
CHAPTER V- Classification of Speech Sounds
CHAPTER VI- Classification & Description
ofconsonants

Page 49 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 9 hours
CHAPTER VII- Classification & Description of Vowels
CHAPTER VIII- Phonology- Phonemes and Allophones

Unit:5 9 hours
CHAPTER IX – The Syllable
CHAPTER X- The pure vowels & Diphthongs of English

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1 A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students- T. Balasubramanian- Trinity Press

Reference Books
1 A.G. Gimson: An introduction to the pronunciation of English, Hodder Arnold, 1989
2 Daniel Jones: Outline of English Phonetics, B.G. Teubnee,1922

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
pronunciation-coursera

Course Designed By:

COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8

CO 1 S M L M M M L M
CO 3 S S L M L M L L
CO 3 M S M L M L M M
CO 4 M L M L M L S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 50 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

THIRD YEAR

Semester VI

Course code SKILL BASED SUBJECT – Paper IV L T P C

VALUE ADDED Study of English phonetics- II 3 - - 2
COURSE
Syllabus 2023-
Basic Knowledge on English
Pre-requisite 2024
language Version

Course Objectives:
This paper aims at introducing the students to the field of English phonetics
To make the students get familiar with correct English Pronunciation

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 The concept of general Indian English K2
2 Apply intonation accent rhythm in Speaking K3
3 Master phonetics symbols and sounds K4
4 Transcript into Phonetic language K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Undestand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 9 hours
CHAPTER XI- The consonants of English
CHAPTER XII- Consonant Clusters in English

Unit:2 9 hours
CHAPTER XIII- The Concept of General Indian English

Unit:3 9 hours
CHAPTER XIV- Word-accent in English
CHAPTER XV- Accent & Rhythm in Connected Speech

Page 51 of 59
 B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 9 hours
CHAPTER XVI- Intonation

Unit:5 9 hours
CHAPTER XVII- Assimiliation and Elision
CHAPTER XVIII- Practice in Phonetic Transcription

Total Lecture hours 45hours

Text Book (s)
1 A Textbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students- T. Balasubramanian- Trinity Press

Reference Books
1 A.G. Gimson: An introduction to the pronunciation of English, Hodder Arnold, 1989
2 Daniel Jones: Outline of English Phonetics, B.G. Teubnee,1922

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]

Course Designed By:

CO PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8
s
CO 1 S S L M M L M L
CO 2 M S L M L M L M
CO 3 M S M L S L M M
CO 4 M L M L S L S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 52 of 59
B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

ELECTIVES SEMESTER: V

Elective – I-A ENGLISH FOR COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS.

SUBJECT DESCRIPTION:
This Paper aims at preparing the students for Various Competitive
Examinations.
OBJECTIVE:
1. To know of Various tools that are essential for Competitive Exams
CONTENS: AllChapters.
Book Prescribed:
English for Competitive Examinations by R.P Bhatnagar (Macmillan)

Elective – I-B STUDY OF INDIAN THEATRE

OBJECTIVE:
1. To help students develop histrionictalents
2. To enable students to manipulate the communicative potentials ofdrama
3. To give them an orientation in dramaticwriting

Unit I -
Introduction to
Indian Theatre
Unit II -
Traditions of
Performance
Unit III - How
to Write a Play
Unit IV - How to Produce a Play
Unit V - Review of a Play - Project or Dialogue for a Situation

Books for Reference:

Study of Indian Theatre - ENNES Publications Contact Nos: 04252 – 226283
93622 11949

Page 53 of 59
B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Elective – I-C PUBLIC SPEAKING

OBJECTIVE:
1. To help students overcome the fear of facing anaudience
2. To train students in planning a speech and then draftit
3. To acquaint students with the major practices in effective public speakingUnit I -
Rudiments of Public Speaking(Theory)
Unit II - Techniques of Public Speaking

Unit III - Planning and Writing a Speech

Unit IV - Overcoming fear and
understanding audience Unit V -
Model speeches
1. I have a dream - Martin LutherKing
2. Yes We Can –Obama
3. Chicago - SwamiVivekananda

Book for Reference: Dale Carnegie - Public Speaking

Page 54 of 59
B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

SEMESTER: VI
Elective – II-A Communicative English Subject
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION:
This Paper gives the students knowledge of
Communicative skills. OBJECTIVE:
To excel in Communicative skills.
CONTENTS: All Chapters from Developing
Communication Skills Book Prescribed:
Developing Communication Skills, by Krishnamohan and Meera Benerji.
(Macmillan)

Elective – II-B FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPARATIVE LITERATURE

OBJECTIVE:
1. To enable students to have an understanding of literatures of theworld
2. To orient them towards understanding of differentcultures
3. To train them in the logic and
principles of comparison Unit I -
Introduction to Comparative
Literature
Unit II - Principles of Comparative Literature
Unit III - Oriental and Occidental Literature
– Comparative Study Unit IV - Aesthetics -
Eastern and Western
Unit V - Project – A Comparative Study of a Short Story or a Poem
Each from a Language of Student‟s Choice and English.
Book for Reference:
Fundamentals of Comparative Literature - ENNES Publications.

Elective – II-C THE FOUR SKILLS FOR COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVE:
1. To sensitize students to effectivewriting
2. To expose them to higher order writing in different situations inlife.
3. To train students in specified types of formalwriting.

Page 55 of 59
B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit I - Study Skills Unit II - Precis Writing Unit III - Report Writing Unit
IV - Commercial Correspondence Unit V - Drafting LSRW Skills Book
Prescribed: Writing Skills by [Link] (ENNESPublications)

Page 56 of 59
B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

SEMESTER VI
Elective – III-A Introduction to Linguistics.
SUBJECT DESCRIPTION:
This Paper gives the student
knowledge of Linguistics.
OBJECTIVE:
On successful completion of the paper the students should
have come to know of Linguistics.
CONTENTS:
UNIT I: SECTION I- On Language &
Languages (Unit 1 to 8) UNIT II: SECTION
II- Linguistics (Unit 9 to 13)
UNIT III: SECTION III-Structural Linguistic(Unit 14 to 23) UNIT IV :
SECTION VI-
Other Approaches ( Unit 39 to 41)
UNIT V: SECTION VII- Some Applications of Linguistics (Unit 42 to 45)Book to be prescribed:
Modern Linguistics. An
Introduction by S. K. Verma, N. Krishnaswamy. (OxfordUniversity Press)

Elective – III-B STUDYING NOVELS

OBJECTIVE
To help students segment and classify different aspects of a Novel
1. To enable students to recognize themes andtechniques
2. To train them in writing critiques of novels

Unit I – Authors
Unit II – Characters Unit III – Setting Unit
IV - Plot and Story Unit V - Themes
Book for Reference: Mastering English Literature - Richard Gill (MacMillan)

Page 57 of 59
B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Elective – III-C TRANSLATION TASKS

OBJECTIVE:
1. To familiarize students with administrationterminologies in
English and MotherTongue
2. To help them acquire a working
knowledge in that field Unit I - Word
and PhraseClassification
Unit II - Note terms,
forms of endorsement
Unit III - Note Order,
Official Letters
Unit IV - Circulars, Proceedings
Unit V - Government Orders, Announcements, Advertisements in
Newspapers, Official Notes.
Book for Reference: Translation Tasks - ENNES Publications

Page 58 of 59
B. A. English Literature Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.4A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

For the students admitted during the academic year 2020-2021

QUESTION PAPER PATTERNS FOR PAPERS – Maximum 75 Marks:
Section A – 10Marks
Ten objective type questions from all
units ( 10 X 1 = 10) ,

Section B – 25 Marks
Five either or type questions of 5 marks each from all
units. ( 5 X 5 = 25),
Section C – 40 Marks
Five either or type questions from all units ( 5 X 8 = 40 )

QUESTION PAPER PATTERNS FOR PAPERS – Maximum 55 Marks:

Section A – 10 Marks
Ten objective type questions from all
units ( 10 X 1 = 10) ,

Section B – 15 Marks
Five either or type questions of 5 marks each from all
units. ( 5 X 3= 15),
Section C – 30 Marks
Five either or type questions from all units ( 5 X 6 = 30 )

Page 59 of 59
 B. Com.

Syllabus

AFFILIATED COLLEGES

Program Code: 2AA

2023– 2024 onwards

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY
(A State University, Accredited with “A” Grade by NAAC,
Ranked 13th among Indian Universities by MHRD-NIRF,
World Ranking: Times -801-1000,Shanghai -901-1000, URAP – 1047)
Coimbatore - 641 046, Tamil Nadu, India
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

The [Link] program describe accomplishments that graduates are expected to attain within
five to seven years after graduation
PEO1 Students will able to understand the concepts of commerce.
Programme aims to develop comprehensive professional skills which are required
PEO2
for commerce graduates.
Students will develop an understanding of various commerce functions such as
PEO3
finance, accounting, financial analysis, project evaluation, and cost accounting
Students will be able to prove the proficiency with the ability to engage exams
PEO4
like C.A, C.S and CMA
Students can do commerce oriented research and consequence of this, they can
PEO5
become Professors in Colleges and Universities
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

After the successful completion of [Link] program, the students are expected to
To provide strong base on the course relevant to the area of commerce which
PSO1
helps to choose their career
To enhance knowledge and skills among students which built confident to
PSO2
identify their career opportunities in multiple dimensions.
Nurture the students in intellectual, personal, interpersonal and social skills with a
PSO3 focus on relevant professional career particularly, to maximize professional
growth.
Empower the students with necessary competencies and decision making skills to
PSO4
foster the innovative thinking to become an entrepreneur
Strengthen the students to become expert in the field of communication with
PSO5
ethical consciousness.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Program Outcomes (POs)

On successful completion of the [Link] program
Build the wide range of knowledge in the areas of accounting concepts and
PO1
techniques to meet the current and future requirement of the industry.
Develop the strong knowledge in the areas such as finance, taxation and laws
PO2 relating to commerce helps to relate the conceptual and analytical skills in the field
of auditing, finance etc.
Inculcate the students to nurture their skills in personal, interpersonal, intellectual
PO3
and others skills to develop their professional career and growth.
Disseminate students to develop decision making and problem solving skills to
PO4
undertake their own venture as a feasible career option.
Orient and motive the students to develop the needed knowledge in business and
PO5
academics to develop their employability
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY : : COIMBATORE 641 046

Bachelor of Commerce Curriculum (Affiliated Colleges)
(For the students admitted during the academic year 2023 – 24 onwards)

Part Course Hours MaximumMarks

Titleof theCourse Credits Theory Practical CIA ESE Total
Code
FIRSTSEMESTER
I Language-I 4 6 - 25 75 100
II English-I 4 6 - 25 75 100
III Core I Principles
4 6 - 25 75 100
Of Accountancy
III Core II–Business
4 6 - 25 75 100
Organization&Office
Management
III Allied Paper I–Agricultural
3 4 - 20 55 75
Economy of India
IV Environmental Studies# 2 2 - - 50 50
Total 21 30 120 405 525
SECONDSEMESTER
I Language-II 4 6 - 25 75 100
II English-II 2 4 - 25 25 50*
Language Proficiency for 2 2 25 25 50**
Employability
[Link]
path/Cambridge_Course_Details.pdf
III CoreIII–Financial Accounting 4 6 - 25 75 100
III Core IV – Principles
4 6 - 25 75 100
of Marketing
III Allied Paper II –Economic
3 4 - 20 55 75
Analysis
IV Value Education –
2 2 - - 50 50
HumanRights#
Total 21 30 145 380 525
THIRD SEMESTER
I Language -III
4 4 25 75 100
II English -III
4 4 25 75 100
III Core V –Higher Financial
4 5` 25 75 100
Accounting
III Core VI – Commercial Law
3 4 20 55 75
III Core VII – Principles
3 4 20 55 75
of Management
III Allied : III - Mathematics for
3 4 20 55 75
Business
IV Skill based Subject -I :
2 3 25 25 50
Business Application Software
I
IV Tamil@/Advanced
- 50 50
Tamil#(or)Non-Major Elective–
I
Yoga for Human Excellence # 2 2
/Women’s Rights # Constitution
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

of India #

Total 25 30 160 465 625

FOURTH SEMESTER
I Language -IV
4 4 25 75 100
II English- IV
4 4 25 75 100
III Core VIII – Corporate Accounting-
4 4 25 75 100
I
III CoreIX–Computer Applications
3 3 20 55 75
in Business
III CoreX–Company Law
3 3 20 55 75
and `Secretarial Practice
III CoreXI – Executive Business
3 3 20 55 75
Communication
75III Allied: IV:Statistics for Business 3 4 20 55 75
IV Skill based Subject-II: Naan
Mudhalvan -Office 2 - 3 25 25 50
Fundamentals
[Link]
harathiar_University_(BU)
IV Tamil @ / Advanced Tamil # 50 50
(or)Non-major elective -II: 2 2
-
General Awareness#
Total 28 27 3 180 520 700
FIFTH SEMESTER
III Core XII –Corporate Accounting-
4 6 25 75 100
II
III Core XIII – Banking Theory
4 5 25 75 100
Law and Practices
III CoreXIV– Cost Accounting 4 5 25 75 100
III CoreXV–IncomeTax Law and
4 6 25 75 100
Practice
III Elective–I: 3 5 20 55 75
IV Skill based Subject-III:
2 3 25 25 50
Business
Application Software II
Total 21 30 145 380 525
SIXTH SEMESTER
III Core XVI – Management
4 6 25 75 100
Accounting
III Core XVII-Principles of Auditing 4 5 25 75 100
III CoreXVIII-Indirect Taxes 3 5 20 55 75
III Core XIX:Computer 20 55 75
Applications:MS-Word MS Excel 3 - 3
and Tally9.2 –Practical
III Elective–II: 3 4 20 55 75
Elective–III: 3 4 20 55 75
IV Skill based Subject-IV-Naan 2 3 25 25 50
Mudhalvan- Fintech Course
(Capital Markets / Digital
Marketing /
Operational Logistics)
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

[Link]
athiar_University_(BU)

v Extension Activities @ 2 - - 50 - 50
TOTAL 24 27 3 205 395 600
GRAND TOTAL 140 180 3500

• * English II- University semester examination will be conducted for 50 marks (As per existing pattern of
Examination) and it will be converted for 25 marks.
• **Naan Mudhalvan – Skill courses- external 25 marks will be assessed by Industry and internal will be offered
by respective course teacher.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

@ No University Examinations. Only Continuous Internal Assessment(CIA)

# No Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA). Only UniversityExaminations.

List of Elective Papers (Colleges can choose any one of the paper as electives)
Elective – I A Business Finance
B Brand Management
C Fundamentals of Insurance
Elective – II A Entrepreneurial Development
B Supply Chain Management
C Principles of Web Designing
Elective - III A Financial Markets
B Insurance Legislative Framework
C Project Work
[Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

First
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core -1 Principles of Accountancy 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Accountancy
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To enable the students to learn basic Principles of Accountancy.
2. To make the students skillfully to prepare and present the final accounts of sole trader.
3. To learn about various types of errors and calculation of depreciation in accounts.
4. To understand about bank reconciliation statement and accounting for professionals
5. To provide knowledge about consignment and joint ventures

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recalling Accounting Concepts and Conventions and use Accounting rules to
record business transactions in the form of Journal, Ledger, subsidiary books and K1
preparation of Trial Balance.
2 Understanding the steps involved in locating errors and prepare them to
understand the preparation of final accounts for sole traders. K3
3 Outline the concepts of Bills of exchange, Average due date and Account Current K2
4 Examine the concepts of consignment and joint venture. K4
5 Analyze the bank reconciliation statement, Receipts and payments, Income and
expenditure and Balance sheet and accounting for professionals to enhance the K4
knowledge.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 17--hours
Fundamentals of Book Keeping – Accounting -Definition – Accounting Concepts and
Conventions- Accounting Terms-. -Double Entry System -Accounting Equation – Journal – Ledger
–Subsidiary books – Trial balance. .

Unit:2 18--hours
Final accounts of a sole trader: Trading A/c,Profit and Loss A/c and Balance Sheet- Adjustments:
Closing stock -Outstanding Expenses Accrued Income- Income Received in Advance– Bad debts – Bad
debts provisions-Depreciation-Adjustment entries – Errors and rectification.

Unit:3 15--hours
Bill of exchange- Accommodation bills – Average due date – Account current

Unit:4 20--hours
Accounting for consignments and Joint ventures

Unit:5 18--hours
Bank Reconciliation statement – Accounts of Professionals and Non-profit Organization:
Receipts and Payments and Income and Expenditure account and Balance sheet
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 90--hours

Text Book(s)
1. S.P. Jain and [Link] - Principles of Accountancy, Kalyani Publishers
2 [Link], [Link], [Link] – Principles of Accountancy
3 [Link] – Introduction to Accountancy- [Link] & Company Ltd.,
4 [Link], [Link], [Link] – Financial Accounting – Sultanchand & sons
Reference Books
1 [Link], [Link] - Advanced Accountancy-Kalyani publishers
2 [Link] -Financial Accounting – Margham Publishers
3 [Link], [Link] – Modern Accountancy. Vol.1- Tata McGraw Hill Companie
`Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites,Other Online resources
etc.]
1 [Link]
=PERE#
[Link]
2 accountancy+swayam+notes&sc=10-
38&cvid=C2F0B455F5724BABB04ED049FC405BDA&FORM=QBRE&sp=1#
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S S M
CO3 S M M S M
CO4 S S S S M
CO5 S S M M L

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

`
Course code L T P C
Core- 2 Business Organization and Office Management 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Management
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand different forms of organization
2. To understand various factors affecting business organization and functioning of stock
exchange
3. To provide insight about office functioning, data processing system and EDP
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understanding the concepts of business and its forms of organizations involved in K2
sole trader, partnership firms, companies and co-operative societies and public
enterprise.
2 Analyzing the business factors which are involved in sources of finance. K4
3 Explaining the functioning of stock exchanges SEBI, DEMAT of shares. K2
4 Remembering office functions, layout and accommodation. K1
5 Outlining office equipments and EDP. K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 17--hours

Nature and scope of Business, Forms of Business Organisation – Sole Trader, Partnership firms,
Companies and Co-operative Societies – Public Enterprise.

Unit:2 20--hours
Location of Business – Factors influencing location, localization of industries- Size of firms-
Trade Association-Chamber of Commerce.

Unit:3 17--hours
Stock Exchange - Functions – Procedure of Trading – Functions of SEBI – DEMAT of shares-

Unit:4 20--hours
Office – Its functions and significance – Office layout and office accommodation – Filing and
Indexing

Unit:5 14--hours
Office machines and equipments – Data Processing Systems – EDP –Uses and Limitations –
Office Furniture.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 90--hours

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 [Link] – Business Organisation and Management – Sultanchand & sons
2 Shukla - Business Organisation and Management – [Link] & Company Ltd.,
3 Saksena – Business Administration and Management – Sahitya Bhavan
4 [Link], Business Organisation, Sultan Chand& Sons, New Delhi ,
Reference Books
1 Singh.B.P & Chopra - Business Organisation and Management – Dhanpat Rai & sons
2 [Link] – Office Management – Himalaya Publishing House
3 [Link] - Office Management
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S M M
CO2 S S S M S
CO3 S S S M S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 S S M M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Allied - 1 Agricultural Economy of India 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Agricultural Economy
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To know the agricultural economy of India
2. To understand the condition of agricultural labours
3. To acquire knowledge on land reforms
4. To aware about Agricultural Marketing
5.
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the Agricultural Economy of the India and measure the development K2
of agriculture in India
2 Identify the problems and prospects of Indian agriculture and importance of green K2
revolution.
3 Study the agricultural marketing, pricing and their effect marketing system K2
4 Outline the land tenure and land ceiling system in India K1
5 Understand the role of agricultural banks for rural economic development K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours
Features of the Indian Rural Economy – Place of Agriculture – Causes for Low Productivity –Rural
poverty. Agriculture : Special Features and – Causes of Backwardness–Measures for the
Development of Agriculture–Progress of Agriculture during the plan period.

Unit:2 12--hours
Agricultural Labour and Mechanisation of Agriculture: Agricultural Labour – Meaning – Wages
and Incomlaborasures to improve the conditions of labour – Green Revolutions – Effects –
Mechanisation– Problems and Prospects.

Unit:3 12--hours
Agricultural Marketing and Pricing :Causes and Consequences of Defective Agricultural Marketing
System – Measures to improve marketing system – Agricultural Prices – ImportanceofPriceStability–
CausesandconsequencesofPricefluctuations–Agricultural Price
commission– minimum Prices for Agricultural goods–Procurement policy.

Unit:4 12--hours
Land Tenure system in India – Need for land Reform- abolition of intermediaries –Tenancy
Legislation–Land ceiling–Land Reforms and land Tenure: Meaning of Land Tenure–Types
– Abolition of intermediaries – Effects Measures to ensure the security of Tenure – Importance of
Land Reforms – Various Measures.

Unit:5 10--hours
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Agricultural Finance : Causes and Consequences of rural indebtedness – Measures to remove rural
indebtedness – Agricultural Finance – Need – Types – Role of Institutions supporting Agricultural
finance :Co-operative banks and commercial banks –NABARD.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 60--hours

Text Book(s)
1 IndianAgriculture:Problems,ProgressandProscpects - SankaranS
2 Indian Economy - Ruddar DuttandSundaram
Reference Books
1 TheIndian Economy - Dhingra
2 IndianEconomicProblems - Alak Ghosh
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S M
CO2 S S M S S
CO3 M S S S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 M M S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
[Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Second
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 3 Financial Accounting 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge in Accounting
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To explore various methods of calculating and recording depreciation
2. To make them to understand about royalties and investment accounts
3. To offer an idea about single entry system of accounts
4. To promote knowledge about departmental and branch accounting
5. To inculcate knowledge about hire purchase and installment system of accounting

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Describing the concepts based on depreciation and its methods in books of K1
accounts.
2 Outline about the nature of Investment and Royal excluding Sublease. K2
3 Identifying the essential characteristics of single entry system. K3
4 Applying the basic concepts of departmental and branch accounting. K4
5 Familiarize the procedure relating to hire purchase and installment in books of K2
accounts
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 18--hours
Accounting for Depreciation – Depreciation Meaning- Causes -need and significance of
depreciation- methods of providing depreciation- Straight line, Written down Value, Annuity,
Sinking fund (Excluding changing method of Depreciation). Reserves and Provision.

Unit:2 18--hours
Single Entry system-meaning and features-Statement of affairs method and Conversion method

Unit:3 18--hours
Departmental accounts – transfers at cost or selling price –Branch excluding foreign branches

Unit:4 19--hours
Hire purchase and instalment systems including Hire Purchasing Trading account- Goods onsale
or Return

Unit:5 15--hours
Royalty including Sublease - Human Resource Accounting and Inflation Accounting
(Theory only)

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 90--hours

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Advanced Accountancy - [Link] & [Link]
2 Advanced Accountancy - [Link] & [Link]
Reference Books
1 Advanced Accountancy - [Link] & [Link]
2 Finanacial Accounting - [Link] & [Link]
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]/accounting-for-hire-purchase

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S M S S M
CO3 S M M S M
CO4 S S S S M
CO5 S M M M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
4
Core- 4 Principles of Marketing 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Marketing Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To conceptualize an idea about marketing and related terms
2. To provide insight about various forms and types of marketing
3. To analyze various components of marketing channels
4. To understand various concepts relating to consumer behavior
5. To introduce the components of marketing mix
6. To understand the importance of retailing in today’s context
7. To understand emerging marketing trends and regulatory mechanisms

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Defining the various concepts and terms related to marketing K1
2 Explaining about various marketing functions K2
3 Understanding terms of consumer behaviour and examined about different K2
concepts related to consumers.
4 Identifying the marketing mix and its elements K1
5 Understanding different provisions related to trends in emerging markets. K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 18--hours

Marketing –Definition of market and marketing-Importance of marketing –Modern Marketing

concept-Global Marketing - Marketing Ethics -Career Opportunities in Marketing- Marketing
and Government: Bureau of Indian Standards- Agmark

Unit:2 18--hours
Marketing functions-Buying –Selling –Transportation –Storage – Financing –Risk Bearing –
Standardisation – Market Information

Unit:3 18--hours
Consumer Behaviour –meaning –Need for studying consumer behaviour-Factors influencing
consumer behaviour-Market segmentation – Customer Relations Marketing

Unit:4 19--hours
Marketing Mix – Product mix –Meaning of Product –Product life cycle –Branding-labelling-
Price Mix-Importance-Pricing objectives - Pricing strategies –Personal selling and Sales
Promotion - Place mix-Importance of channels of distribution –Functions of middlemen–
Importance of retailing in today’s context
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 15--hours
New Approaches in Marketing: –E-marketing –Tele marketing -Web-Based Marketing- Multi Level
Marketing- Social Media Marketing – Neuro-marketing – Green marketing –Referral marketing- Social
responsibility in marketing - Ethics in Marketing -Consumerism – Consumer Protecting – Rights of
consumers-Forward Trading in Commodities

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 90--hours

Text Book(s)
1 Marketing Management - Rajan Sexena
2 Principles of Marketing - Philip Kotler &Gary Armstrong
3 Marketing Management - V.S. Ramasamy and Namakumari
4 Marketing Management – [Link] and [Link], Himalaya Publishing House

Reference Books
1 Marketing -William [Link] & Michael D’Amico
2 Marketing - [Link] &Bagavathi

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S M S S
CO2 S S M S M
CO3 S S S M M
CO4 S S M M M
CO5 S S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Allied 2 Economic Analysis 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Economics
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To recall the fundamentals of micro economics
2. To get insight on law of demand, supply and theories of production
3. To analyse the pricing in different market structure
4. To know the theories on wages, rent, interest and profit.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand The Fundamentals of Micro Economic And Theory Consumer K2
Behaviour
2 Learn the concepts of demand and elasticities of demand K2
3 Understand theories of production, cost and revenue concepts K2
4 Analyse the price and output determination under various market structures K4
5 Acquire knowledge on theories of productivity and wages K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours

SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY:Definition of Economics – Nature and ScopeofEconomics–

Utilityanalysis–Lawofdiminishingutility–LawofEqui Marginal utility – Indifference curve –
Approaches of Economic Analysis –Methodologyof Economics.

Unit:2 12--hours

ELEMENTS OF DEMAND :Demand Analysis–Demand Schedule – Law of Demand – Demand

Curve – Elasticity of Demand – Price, Income and Cross–Consumer’sSurplus.

Unit:3 12--hours
THEORY OF PRODUCTION: Factors of Production–Law of Diminishing Returns – Law of
Variable Proportions – Return to Scale – Law of Supply - Costand Revenue– Concepts and
Curves.

Unit:4 12--hours
PRODUCT PRICING : Market Definition – Types – Equilibrium Under Perfect Competition of
Firm and Industry – Pricing – Pricing Under Perfect Competition, Monopoly – Price Discrimination
– Pricing Under Monopolistic Competition –Pricing under Oligopoly.

Unit:5 10--hours
FACTOR PRICING – Marginal Productivity Theory – Theories ofwages, rent,interest andprofit.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 60--hours

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 EconomicAnalysis - [Link]
2 PrincipalsofEconomics - Seth M.L.
Reference Books
1 MicroEconomicTheory - [Link]
2 EconomicAnalysis - [Link]
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
4

Course Designed By:

[Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Third
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 5 Higher Financial Accounting 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Accounting
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide insight about maintaining partnership accounts
2. To promote understanding about maintaining books of accounts at the time of retirement
3. To offer understanding about dissolution and insolvency of partnership
4. To facilitate knowledge about individual insolvency and claims
5. To promote knowledge about human resource and inflation accounting

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understanding the basic concepts of partner and procedures related to calculation K2
of ratios.
2 Acquiring the principle at the time of retirement in the books of partner K1
3 Analyzing dissolution and insolvency of firms and individuals. K4
4 Evaluate the insolvency or loss of individuals or firms. K5
5 Examine the concepts based on voyage, Human resource and inflation accounting. K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours

Introduction- Admission of a Partner - Treatment of Goodwill - Revaluation of Assets and

Liabilities - Calculation of Ratios for Distribution of Profits - Capital Adjustments.

Unit:2 18--hours
Retirement of Partner - Calculation of Gaining Ratio- Revaluation of Assets and Liabilities
Treatment of Goodwill – Adjustment of Goodwill through Capital A/c only - Settlement of
Accounts - Retiring Partner’s Loan Account with equal Installments only.

Unit:3 15--hours
Dissolution - Insolvency of Partners- Garner Vs Murray- Insolvency of all Partners - Deficiency
A/c - .Piecemeal Distribution - Proportionate Capital Method only.

Unit:4 15--hours
Insolvency of Individuals and Firms – Fire Claims : Normal Loss – Abnormal Loss

Unit:5 10--hours
Voyage Accounts – Investment Accounts

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75--hours

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 S.P. Jain & K.L. Narang, “Advanced Accounting”, Kalyani Publications, NewDelhi.
2 Reddy & Murthy, “Financial Accounting”, Margham Publicatuions, Chennai, 2004.
3 Dr. M. A. Arulanandam, Dr. K.S. Raman, “Advanced Accountancy Part-I”, Himalaya
Publication, New Delhi.

Reference Books
1 Gupta R.L. & Radhaswamy M.,”Corporate Accounts “, Theory Method and Application -
13th Revised Edition 2006, Sultan Chand & Co., New Delhi .
2 Shukla M.C., Grewal T.S. & Gupta S.L., “Advanced Accountancy”, S. Chand & Co.,
NewDelhi.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S M
CO2 S S M S L
CO3 S S S S M
CO4 S M M S M
CO5 S S M S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 6 Commercial Law 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Commercial Law 2023
Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide knowledge about basics of business contract
2. To create knowledge about the regulations of agency system
3. To understand the rules of indemnity and guarantee
4. To offer knowledge about the sale and transfer of goods and the applicable laws and
regulations

Expected Course Outcomes:

1 Assessing the various elements related business law and contract K5
2 Interpreting different type of contract and its features K2
3 Explain about the agency system related to creation and termination of agency K5
4 Compare between rights and duties of indemnity , guarantee K5
5 Examine the distinct between sale and agreement to sell and its features K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours

Law – Meaning and objects – Mercantile law, meaning – Sources of contracts – Classification of
contracts – Essentials of a valid contract – Offer, acceptance, legality of object and consideration –
Void agreement.

Unit:2 12--hours
Capacity to contract – Free consent – Quasi contracts – Contingent contracts – Performance of
contract – Discharge of contract – Remedies for breach of contract.

Unit:3 10--hours
Contract of Agency – Creation of Agency – Personal liability of an Agent – Agency by
ratification– Conditions and effects – Termination of Agency.

Unit:4 12--hours
Contract of indemnity and guarantee – Rights and Liabilities of surety – Discharge of surety –
Bailment – Rights and Duties of bailor and bailee – Pledge by non-owners.

Unit:5 12--hours
Law of sale of goods – Distinction between sale and agreement to sell – Conditions and warranties
to sell – Conditions and Warranties – Transfer of Ownership – Transfer of title by Non-owners –
Performance of contract of sale – Rights and Duties of buyer – Rights of unpaid seller.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 60--hours

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 [Link] ----- Business Laws – Sulthan Chand &Sons
2 R.S.N. Pillai and Bagavathy ----- Business Laws- [Link] &Co

Reference Books
1 [Link]---- Mercantile Law---Vikas Publications
2 [Link]----BusinessLaw --- Himalaya PublishingHouse

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S S S M
CO5 S S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 7 Principles of Management 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Management
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide understanding about basic terminologies of management
2. To explore the fundamental principles, process and steps in management including planning
3. To develop knowledge about organizing function in business
4. To explore the concept of motivation in organizational context
5. To generate ideas about effective communication in the business

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Explaining the concepts based on management and its features K2
2 Summarizing the principles and importance of planning K2
3 Interpreting various concepts based on organization and its element K2
4 Examining the determinants of behaviour and motivation theories K4
5 Understanding the need and techniques of communication in management K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 10--hours
Definition of Management – Management and Administration – Nature and Scope of Management
- Functions of Management - Contribution of F.W. Taylor – Heniry Fayol – Mary Parker Follet –
Mc Gregor and Peter F. Drucker.

Unit:2 12--hours
Planning – Meaning – Nature and Importance of Planning – Planning promises – Methods and
Types of plans – Decision Making.

Unit:3 12--hours
Organization – Meaning, Nature and Importance – Process of Organization – Principles of Sound
Organization – Organization Structure – Span of Control – Organization Chart - Departmentation
– Delegation and Decentralization – Authority relationship Line, Functional
andStaff.

Unit:4 13--hours
Motivation – Need – Determinants of behaviour – Maslow’s Theory of Motivation – Motivation
Theories in Management – X, Y and Z theories – Leadership styles – MBO – Management by
Exception.

Unit:5 11--hours
Communication in Management – Co-Ordination – Need and Techniques – Control – Nature
and process of Control – Techniques ofControl.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 60--hours

Text Book(s)
1 The Principles of Management - Rustom S. Davan
2 Business Organization and Management - Y. K. Bhushan
3 Business Management - Chatterjee

Reference Books
1 Principles of Management - Koontz and O’Donald
2 Business Management - Dinkar - Pagare

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S M S S
CO5 S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Allied 3 Mathematics for Business 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Mathematics
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Understand and apply basics of applications of mathematics in business
2. Make the students to be ready for solving business problems using mathematical
operations.
3. Provide insight knowledge about variables, constants and functions.
4. Gain the knowledge on integral calculus and determining definite and indefinite
functions.
5. Analyze the linear programming problem by using graphical solution and simple
method.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts of arithmetic and geometric series and different
K2
effective rates of interest for sinking fund, annuity and present value.
2 Recall the basic concepts of addition and multiplication analysis and
K1
input and output analysis.
3 Explain of variables, constants and functions and evaluate the first and second
K2
order derivatives.
4 Interpret integral calculus and determining definite and indefinite functions. K2
5 Analyze the linear programming problem by using graphical solution and
K4
simple method.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours
SetTheory–ArithmeticandGeometricSeries–SimpleandCompoundInterest–
EffectiverateofInterest–SinkingFund–Annuity-PresentValue–DiscountingofBills–
TrueDiscount–Banker’sGain.

Unit:2 14--hours
Matrix: Basic Concepts – Addition and Multiplication of Matrices – Inverse of a Matrix –
RankofMatrix-SolutionofSimultaneousLinearEquations–Input-OutputAnalysis.

Unit:3 12--hours
Variables,ConstantsandFunctions–LimitsofAlgebraicFunctions–
SimpleDifferentiationofAlgebraicFunctions–MeaningofDerivations–
EvaluationofFirstandSecondOrderDerivatives–MaximaandMinima–
ApplicationtoBusinessProblems.

Unit:4 10--hours
Elementary Integral Calculus – Determining Indefinite and Definite Integrals of
simpleFunctions–IntegrationbyParts.

Unit:5 10--hours
LinearProgrammingProblem–Formation–SolutionbyGraphicalMethodSolutionbySimple
Method.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 60--hours

Text Book(s)
1 Navanitham, P.A,” Business Mathematics & Statistics” Jai Publishers,Trichy-21
2 Sundaresan and Jayaseelan,”Introduction to Business Mathematics”,Sultanchand
Co&Ltd,Newdelhi
3 Sanchetti, D.C and Kapoor, V.K,” Business Mathematics” , Sultan chand Co&Ltd,Newdelhi

Reference Books
1 [Link], [Link]&[Link]-A Text book Business Mathematics - Himalaya
Publishing House.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
-Lj3PmzVmKCD
4 [Link]
ftPVXUYjs2g3YiaY0sEfwW-jg5L

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S M
CO2 S S M S S
CO3 M S S S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 M M S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Skill Based Subject :I Business Application Software I 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in MS Word and MS Excel
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
Understand the basic framework and how to work in Ms-Word andMs-Excel.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 To know the basics on MS Word K2
2 To study formatting features in MS Word K2
3 To understand the concept of mail merge K2
4 To gain knowledge on excel operations K2
5 To acquire knowledge on ManagingandAnalyzingComplexWorksheet K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 9 --hours
Microsoft Word: Basics - Creating Documents – Mouse, Keyboard Operations, Keys –
FormattingFeatures–Menus,Commands,ToolbarsandtheirIcons.

Unit:2 8 --hours
CreatingTemplates,CreatingTables,ChangingFontandTextSize,BordersandShadings,Text
box, Formatting,Insertpicture.

Unit:3 8 --hours
MailMerge-Creating the Main Document–Creating data source, Adding fields,removing
fields–Merging Documents-Macros–Inserting Headers and Footer–Recording macros.

Unit:4 9--hours
Microsoft Excel: Introduction – Navigation, Selecting Cells, Entering and Editing
Text,Entering Numbers and Formulas – Alignments – Menus, Commands, Toolbars and
theirIcons.

Unit:5 9 --hours
Spread sheet : An Overview–CreatingWorksheet- Managing and Analyzing Complex
Worksheet–Creating Charts–Creating FormTemplates–
Sharing Data Between Applications.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 45--hours

Text Book(s)
1
SanjaySaxena,“MS-Office2000”,VikasPublishingHousePrivateLtd.

Reference Books
1 TimothyJ.O’LearyandLindaiO’Leary,“MS-Office“,IRWIN/McGrawHill.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S M M M
CO2 M S S M M
CO3 S M M M M
CO4 M S M M M
CO5 S M M M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
[Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Fourth
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 8 Corporate Accounting I 4 4
Basic knowledge in company accounts Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide basic understanding about the accounts relating to shares and debentures
2. To analyze the final accounts of companies
3. To explore various methods for the valuation of goodwill
4. To assist preparation of books of accounts during liquidation of companies

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Explaining about the basic provisions towards issue of shares in market K2
2 Understanding the concepts of debenture and its accounting K2
3 Analyze the companies final accounts and Managerial Remuneration K4
4 Estimating methods of goodwill and shares K5
5 Examine various procedures related to liquidation of companies K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours

Issue of shares : Par , Premium and Discount - Forfeiture - Reissue – Surrender of Shares – Right
Issue-Meaning of Bonus Issue

Unit:2 13-hours
Redemption of Preference Shares. Debentures – Issue and Redemption- Sinking Fund Method
(excluding Open Market operations)

Unit:3 13--hours
Final Accounts of Companies - Calculation of Managerial Remuneration.

Unit:4 10--hours
Valuation of Goodwill and Shares – Need – Methods of valuation of Goodwill and Shares.

Unit:5 10--hours
Liquidation of Companies - Statement of Affairs -Deficiency a/c.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 60--hours

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 S.P. Jain & K.L. Narang, “Advanced Accounting”, Kalyani Publications, New Delhi.

2 Gupta R.L. & Radhaswamy M. ,”Corporate Accounts “, Theory Method and Application-
13th Revised Edition 2006, Sultan Chand & Co., New Delhi.
3 Dr. M.A. Arulanandam, Dr. K.S. Raman, “Advanced Accountancy, Part-I”,
HimalayaPublications, New Delhi.2003.

Reference Books
1 Gupta R.L. & Radhaswamy M.,”Corporate Accounts “, Theory Method and Application-
13th Revised Edition 2006, Sultan Chand & Co., New Delhi.
2 Shukla M.C., Grewal T.S. & Gupta S.L., “Advanced Accountancy”, S. Chand & Co.,
NewDelhi
3 Reddy & Murthy, “Financial Accounting”, Margham Publicatuions, Chennai, 2004

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
4 [Link]
6369&mid=A58A95880433907E2FF8A58A95880433907E2FF8&view=detail&FORM=VIRE

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S M S

CO2 S S S M S

CO3 S S S S S

CO4 M S S S S

CO5 S S S M M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 9 Computer Applications in Business 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in computer
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To introduce the concept of computer and its various parts.
2. To explain the concept of data base management system and Management information
system.
3. To provide insight about networking and basics of internet
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall the various concepts relating to computer and its various parts K1
2 Understand the meaning of software’s, operating system etc K2
3 Understanding the meaning and utility of database management system K2
4 Evaluate the various aspects of management information system K5
5 Generating more ideas regarding the use of internet for business purpose K6

1 Recall various terms of computer and its part K1

2 Understand the meaning of software, operating system, programming language K2
and its features
3 Comparing Data Vs Information and its management system K2
4 Understanding about various concepts of management information system K2
5 Explain about networking and elements based on internet K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 9--hours
Computer : Introduction – Meaning – Characteristics – Generations – Types of Digital Computer –
Components of Computer – Input, Storage and Output Devices – Uses of Computers in Modern
Business.

Unit:2 9--hours
Software: Meaning – Types of Software – Operating Systems: Meaning - Functions – Types -
Programming Language – Compilers and Interpreters- Database Processing: Data Vs.
Information – Database Management Systems: Meaning -Components – Uses – Limitations –
Types.

Unit:3 9--hours
Management Information System: Meaning – Characteristics - Functional Management
Information Systems: Financial – Accounting – Marketing- Production – Human
resource –Business Process Outsourcing.

Unit:4 9--hours
Networking – Meaning – Types - Internet: Meaning – Internet Basis - World Wide Web –
InternetAccess – Internet Addressing – Search Engines – Electronic Mail.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 7--hours
Recent Trends : Industry 4.0- Meaning , Definition ,Goals and Design Principles- Big Data
Analytics and Artificial Intelligence – Meaning and Definition - Why?- History – Internet of
Things -Applications of IOT – Cyber Security- Cyber Crime and its Classification

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 45--hours

Text Book(s)
1 Fundamentals of Information Technology - Alexis Leon & Mathews Leon
2 Information Technology for Management - Henry C. Lucas
3. [Link] and [Link] – Big Data Applications in Industry 4.0 , 2022, CRC Press
4 [Link] and [Link]- Artificial Intelligence Theory , Models and Applications, 2022, CRC
Press, Taylor and Francis Group
Reference Books
1 Computers and Commonsense - Roger Hunt and John Shellery
2 Management Information System - Dr. S.P. Rajagopalan

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
applications-in-business-notes/27185866
2 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S L L L
CO2 S S L M M
CO3 S M M L L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 10 Company Law and Secretarial Practice 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in law
version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To develop a strong foundation regarding corporate laws and provisions
2. To provide knowledge about qualification and disqualification of directors and winding up
procedures of the companies
3. To provide insights about corporate secretaryship and rules relating to company meetings.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Define the fundamentals of corporate law K1
2 Identify the role, responsibilities, appointment and liabilities of corporate directors K2
3 Analyzing various winding up procedures, regulations and formalities under law K4
4 Examine the role of corporate secretaryship and specific conditions K4
5 Outline corporate level meetings with regard to duties of company secretary, K2
drafting correspondence, Notice, Agenda and Minutes
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 9--hours
Formation of Companies – promotion – Meaning – Promoters – their functions – Duties of
Promoters – Incorporation – Meaning – certification of Incorporation – Memorandum of Association
– Meaning – Purpose – Alteration of Memorandum – Doctrine of Ultravires – Articlesof Association
- Meaning – Forms – Contents – Alteration of Article – Relationship between Articles and
Memorandum – Doctrine of Indoor Management – Exceptions to Doctrine of Indoor Management
– Prospectus – Definitions – Contents – Deemed Prospectus – Misstatement in prospectus – Kinds
of Shares and Debentures.

Unit:2 8--hours
Directors – Qualification and Disqualification of Directors – Appointment of Directors – Removal
of Directors – Director’s remuneration – Powers of Directors – Duties of Directors – Liabilities of
Directors

Unit:3 9--hours
Winding up – Meaning, Modes of Winding up – Compulsory Winding up by the court – voluntary
Winding up – Types of Voluntary Winding up – members voluntary Winding up – Creditors
voluntary Winding up – Winding up subject to supervision of the court – Consequences of Winding
up(General).

Unit:4 8-hours
Company Secretary – Who is a secretary – Types – Positions – Qualities – Qualifications –
Appointments and Dismissals – Power – Rights – Duties – Liabilities of a Company Secretary –
Role of a Company Secretary – (1) As a statutory officer, (2) As a Co-Coordinator, (3) As an
Administrative Officer.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 9--hours
Kinds of Company meetings – Board of Directors Meeting – Statutory meeting – Annual General
meeting – Extra ordinary General meeting - Duties of a Company Secretary to all the company
meetings – Drafting of Correspondence – Relating to the meetings – Notices - Agenda Chairman’s
speech – Writing of Minutes.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 45`--hours

Text Book(s)
1 [Link] and [Link]----Principles ofCompanyLaw ---- [Link] &Co.,
2 [Link] ----- [Link] & Co.,
Reference Books
1 [Link]----Company Law--- Sultan Chand &Sons
2 [Link]----Secretarial Practice --- Vikas Publications

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
es+act+2013+pdf+download&view=detail&mid=28B5988DBED400F0A66928B5988DBED400F0A669&&F
ORM=VRDGAR&ru=%2Fvideos%2Fsearch%3Fq%3Dindian%2Bcompanies%2Bact%2B2013%2Bpdf%
2Bdownload%26qpvt%3Dindian%2Bcompanies%2Bact%2B2013%2Bpdf%2Bdownload%26FORM%3D
VDRE
3 [Link]
521E916B7FEB2F59B465521E916B7FEB2F5&FORM=VIRE

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S M S S M
CO2 S S M M S
CO3 S M M S S
CO4 S S S S S
CO5 S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 11 Executive Business Communication 3 3
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Business Communication
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide information on effective business communication and techniques to respond to
business queries.
2. To provide knowledge about banking correspondence and company secretarial
correspondence
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Outline the importance of effective business communication K2
2 Understand the intricacies of responding to business related queries K2
3 Categorizing effective correspondence with banks, insurance and agencies K3
4 Examine effective response to company secretarial correspondence K4
5 Analyze new innovative and effective ideas for business communication K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 8--hours

Business Communication : Meaning – Importance of Effective Business Communication-

Modern Communication Methods – Business Letters : Need – Functions - Kinds - Essentials of
Effective Business Letters - Layout.

Unit:2 9--hours
Trade Enquiries - Orders and their Execution - Credit and Status Enquiries – Complaints and
Adjustments - Collection Letters – Sales Letters – Circular Letters.

Unit:3 8--hours
Banking Correspondence - Insurance Correspondence - Agency Correspondence.

Unit:4 7--hours
Company Secretarial Correspondence (Includes Agenda, Minutes and Report Writing)

Unit:5 11--hours
Application Letters – Preparation of Resume - Interview: Meaning – Objectives and Techniques of
various types of Interviews – Public Speech – Characteristics of a good speech – Business Report
Presentations

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 45--hours

Text Book(s)
1 Rajendra Pal Korahill, “Essentials of Business Communication”, Sultan Chand & Sons,
New Delhi, 2006.
2 Ramesh, MS, & C. C Pattanshetti, “Business Communication”, [Link]&Co, New
Delhi, 2003.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
1 Rodriquez M V, “Effective Business Communication Concept” Vikas Publishing
Company,2003.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S M M
CO3 S S M S S
CO4 S S S S S
CO5 S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
ALLIED IV STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS 4 - - 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge on Statistics for Business 2022-23
Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of the course are able to
1. Provide basic conceptual knowledge on applications of statistics in business.
2. Make the students to be ready for solving business problems using statistical operations.
3. Give a detailed instruction of measurement ofdispersion.
4. Gain the knowledge on application of correlation and regression for
business operations.
5. Analyze interpolation and probability theory and perform the problems.
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts of arithmetic and geometric mean and K2
different types of data collection.
2 Recall measures of dispersion. K1
3 Execute correlation and regression analysis. K3
4 Understand the different types of moving averages. K2
5 Analyze interpolation and probability K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTIONS 12 hours

Meaning and Definition of Statistics – Collection of data –– Primary and Secondary -
Classification and Tabulation – Diagrammatic and Graphical presentation Measures of Central
tendency – Mean, Median, Mode, Geometric Mean and Harmonic Mean – simple problems

Unit:2 MEASURES OF DISPERSION 10 hours

Measures of Dispersion – Range, Quartile Deviation, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation and
Co-efficient of Variation. Skewness – Meaning – Measures of Skewness - Pearson’s and
Bowley’s co-efficient of Skewness.

Unit:3 CORRELATION AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS 12 hours

Correlation –Meaning and Definition –Scatter diagram, Karl Pearson’s co-efficient of
Correlation, Spearman’s Rank Correlation, Co-efficient of Concurrent deviation. Regression
Analysis – Meaning of regression and linear prediction – Regression in two variables – Uses of
Regression

Unit:4 TIME SERIES 12 hours

Time Series – Meaning, Components and Models – Business forecasting – Methods of estimating
trend – Graphic, Semi-average, Moving average and Method of Least squares – Seasonal
Variation – Method of Simple average. Index Numbers – Meaning, Uses and Methods
of construction – Un-weighted and Weighted index numbers – Tests of an Index number – Cost
of living index number.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 INTERPOLATION 12 hours

Interpolation: Binomial, Newton’s and Lagrange methods. Probability – Concept and Definition
– Addition and Multiplication theorems of Probability (statement only) – simple problems based
on Addition and Multiplication theorems only.

Unit:6 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Statistical Methods by S.P. Gupta
2 Business Mathematics and Statistics by P. Navaneetham
3 Statistics by R.S.N. Pillai and V. Bagavathi

Reference Books
1 Statistics-Theory, Methods & Application by D.C. Sancheti and V.K. Kapoor
2 Applied General Statistics by Frederick [Link] and Dudley J. Cowden

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S M
CO2 S S M S S
CO3 M S S S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 M M S S S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
[Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Fifth
Semester
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 12 Corporate Accounting- II 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Company Accounts
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the concept of mergers and acquisitions
2. To familiarize with holding company accounts
3. To prepare the final accounts of banking companies
4. To prepare the accounts of insurance companies
5. To assist the preparation of electricity companies accounts
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall various concepts and methods of preparing accounts under mergers and K1
acquisitions
2 Understand various methods of preparing holding company accounts K2
3 Understand various methods of preparing and assessing final accounts of banking K2
companies
4 Analyze the final accounts of insurance companies K4
5 Analyze the accounting statements of electricity companies K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 20--hours
Accounting for Mergers and Amalgamation – Absorption and External Reconstruction

Unit:2 18--hours
Holding Company Accounts - Consolidation of Balance Sheets with treatment of Mutual Owings,
Contingent Liability, Unrealized Profit, Revaluation of Assets, Bonus issue and payment of dividend
(Inter Company Holdings excluded).

Unit:3 17--hours
Banking Company Accounts - Preparation of Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet (New
format only) - Rebate on Bills Discounted - Classification of Advances - Classification of
Investments.

Unit:4 15--hours
Insurance Company accounts: General Insurance and Life Insurance(New format only) - Under
IRDA 2000

Unit:5 18--hours
Statements of Accounts for Electricity Companies – Treatment of Repairs and Renewals -
Indian Accounting Standards – Financial Reporting Practice (Theoretical Aspects)

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 90--hours
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 S.P. Jain & K.L. Narang, “Advanced Accounting”, Kalyani Publications, New Delhi. 5.
Shukla M.C.
2 Gupta R.L. & Radhaswamy M. ,”Corporate Accounts “, Theory Method and Application-13th
Revised Edition 2006, Sultan Chand & Co., New Delhi
3 Dr. M.A. Arulanandam, Dr. K.S. Raman, “Advanced Accountancy, Part-I”, Himalaya
Publications, New Delhi.2003.
Reference Books
1 Gupta R.L. & Radhaswamy M.,”Corporate Accounts “, Theory Method and Application-13th
Revised Edition 2006, Sultan Chand & Co., New Delhi.
2 Grewal T.S.& Gupta S.L.,“Advanced Accountancy”,S. Chand & Co., New Delhi
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
mid=0F32057D615B472ADCFB0F32057D615B472ADCFB&view=detail&FORM=VIRE
2 [Link]
and-external-reconstruction/82261
3 [Link]
BCom/5th%20Sem_B%20Com_AA%20UNIT%201_NOTES.pdf
4 [Link]
accounting/13117
Course Designed By:

Mapping Programme outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S M S M S

CO2 S S S M S

CO3 S S S S S

CO4 S S S S S

CO5 S S S M M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 13 Banking Theory Law and Practices 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Banking
version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide knowledge about the working of banking industry
2. To understand the basic understanding of loan disbursement policies of banks
3. To provide insights about various documents used in banking services
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Remembering the various terms and concepts used in banking industry K1
2 Understanding the various process and activities of accounts in banks K2
3 Outline various features of cheques for easy and simple banking K2
4 Examine the various loans and advance related process in banks K4
5 Classifying various kind of documents involved in banking services K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours

Origin of banks-Definition of banking- Classification of banks- Banking System: Unit Banking -–

Branch Banking Universal Banking & Banking Markets – Functions of Modern commercialBanks
- Balance Sheet of commercial Banks – Credit Creation by commercial Banks

Unit:2 15--hours
Central Bank – Functions – Credit Control Measures – Quantitative and Selective Credit
controlmeasures – Role of RBI in regulating and controlling banks. State Bank of India – Its
special place in the banking scene – Commercial banks and rural financing – Regional Rural
Banks - Place of Co-operative banks in the Indian Banking scenario

Unit:3 15--hours
Definition of banker and customer – Relationships between banker and customer – specialfeature of
RBI, Banking regulation Act 1949. Secrecy of customer Account. Opening of account – special
types of customer – types of deposit – Bank Pass book – collectingbanker – paying banker – banker
lien.

Unit:4 18--hours
Cheque – features essentials of valid cheque – crossing – making and endorsement – payment of
cheques statutory protection duties to paying banker and collective banker - refusal of payment
cheque. Duties of holder & holder in due course-

Unit:5 10--hours
Loan and advances by commercial bank lending policies of commercial bank - Forms of securities
– lien pledge hypothecation and advance against the documents of title to goods – mortgage.

Position of surety – Letter of credit – Bills and supply bill. Purchase and discounting bill Traveling
cheque, credit card,
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 75--hours

Text Book(s)
1 Sundharam and Varshney, Banking theory Law & Practice, Sultan Chand & Sons., New
Delhi.
2 Basu : Theory and Practice of Development Banking
3 Reddy & Appanniah : Banking Theory and Practice
Reference Books
1 Natarajan & Gordon : Banking Theory and Practice
2 Banking Regulation Act, 1949.
3 Reserve Bank of India, Report on currency and Finance 2003-2004.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
for-unit-wise/6902283
3 [Link]
4 [Link]
constituents-participants-and-defects/31348
Course Designed By:

Mapping Programme outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S S S S
CO5 S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 14 Cost Accounting 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Accounting
version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the concept and various components of costing
2. To assist preparation of accounts under process costing
3. To familiarize with the techniques of operating costing
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall various concepts of costing and costing methods K1
2 Analyze the various elements of costing K4
3 Explain the labour wage payment system K2
4 Outline the cost under process costing system K2
5 Examine about operational costing, contract costing and Reconciliation of Cost K4
and Financial Statements.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours
Cost Accounting – Definition – Meaning and Scope – Concept and Classification – Costing an
aid to Management –– Types and Methods of Cost – Elements of Cost Preparation of Cost Sheet
and Tender.

Unit:2 15--hours
Material Control: Levels of material Control – Need for Material Control – Economic Order
Quantity – ABC analysis – Perpetual inventory – Purchase and stores Control: Purchasing of
Materials – Procedure and documentation involved in purchasing – Requisition for stores – Stores
Control – Methods of valuing material issue.

Unit:3 15--hours
Labour: System of wage payment – Idle time – Control over idle time – Labour turnover.
Overhead – Classification of overhead – allocation and absorption ofoverhead.

Unit:4 15--hours
Process costing – Features of process costing – process losses, wastage, scrap, normal process loss
– abnormal loss, abnormal gain. (Excluding inter process profits and equivalent production).

Unit:5 13--hours
Operating Costing - Contract costing – Reconciliation of Cost and Financial accounts.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 75--hours
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 S.P. Jain and KL. Narang , “Cost Accounting”, Kalyani Publishers, New [Link].2005
2 R.S.N. Pillai and V. Bagavathi , “Cost Accounting”,S. Chand and Company Ltd., New
[Link].2004
3 [Link], “Cost Accounting Principles and Practice”, Sultan Chand, New Delhi. 2005
Reference Books
1 [Link] & [Link], “Cost Accounting”, Sultan Chand, New Delhi 2005
2 [Link], “Cost Accounting”, Sultan Chand, NewDelhi 2005.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
fsearch%3fFORM%3dU523DF%26PC%3dU523%26q%3dvIDEO%2bLECTURE%2bIN%2bcOST%2ba
CCOUNTING&view=detail&mmscn=vwrc&mid=D4E6F22C7E60037DB9D0D4E6F22C7E60037DB9D0&F
ORM=WRVORC
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Programme outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S M M
CO4 S S M M M
CO5 S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 15 Income Tax Law and Practices 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in law
version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the various concepts of income tax and related terminologies
2. To familiarize with calculation if income under different heads
3. To understand the process of set off and carry forward of losses while computing total income
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Outline the various terminologies related to income tax K1
2 Understand the method of calculating and levying tax K2
3 Apply the various tax laws and available provisions in tax computations K3
4 Evaluate the set off and carry forward of losses while calculating personal income K5
5 Analyze self-assessment of income and tax computation K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Title of the Unit (Capitalize each Word) 20--hours

Income Tax Act – Definition of Income – Assessment year – Previous Year – Assessee – Scope
of Income – Charge of Tax – Residential Status – Exempted Income.

Unit:2 18--hours
Heads of Income: Income from Salaries – Income from House Property.

Unit:3 17--hours
Profit and Gains of Business or Profession – Income from Other Sources.

Unit:4 15--hours
Capital Gains – Deductions from Gross Total Income.

Unit:5 18--hours
Set off and Carry forward of losses – Aggregation of Income- Computation of Tax liability –
Assessment of Individuals.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 90--hours
Text Book(s)
1 Gaur and Narang, “Income Tax Law and Practice” Kalyani publishers New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Dr. HC Mehrotra, “Income-tax Law and Accounts” Sahithya Bhavan publishers
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
FORM%3dU523DF%26PC%3dU523%26q%3dvideo%2bl%253Becture%2bin%2bIncome%2btax&view=
detail&mmscn=vwrc&mid=F8694500529A30E8E535F8694500529A30E8E535&FORM=WRVORC
2
3
Course Designed By:

Mapping Programme outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S L L L

CO2 S S L M M

CO3 S M M L L

CO4 S S L M M

CO5 S M M L L

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Elective 1 C Business Finance 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Finance
version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the various concept relating to finance
2. To familiarize with the basics of financial planning
3. To analyze various sources and forms of finance
4. To understand the various dimensions of capital market and their components
5. To provide knowledge about capitalization and related theories
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Outline various concepts relating to finance K2
2 List the various techniques of financial planning K2
3 Analyze various sources and forms of finance K4
4 Examine the various dimensions of capital market and their components K4
5 List the capitalization concept and related theories for decision making K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours
Business Finance: Introduction – Meaning – Concepts - Scope – Function of Finance
Traditional and Modern Concepts – Contents of Modern Finance Functions

Unit:2 15--hours
Financial Plan: Meaning - Concept – Objectives – Types – Steps – Significance -
Sources and Forms of Finance: Equity Shares, Preference Shares, Bonds, Debentures and Public
Deposits, Trade Credit Bank Credit – Features – Advantages and Disadvantages- Lease Financing:
Meaning – Features – Forms – Merits and Demerits.

Unit:3 15--hours
Capital Structure – Cardinal Principles of Capital structure – Trading on Equity – Cost of Capital –
Concept – Importance – Calculation of Individual and Composite Cost of Capital.

Unit:4 15--hours
Capitalisation - Bases of Capitalisation – Cost Theory – Earning Theory – Over Capitalisation –
Under Capitalisation : Symptoms – Causes – Remedies – Watered Stock – Watered Stock Vs.
Over Capitalisation.

Unit:5 13--hours
Dividend Policy – Determinants of Dividend Policy – Types of Dividend Policy – Advantages and
Disadvantages of Stable Dividend Policy – Theory of Relevance and Irrelevance.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Total Lecture hours 75--hours

Text Book(s)
1 Essentials of Business Finance - R.M. Sri Vatsava
2 Financial Management - Saravanavel
Reference Books
1 Financial Management - L.Y. Pandey
2 Financial Management - M.Y. Khan and Jain
3 Financial Management - S.C. Kuchhal
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]/resources/knowledge/finance/capital-structure-overview/
3 [Link]
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 M L S S S
CO2 S M S S M
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S M S M
CO5 M S M M M
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Elective 1 B Brand Management 4 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Brand Management 2022-
Version
2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the basic concepts of branding
2. To compare and analyze brand positioning and brand image building
3. To analyze the impact of brand on customer behavior
4. To familiarize with brand rejuvenation and monitoring
5. To provide insight on essential branding strategies
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall the basic concepts of branding and related terms K1
2 Compare brand image building and brand positioning strategies K2
3 Analyze the impact of brand, brand loyalty and brand audit. K4
4 Explain the brand rejuvenation and brand monitoring process K4
5 Apply various strategies for brand building and monitoring K3
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours
Introduction- Basic understanding of brands – concepts and process – significance of a brand –
brand mark and trade mark – different types of brands – family brand, individual brand, private
brand – selecting a brand name – functions of a brand – branding decisions – influencing
factors.

Unit:2 15--hours
Brand Associations: Brand vision – brand ambassadors – brand as a personality, as trading asset,
Brand extension – brand positioning – brand image building

Unit:3 15--hours
Brand Impact: Branding impact on buyers – competitors, Brand loyalty – loyalty programmes –
brand equity – role of brand manager – Relationship with manufacturing - marketing- finance -
purchase and R & D – brand audit

Unit:4 15--hours
Brand Rejuvenation: Brand rejuvenation and re-launch, brand development through acquisition
takes over and merger – Monitoring brand performance over the product life cycle. Co-branding.

Unit:5 13--hours
Brand Strategies: Designing and implementing branding strategies – Case studies

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 75--hours
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Kevin Lane Keller, “Strategic brand Management”, Person Education, New Delhi, 2003.
2 Lan Batey Asian Branding – “A great way to fly”, Prentice Hall of India, Singapore 2002
3 Jagdeep Kapoor, Brandex, Biztantra, New Delhi, 2005
Reference Books
1 Jean Noel, Kapferer, “Strategic brand Management”, The Free Press, New York, 1992
2 Paul Tmeporal, Branding in Asia, John Wiley & sons (P) Ltd., New York, 2000
3 [Link] Kumar, “Managing Indian Brands”, Vikas publishing House (P) Ltd., New Delhi,
2002
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]/Brand-Management-by-Ranjeet-Verma
2
4
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S M S S S
CO2 S S S M S
CO3 S S M M M
CO4 S S S S M
CO5 S S M M M
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Elective 1 C Fundamentals of Insurance 4 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge about Insurance 2022-
Version
2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the basic concepts of insurance
2. To familiarize with the concept of working of agency
3. To understand various forms of underwriting
4. To provide knowledge about the formation of insurance companies
5. To acquaint with the basic principles of different types of insurance
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall the different concepts of insurance and its working K1
2 Explain the concept of agent and its working system K2
3 Evaluate the functions of agents and various forms of underwriting K5
4 Analyze the various actuarial aspects relating to insurance companies K4
5 List the basic principles of insurance and various types of it. K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours
Introduction to insurance: Purpose and need of insurance: Insurance as a social security tool;
insurance and economic development

Unit:2 15--hours
Procedures for Becoming an Agent: Pre- requisite for obtaining a license: Duration of license;
Cancellation of license; Revocation or suspension/termination of agent appointment; Code of
conduct; Unfair practices.

Unit:3 15--hours
Functions of the Agent: Proposal form and other forms for grant of cover; Financial and medical
underwriting; Material information; Nomination and assignment; Procedure regarding settlement
of policy claims.

Unit:4 15--hours
Company Profile: Organizational set-up of the company; Promotion strategy; Market share;
Important activities; Structure; Product; Actuarial profession; Product pricing - actuarial aspects;
Distribution channels

Unit:5 13--hours
Fundamental/Principles of life Insurance/Marine/Fire/Medical/General Insurance: Contract of
various kinds; Insurance Interest
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 75--hours
Text Book(s)
1 Mishra M.N: Insurance Principles and practice; S. Chand and co, New Delhi. .
2 Insurance Regulatory Development Act 1999
Reference Books
1 Life Insurance Corporation Act 1956
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
4
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S M S S S
CO2 S S M S S
CO3 S S M M M
CO4 S M M S M
CO5 S M M S S
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
SBC 3 Business Application Software II 4 4
2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in MS PowerPoint and MS Access Syllabus 2023
Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
Understand the basic framework and how to work in MS – PowerPoint and MS - Access

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts computer applications using MS-PowerPoint K2
2 Create and do effective presentation for the business meeting using power point K2
presentation.
3 Understand the basic concepts computer applications using MS-Access K2
4 Generate the database using MS-Access K2
5 Examine the Filtering and Querying Tables K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 9--hours
Microsoft PowerPoint: Basics – Using Text – Adding Visual Elements – Charts
andTables – Drawing – Clipart – Sounds – Animation – Apply Time Transitions to Slides
-Menus,Toolbars andNavigationinPowerPoint.

Unit:2 8--hours
WorkingwithPowerPoint:SlideSorter–DateandTime–Symbol–SlideLayout–Font
–SlideColourSchema–Macros–CustomAnimation.

Unit:3 9--hours
Microsoft Access: Database Overview-Creating Database–Creating database through
Table Wizard–Modifying Table.

Unit:4 9--hours
CreatingaTable–RenameColumns–SavingtheDatabase–Relationships-Forms.

Unit:5 8--hours
FilteringandQueryingTables–CratingReportsandMailingLabels–
SharingInformationbetweenApplications.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 45--hours

Text Book(s)
1
SanjaySaxena,“MS-Office2000”,VikasPublishingHousePrivateLtd.

Reference Books
1 TimothyJ.O’LearyandLindaiO’Leary,“MS-Office“,IRWIN/McGrawHill.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
4

Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S M
CO2 S S M S S
CO3 M S S S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 M M S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
[Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Sixth
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 16 Management Accounting 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Accounting
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the various components of management accounting and related terms
2. To understand analysis using ratio, working capital management and marginal costing
3. To familiarize with budget preparation and budgetary control tools
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Outline the various concepts relating to management accounting K2
2 Analyze financial statements using ratio analysis K4
3 Evaluate the working capital management of companies K5
4 Comparing various alternatives using marginal costing and decision making K2
5 Analyze new budget and budgetary control for organizations K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 20-- hours

Management Accounting – Meaning – Objectives and Scope – Relationship between
Management Accounting , Cost Accounting and Financial Accounting.

Unit:2 18-- hours

Ratio Analysis – Analysis of liquidity – Solvency and Profitability – Construction of Balance
Sheet.

Unit:3 17-- hours

Working Capital – Working capital requirements and its computation – Fund Flow Analysis and
Cash Flow Analysis.

Unit:4 15-- hours

Marginal costing and Break Even Analysis – Managerial applications of marginal costing –
Significance and limitations of marginal costing.

Unit:5 18--hours
Budgeting and Budgetary control – Definition – Importance, Essentials – Classification of Budgets
– Master Budget – Preparation of cash budget, sales budget, purchase budget, material budget,
flexible budget.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 90-- hours
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Dr. S.N. Maheswari. “Management Accounting”, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2004. 2..
3. 4.
2 Sharma and [Link] “Management Accounting”, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi,2006
Reference Books
1 . S.P. Jain and KL. Narang , “Cost and Management Accounting”, Kalyani Publishers, New
Delhi
2 [Link], “Accounting and Management”, Vikas Publishing House.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
ment%[Link]
2 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping Programme outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 17 Principles of Auditing 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Auditing
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the various concepts of auditing and the procedure for the conduct of internal
audit
2. To familiarize with the process of valuing assets and liabilities
3. To understand the process of auditing the joint stock companies and investigation mechanism
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Define the important concept and rules relating to auditing K1
2 Outline the techniques and applicability of internal audit K2
3 Analyze the valuation of assets and liabilities in business K4
4 Analyze the accounts and auditing the joint stock companies K4
5 Examine about investigation and auditing of computerized accounts K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours
Auditing– Origin – Definition – Objectives – Types – Advantages and Limitations – Qualities of
an Auditor – Audit Programmes

Unit:2 15--hours
Internal Control – Internal Check and Internal Audit –Audit Note Book – Working [Link]
– Voucher – Vouching of Cash Book – Vouching of Trading Transactions – Vouching of
Impersonal Ledger.

Unit:3 15--hours
Verification and Valuation of Assets and Liabilities – Auditor’s position regarding the valuation and
verifications of Assets and Liabilities – Depreciation – Reserves and Provisions – Secret Reserves.

Unit:4 15--hours
Audit of Joint Stock Companies – Qualification – Dis-qualifications – Various modes of
Appointment of Company Auditor – Rights and Duties – Liabilities of a Company Auditor – Share
Capital and Share Transfer Audit – Audit Report – Contents and Types.

Unit:5 13--hours
Investigation – Objectives of Investigation – Audit of Computerised Accounts – Electronic
Auditing – Investigation under the provisions of Companies Act.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 75--hours
Text Book(s)
1 B.N. Tandon, “Practical Auditing”, S Chand Company Ltd
Reference Books
1 .R.M De Paula, “Auditing-the English language Society and Sir Isaac Pitman and Sons
Ltd,London
2 Spicer and Pegler, “Auditing: Khatalia’s Auditing” 4. Kamal Gupta, “Auditing “ , Tata
Mcgriall Publications
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3
Course Designed By:

Mapping with programme outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S M M
CO3 S S M S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 S S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Core- 18 Indirect Taxes 4 4
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Tax
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the applicability of indirect taxes in India
2. To familiarize with the calculation and execution of goods and service tax in India
3. To understand the working of custom law in India
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall various concepts relating to Indirect tax regime in India K1
2 Analyze the concept and applicability of GST in businesses K4
3 Compare the GST regime with other indirect tax laws prior to it K2
4 Illustrate GST system in own business and other prototypes K2
5 Examine the custom law and related duties and taxes K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12-- hours

Meaning of Tax and Taxation - Types of Taxes: Direct and Indirect Taxes - Features – Merits
and Limitations - Comparison of Direct and Indirect taxes. Constitutional basis of Taxation in
India- Methods of levying Indirect Taxes: Advoleram and Specific. Contribution of Indirect
taxes to Government Revenues

Unit:2 15-- hours

Good and Services Tax in India - Introduction – Concept of GST - Need for GST - Advantages of
GST. Structure of GST in India: Dual Concept – CGST- SGST- UTGST-IGST. Subsuming of
Taxes- GST Rate Structure in India. GST Council: Structure and Functions.

Unit:3 15-- hours

Levy and Collection under CGST and SGST Acts: Meaning of important terms: Goods, Services,
Supplier, Business, Manufacture, Casual Taxable Person, Aggregate Turnover, Input Tax and
Output Tax. Taxable Event under GST: Concept of Supply - Time of supply - Value of Taxable
supply. Composite and Mixed Supplies. Input Tax Credit: Meaning - Eligibility and Conditions for
availing Input Tax Credit. Reverse Charge Mechanism under GST. Composition Levy: Meaning
and Applicability.

Unit:4 15--hours
Levy and Collection under Integrated Goods and Services Tax Act: Meaning of important terms:
Integrated tax, Intermediary, Location of the Recipient and Supplier of Services, and Zero-rated
Supply. Nature of Supply: Intra-State Supply and Inter-State Supply - Place of Supply of Goods or
Services: Meaning and Determination. Procedures under GST: Procedure for Registration -
Persons Liable for Registration - Compulsory Registration and Deemed Registration. E-Way Bill
under GST: Meaning and Applicability. Filing of Returns: Types of GST Returns and their Due
Dates.
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 16--hours
Introduction to Customs Laws in India: The Customs Act 1962 - The Customs Tariff Act 1975 -
Basic Concepts - Taxable Event - Levy and Exemptions from Customs Duty - Types - Methods of
Valuation- Abatement of Duty on Damaged or Deteriorated Goods - Customs Duty Draw Back.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 75--hours
Text Book(s)
1
Indirect Taxes Law and Practice - [Link]. Taxmann Publications, New Delhi.
2 Indirect Taxes: GST and Customs Laws - [Link] and [Link],
Kavin Publications, Coimbatore.
Reference Books
1 GST Law and Practice - [Link], Taxmann Publications, New Delhi.
2 Indirect Taxation - [Link]. Sultan Chand & Co. New Delhi
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
57992F1E0E3671&FORM=VIRE
4
Course Designed By:

Mapping with programme outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S M M M

CO2 S S M M M

CO3 S M M M M

CO4 S S M M M

CO5 S S M M M
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Computer Applications: MS Word And
Core -19 4 - - -
MS Excel and Tally Practical
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basics knowledge in MS Word and MS Excel Version 2021-22

Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Acquire and apply the computer applications in different aspects of business
2. Get an insight knowledge on MS-office
3. To inculcate knowledge over programs in Tally.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Remember the basic concepts computer applications using MS-Office K2
applications for the business transactions.
2 Creating and preparing the programmes in Tally package K4

K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

MS WORD 15
and Hours
MSEXCEL
1. CreatethefrontpageofaNewsPaper.
2. Typeadocumentandperformthefollowing:
i. Changeaparagraphintotwocolumncashbook.
ii. Changeaparagraphusingbullets(or)numberingformat.
iii. Findanywordandreplaceitwithanotherwordindocument.
3. Prepareaclasstimetableusingatablemenu.
4. Prepareamailmergeforaninterviewcallletter.
5. Develop the Students Mark List worksheet and calculate total,average and
save it. Specify the Result also (Field names: [Link], Name of the
student,course,mark1,mark2,mark3,total, average and result).
6. Design a chart projecting the cash estimate of a concern in the forthcoming
years.
7. Create a Pivot table showing the performance of the salesmen’s.

Tally 30 Hours
1. Company Creation and Alteration
2. Creating and Displaying Ledger
3. Voucher Creation
4. Voucher Alteration and Deletion
5. InventoryInformation–StockSummary
6. InventoryInformation–GodownCreationandalteration
7. FinalAccounts
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S M
CO2 S S M S S
CO3 M S S S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 M M S S S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P C

Elective 2 A Entrepreneurial development 4 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge about entrepreneurship 2022-
Version
2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the basic concepts of entrepreneurship and related initiatives
2. To provide insights about the setting up of startups
3. To familiarize with the institutional services to entrepreneur
4. To provide knowledge about various financial support available to the entrepreneurs
5. To provide knowledge about various subsidies and incentives available for entrepreneurs
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall the importance and role of entrepreneurship as an economic activity K1
2 Explain the various process of setting up a startup K2
3 Outline the various institutional services to entrepreneur K2
4 Analyze the various financial institution available to support entrepreneurs K4
5 List the various subsidies and incentives available for entrepreneurs K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours
Concept of entrepreneurship : Definition Nature and characteristics of entrepreneurship – function
and type of entrepreneurship phases of EDP. Development of women entrepreneur & rural
entrepreneur – including self employment of women council [Link] trends in
Entrepreneurship-

Unit:2 12--hours
The start-up process, Project identification – selection of the product – project formulation
evaluation – feasibility analysis, Project Report- Start-up initiatives by Government –
Policy Initiatives -Make in India

Unit:3 10--hours
Institutional service to entrepreneur – DIC, SIDO, NSIC, SISI, SSIC, SIDCO – ITCOT, IIC,
KUIC and commercial bank.

Unit:4 12--hours
Institutional finance to entrepreneurs : IFCI, SFC, IDBI, ICICI, TIIC, SIDCS, LIC and GIC, UTI,
SIPCOT – SIDBI commercial bank venture capital.

Unit:5 12--hours
Incentives and subsidies – Subsidied services – subsidy for market. Transport – seed capital
assistance - Taxation benefit to SSI role of entrepreneur in export promotion and import
substitution.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 60--hours
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Entrepreneurial Development – [Link] and [Link]
2 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship and Small Business –Renu Arora & [Link]
Reference Books
1 Entrepreneurial Development – [Link] 4. Entrepreneurial Development – [Link]
2 Entrepreneurial Development – [Link]
3 Entrepreneurial Development – [Link]
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
F189D37600ABFF945880F189D37600ABFF9458&FORM=VIRE
2 [Link]
3
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 M S M S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S M S
CO4 S S S S S
CO5 S S S M M
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Elective 2 B Supply chain management 4 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in marketing 2022-
version
2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the importance of supply chain management
2. To provide insight about various strategies of supply chain management
3. To understand the importance of strategic alliance in supply chain management
4. To understand the process of procurement and outsourcing
5. To acquaint knowledge about smart pricing strategies and customer value measures
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall the importance of supply chain management in the modern times K1
2 Outline the various strategies in supply chain management K2
3 Examine the concept of retailer supplier partnership K4
4 Analyze the process of procurement, outsourcing and e-procurement K4
5 List the ideas about smart pricing strategies and measuring customer values K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours
Supply Chain Management – Global Optimisation – importance – key issues – Inventory
management – economic lot size model. Supply contracts – centralized vs. decentralized system

Unit:2 12--hours
Supply chain Integrates- Push, Pull strategies – Demand driven strategies – Impact on grocery
industry – retail industry – distribution strategies

Unit:3 12--hours
Strategic Alliances: Frame work for strategic alliances – 3PL – merits and demerits – retailer –
supplier partnership – advantages and disadvantages of RSP – distributor Integration

Unit:4 12--hours
Procurement and Outsourcing: Outsourcing – benefits and risks – framework for make/buy
decision – e-procurement – frame work of e-procurement

Unit:5 10--hours
Dimension of customer Value – conformance of requirement – product selection – price and brand
– value added services – strategic pricing – smart pricing – customer value measures

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 60--hours
Text Book(s)
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

1 Rushton, A., Oxley, J & Croucher, P (2nd Edition, 2000). Handbook of Logistics and
Distribution Management. Kogan Page.
2 Designing and Managing the Supply Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies.
Irwin/McGraw Hill 32
Reference Books
1 Simchi-Levi, David, Kamisnsky, Philip, and Simchi-Levi, Edith. (2nd Edition, 2004).
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
4
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S M S M S
CO2 S S S M S
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S M S M
CO5 S S M M M
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Elective 2 C Principles of Web Designing 4 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge about internet 2022-
Version
2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide knowledge about working in HTML
2. To understand the working of XML
3. To understand the basic and advanced process of java scripting
4. To provide insights about the CGI and server side scripting
5. To provide knowledge about the various data base tools
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Outline the basic working in HTML and graphics K2
2 Explain the working of XML K2
3 Apply the basic and advanced process of java scripting K3
4 Analyze the CGI and server side scripting K4
5 Explain the various web database tools in web designing K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Title of the Unit (Capitalize each Word) 12--hours

HTML & Graphics: HTML 4.0 Tag Reference, Global Attributes, Event Handlers, Document
Structure Tags, Formatting Tags, List Tags, Hyperlinks, Image & Image map, Table Tags, Form
Tags, Frame Tags, Executable Content Tags. Image Maps, Advanced Graphics, Tables, Frames,
forms & Style Sheets.

Unit:2 Title of the Unit (Capitalize each Word) 12--hours

XML: Introduction to XML, Problems with HTML & SGML. Types of XML Markup. Document
Type Definitions, Linking, Using Style Sheets with XML, XML Summary

Unit:3 Title of the Unit (Capitalize each Word) 12--hours

Introduction to Java Scripting, Web Browser Object Model, Manipulating Windows & Frames
with Java Script. Using Java Script to create smart forms. Cookies and State Maintenance:
Maintaining State, Introduction to Cookies, Advantages and limitations of Cookies, Disadvantages
of Cookies, How to Use Cookies, which Servers and Browsers support Cookies. Introduction to
DHTML. Advanced Netscape DHTML, Advanced Microsoft DHTML & Cross browser DHTML

Unit:4 Title of the Unit (Capitalize each Word) 10-hours

CGI & Server side scripting, CGI & the WWW, Beyond HTML with CGI, How CGI works. CGI
Server requirements for WINDOWS-NT & UNIX, CGI script structure, Standard CGI
Environment Variables, CGI Libraries, Java Servlets, Server-Side

Unit:5 Title of the Unit (Capitalize each Word) 12--hours

Java Script.-Web Database Tools, ORACLE & MS-ACCESS, Database tools, PHP, Server Side
includes. Visual Basic, Scripting Edition & Active Server Pages
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 60--hours
Text Book(s)
1 Using HTML 4, XML & JAVA by Eric Ladd & Jim O’Donell (Platinum Edition) (PHI)
Reference Books
1 PERL & CGI by Elizabeth Castro (Pearson Education
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
4
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S M S M S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S S S M
CO5 S S S M M
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Elective 3 A Financial Markets 4 4
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge about financial market Syllabus 2022-
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the basic concepts of financial market
2. To analyze the working and components of corporate securities market
3. To evaluate the functioning of stock exchanges in India
4. To evaluate the role of banks and intermediaries in financial market
5. To provide insights about the new models and innovative trends in financing
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Define the basic concepts of financial market K1
2 Analyze the working and components of corporate securities market K4
3 Explain the functioning of stock exchanges in India K4
4 Explain the role of banks and intermediaries in financial market K4
5 Apply various trends and new modes in financing K3
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 10--hours
Financial Markets – Structure of Financial Markets – Financial Investment – Money Market in
India – Indian Capital Markets – Difference between Money Market and Capital Market –
Classification and object of Indian Money Markets and Structure of Capital Markets.

Unit:2 12--hours
Markets for Corporate Securities – New Issue Markets – Functions Issue Mechanism – Merchant
Banking - Role and Functions of Merchant Bankers in India – Under writing.

Unit:3 12--hours
Secondary Markets – Stock Exchange – Role of Secondary Market – Trading in Stock Exchange –
Various Speculative Transactions – Role of SEBI – Regulation of Stock Exchange.

Unit:4 10--hours
Banks as Financial Intermediaries – Commercial Banks Role in Financing – IDBI – IFCI – LIC –
GIC – UTI – Mutual Funds – Investments Companies.

Unit:5 14--hours
New Modes of Financing – Leasing as Source of Finance – Forms of leasing – Venture Capital –
Dimension Functions – Venture Capital in India – Factoring – Types – Modus Operandi of
Factoring – Factoring as Source of Finance – Securitisation of assets – Mechanics of Securitisation
Utility of Securitisation – Securitisation in India,

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 60--hours
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Financial Markets and Services- [Link] [Link]
2 Financial Markets and Institutions – [Link]
3
4
Reference Books
1 Financial Institutions and Markets - Bhole
2 Financial Markets , Institutions and services- [Link]
3
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
india/
2
3
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S M S S
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 S S M M M
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Course code L T P C
Elective 3 B Insurance Legislative Framework 4 4
Syllabus
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in insurance 2022-
version
2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide knowledge about the basics of Insurance act
2. To provide awareness about the provisions of LIC act
3. To offer knowledge about insurance regulatory and development authority act
4. To offer insights about consumer protection act
5. To familiarize about the concept and working of ombudsman
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the various aspects of insurance act K2
2 Outline the various provisions of LIC act K2
3 Explain the various provisions relating to insurance regulatory and development K4
authority act
4 Analyze the various provisions of consumer protection act K4
5 Explain the role of ombudsman scheme K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours
Insurance Act 1938

Unit:2 12--hours
LIC Act 1956

Unit:3 10--hours
Insurance Regulatory & Development Authority Act 1999

Unit:4 12--hours
Consumer protection Act 1985 applicable to Insurance Companies

Unit:5 12--hours
Ombudsman scheme

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars
Total Lecture hours 60--hours
Text Book(s)
1 Mishra M. N: Insurance principles and practice; S Chand & co. New
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
1 Delhi Insurance Regulatory Development Acts 1999
2 Life Insurance Corporation Acts 1956
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
4
Course Designed By:

Mapping Course objectives and course outcomes

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S S S M
CO2 S S S M S
CO3 S S M S S
CO4 S M M M M
CO5 S M M M L
 [Link]. Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-2024 Onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.40A
SCAA date: 18.05.2023

ELECTIVE PAPER

Course code - PROJECT AND VIVA VOCE L T P C

Elective – 3 C Major Project - 4 - 4

Knowledge in Core, Research Methods and Syllabus
Pre-requisite 2022-2023
Analytical Tools Version
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. The students will get on-the-job training and experience.
2. The students will gain knowledge on problem identification and solutions.
3. The students will gain a complete knowledge on the program and the course outcome.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Explain about how to collect literature. K2
2 Implement problem identification and will frame tool for collecting data K3
3 Evaluate and get practical exposure on the framed objective. K5
Execute and generate the procedure of compiling the collected data by using
4 K3,K6
analysis
Summarize and execute report writing, and will get complete knowledge of the
5 K2,K3
course.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyse; K5 - Evaluate; K6– Create

Textbook(s)
C.R. Kothari, “Research Methodology Methods and Techniques”, Second Edition, New
1
Delhi: New Age International publisher, 2004

Reference Books
Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners, SAGE
1
Publications, 2014
2 Robert B Burns, Introduction to Research Methods, SAGE Publications

Course Designed By: Dr. A. Vimala, Dr. S. Sadhasivam and Dr. C. Dhayanand

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 M S M S S
CO2 S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S
CO4 S S S S S
CO5 S S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY: COIMBATORE-641 046
[Link] (INTERNATONAL BUSINESS)
(For the students admitted during the academic year 2022-23 and onwards)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION - CBCS PATTERN

Examinations

Ins. hrs /
week
Part

Credits
Study

[Link]

Marks
Course Title

Total
Components

CIA
SEMESTER -I
I Language-I 6 3 50 50 100 4
II English-I 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core I - Principles of Accounting 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Core II- Business Organisation and Office Management 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Allied Paper I – World Economic Resources 6 3 50 50 100 4
IV Environmental Studies # 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 250 300 550 22
SEMESTER-II
I Language-II 6 3 50 50 100 4
II English-II 4 3 25 25 50 2
Language proficiency for employability Naan
Mudhalvan Scheme
[Link]
_(BU) 2 3 25 25 50 2
III Core III - Financial Accounting 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Core IV - Principles of Marketing 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Allied Paper II - International Trade Procedures and 6 3 50 50 100 4
Documentation
IV Value Education - Human Rights # 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 250 300 550 22
SEMESTER-III
I Language-III 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core V - Higher Financial Accounting 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core VI - Commercial Law 5 3 30 45 75 3
III Core VII - Banking and Foreign Exchange 5 3 30 45 75 3
III Allied : III - Mathematics for Business 4 3 30 45 75 3
IV Skill based Subject -1 : Business Application Software-I 2 3 30 45 75 3
IV Tamil @ / Advanced Tamil # (or)Non-Major Elective-I 2 3 - 50 50 2
Yoga for Human Excellence # / Women's Rights #
Constitution of India #
Total 30 220 330 550 22
SEMESTER-IV
I Language-IV 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core VIII - Corporate Accounting-I 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core IX - Business Taxation 4 3 50 50 100 4
III Core X - Executive Business Communication 3 3 30 45 75 3
III Core XI - International Marketing Management 3 3 30 45 75 3
III Allied : IV : Statistics for Business 4 3 30 45 75 3
IV SkillbasedSubject-2 -Nan 2 3 25 25 50 2
Mudhalvan – officeFundamentals
[Link] University_(BU)
IV Tamil @ / Advanced Tamil # (or) Non-major elective - 2 3 - 50 50 2
II: General Awareness #
Total 30 265 360 625 25

Page 1 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
SEMESTER –V
III Core XII - Logistics Management 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Core XIII - Corporate Accounting- II 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core XIV – Brand Management 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Core XV - Cost Accounting 4 3 50 50 100 4
III Core XVI - Income Tax Law and Practice 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Elective-I : 4 3 50 50 100 4
IV Skill based Subject-3 : Business Application Software-II 3 3 30 45 75 3
Total 30 290 335 625 25
SEMESTER –VI
III Core XVII - Management Accounting 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core XVIII - Principles of Auditing 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core XIX - International Business Strategy 5 3 30 45 75 3
III Core XX- Computer application : MS power point ,MS 3 3 30 45 75 3
access and tally 9.2 -practical II
III Elective -II: 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Elective-III: 4 3 30 45 75 3
IV Skill Based Subject-4– Naan
Mudhalvan – Fin Tech Course – 2(Capital
Markets/Digital Marketing/Operational Logistics) 2 3 25 25 50 2
[Link]
ar_University_(BU)
V Extension Activities @ - 50 - 50 2
Total 30 295 305 600 24
GRAND TOTAL 180 1570 1930 3500 140

$ Includes 25% / 40% continuous internal assessment marks for theory and practical papers respectively.
@ No University Examinations. Only Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA) # No Continuous Internal
Assessment (CIA). Only University Examinations.

List of Elective Papers (Colleges can choose any one of the paper as electives)
A Garment Merchandising
Elective — I B Garment Costing
C Quality Assurance in Garment Industry
A Supply Chain Management-I
Elective - II B Supply Chain Management-II
C Cargo Management
A Agricultural Export – import management
Elective - III B Agricultural Logistics and Supply Chain Management
C Agricultural and Food Retailing

Note: The syllabi of [Link]. degree programme from the academic year 2022-23 and
subsequent changes be followed in respect the remaining papers which are not furnished
below.

Page 2 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
Course code L T P C
Core- 5 Higher Financial Accounting 4 4
Basic knowledge in Accounting Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide insight about maintaining partnership accounts
2. To promote understanding about maintaining books of accounts at the time of retirement
3. To offer understanding about dissolution and insolvency of partnership
4. To facilitate knowledge about individual insolvency and claims
5. To promote knowledge about human resource and inflation accounting

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understanding the basic concepts of partner and procedures related to calculationof K2
ratios.
2 Acquiring the principle at the time of retirement in the books of partner K1
3 Analyzing dissolution and insolvency of firms and individuals. K4
4 Evaluate the insolvency or loss of individuals or firms. K5
5 Examine the concepts based on voyage, Human resource and inflation accounting. K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours

Introduction- Admission of a Partner - Treatment of Goodwill - Revaluation of Assets and

Liabilities - Calculation of Ratios for Distribution of Profits - Capital Adjustments.

Unit:2 15--hours
Retirement of Partner - Calculation of Gaining Ratio- Revaluation of Assets and Liabilities Treatment
of Goodwill – Adjustment of Goodwill through Capital A/c only - Settlement of Accounts - Retiring
Partner’s Loan Account with equal Installments only.

Unit:3 15--hours
Dissolution - Insolvency of Partners- Garner Vs Murray- Insolvency of all Partners - DeficiencyA/c -
.Piecemeal Distribution - Proportionate Capital Method only.

Unit:4 15--hours
Insolvency of Individuals and Firms – Fire Claims : Normal Loss – Abnormal Loss

Unit:5 13--hours
Voyage Accounts - Human Resources Accounting and Inflation Accounting (Theory only).

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75--hours

Page 3 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges

Course code L T P C
Core- 6 Commercial Law 4 3
Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in Commercial Law
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide knowledge about basics of business contract
2. To create knowledge about the regulations of agency system
3. To understand the rules of indemnity and guarantee
4. To offer knowledge about the sale and transfer of goods and the applicable laws and
regulations

Expected Course Outcomes:

1 Assessing the various elements related business law and contract K5
2 Interpreting different type of contract and its features K2
3 Explain about the agency system related to creation and termination of agency K5
4 Compare between rights and duties of indemnity , guarantee K5
5 Examine the distinct between sale and agreement to sell and its features K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours
Law – Meaning and objects – Mercantile law, meaning – Sources of contracts – Classification of
contracts – Essentials of a valid contract – Offer, acceptance, legality of object and consideration –
Void agreement.

Unit:2 15--hours
Capacity to contract – Free consent – Quasi contracts – Contingent contracts – Performance of
contract – Discharge of contract – Remedies for breach of contract.

Unit:3 15--hours
Contract of Agency – Creation of Agency – Personal liability of an Agent – Agency by
ratification– Conditions and effects – Termination of Agency.

Unit:4 15--hours
Contract of indemnity and guarantee – Rights and Liabilities of surety – Discharge of surety –
Bailment – Rights and Duties of bailor and bailee.

Unit:5 13--hours
Law of sale of goods – Distinction between sale and agreement to sell – Conditions and warrantiesto sell
– Conditions and Warranties – Transfer of Ownership – Transfer of title by Non-owners –Performance
of contract of sale – Rights and Duties of buyer.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75--hours

Page 4 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
Course code TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P C
Core – 7 Banking and Foreign Exchange 4 3
Basic knowledge in banking and foreign exchange Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite
activities Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the recent trends and innovations in banking sector
2. To elaborate the functioning systems of banks in India
3. To understand foreign exchange market
4. To analyze foreign exchange risk and exposure
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Illustrate the classifications of commercial banks, functions and credit creation K1
2 Outline the general precautions, types of accounts K2
3 Examine the concepts of negotiable instruments, promissory note K2
4 Identify the knowledge and administration of foreign exchange K3
5 Demonstrate the dealing position and foreign exchange risk K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 15--hours

Definition of banker and customer- general relationship- Special relationship- Evolution of commercial
banks – functions of modern commercial banks – branch banking – CRM in banking – Multinational
banking – customer service

Unit:2 15--hours
Opening of an new account- General precautions- Types of accounts- Fixed deposits- savings
account- Current account- Recurring deposits- special type of customers- Minor- Lunatic- drunkards-
joint account- partnership account- Public limited company.

Unit:3 15--hours
Negotiable instruments- meaning- characteristics- types- Bills of exchange- Essentials- Promissory
note- essentials- Cheques- Essentials- Endorsement- Crossing of Cheques- Marking of Cheques.

Unit:4 15--hours
Foreign exchange markets- Features- participants- Interbank transactions- Interbank quotations-
Interbank rates and arbitraging- Interbank dealings- cover deals- trading- funding of vostro
account.

Unit:5 13--hours
Exchange management by banks- Dealing position- exchange position- cash position- Accounting
and reporting- Foreign exchange risk management- Measuring of Value At Risk (VAR).

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75--hours

Page 5 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges

Course code L T P C
Business Application Software I 4 2
Basic knowledge in MS Word and MS Excel Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
Understand the basic framework and how to work in Ms-Word and Ms-Excel.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 To know the basics on MS Word K2
2 To study formatting features in MS Word K2
3 To understand the concept of mail merge K2
4 To gain knowledge on excel operations K2
5 To acquire knowledge on Managing and Analyzing Complex Worksheet K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 5--hours
Microsoft Word: Basics - Creating Documents – Mouse, Keyboard Operations, Keys –
Formatting Features–Menus, Commands, Toolbars and their Icons.

Unit:2 5--hours
Creating Templates, Creating Tables, Changing Font and Text Size, Borders and Shadings, Text
box, Formatting, Insert picture.

Unit:3 6 --hours
Mail Merge - Creating the Main Document–Creating data source, Adding fields, removingfields–
Merging Documents

Unit:4 6--hours
Microsoft Excel: Introduction – Navigation, Selecting Cells, Entering and Editing Text,
Entering Numbers and Formulas – Alignments – Menus, Commands.

Unit:5 6 --hours
Spreadsheet Overview– Creating Worksheet- Managing and Analyzing Complex Worksheet–Creating
Charts–Creating Form Templates.

Page 6 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
Course code L T P C
Core- 8 Corporate Accounting I 4 4
Basic knowledge in company accounts Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide basic understanding about the accounts relating to shares and debentures
2. To analyze the final accounts of companies
3. To explore various methods for the valuation of goodwill
4. To assist preparation of books of accounts during liquidation of companies

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Explaining about the basic provisions towards issue of shares in market K2
2 Understanding the concepts of debenture and its accounting K2
3 Analyze the companies final accounts and Managerial Remuneration K4
4 Estimating methods of goodwill and shares K5
5 Examine various procedures related to liquidation of companies K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 12--hours

Issue of shares : Par , Premium and Discount - Forfeiture - Reissue – Surrender of Shares –- Underwriting

Unit:2 12--hours
Redemption of Preference Shares. Debentures – Issue – Redemption: Sinking Fund Method.

Unit:3 12--hours
Final Accounts of Companies - Calculation of Managerial Remuneration.

Unit:4 12--hours
Valuation of Goodwill and Shares – Need – Methods of valuation of Goodwill and Shares.

Unit:5 10--hours
Liquidation of Companies - Statement of Affairs -Deficiency a/c.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 60--hours

Page 7 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
Course code TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P C
Core - 10 Business Taxation 3 3
Basic knowledge in tax Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand and applicability of business taxes in India
2. To understand the working of custom law in India
3. To impart the necessity of GST in India
4. To inculcate knowledge about the Input tax credit , returns and refunds
5. To gain knowledge about the customs act
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall the various concepts relating to indirect tax regime in India K1
2 Operate in GST platform K4
3 Identify exempted supply and calculate the value of supply K2
4 Prepare Input tax credit returns K2
5 Examine the custom law import and export procedure and related duties and taxes K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 8--hours

Meaning of Tax and Taxation – Types of Tax – Direct and Indirect Taxes – Features – Problems – Merits
and Limitations – Comparison of Direct and Indirect taxes – Constitutional Background of tax in India –
Method of levying Indirect tax – Tax evasion and avoidance

Unit:2 9--hours
Goods and Services Tax in India – Introduction – Conceptual framework of GST – Need for GST –
Advantage of GST – Features of GST – Subsuming of Taxes – GST Council : Structure and Functions

Unit:3 8--hours
Supply - Meaning – Taxable Supply – Types of Supply – Composite and mixed supply – Exempted
supply – Time of supply of Goods and Services Place of Supply – Determinants of value of Supply –
Transactions value – Valuation of services.

Unit:4 7--hours
Input for tax credit – Eligibility and condition – Apportionment of Credit and Blocked credit –
ITC reversal – Input service distribution credit –Exempted products – Returns – Introduction - Types of
Returns.

Unit:5 11--hours
Introduction to customs law in India: The Customs Act 1962 – The Customs Tariff Act 1975 – Basic
concepts – Taxable event – Levy and Exemption from Customs duty - Methods of Valuation – Import
and export procedure.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 45--hours

Page 8 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
Course code L T P C
Core- 11 Executive Business Communication 3 3
Basic knowledge in Business Communication Syllabus 2022-
Pre-requisite
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To provide information on effective business communication and techniques to respond to
business queries.
2. To provide knowledge about banking correspondence and company secretarial correspondence

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Outline the importance of effective business communication K2
2 Understand the intricacies of responding to business related queries K2
3 Categorizing effective correspondence with banks, insurance and agencies K3
4 Examine effective response to company secretarial correspondence K4
5 Analyze new innovative and effective ideas for business communication K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 8--hours
Business Communication : Meaning – Importance of Effective Business Communication- Modern
Communication Methods – Business Letters : Need – Functions - Kinds - Essentials ofEffective
Business Letters - Layout.

Unit:2 9--hours
Trade Enquiries - Orders and their Execution - Credit and Status Enquiries – Complaints and
Adjustments - Collection Letters – Sales Letters – Circular Letters.

Unit:3 8--hours
Banking Correspondence - Insurance Correspondence - Agency Correspondence.

Unit:4 7--hours
Company Secretarial Correspondence (Includes Agenda, Minutes and Report Writing)

Unit:5 11--hours
Application Letters – Preparation of Resume - Interview: Meaning – Objectives and Techniques of
various types of Interviews – Public Speech – Characteristics of a good speech – Business Report
Presentations

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 45--hours

Text Book(s)
1 Rajendra Pal Korahill, “Essentials of Business Communication”, Sultan Chand & Sons,New
Delhi, 2006.
2 Ramesh, MS, & C. C Pattanshetti, “Business Communication”, [Link]&Co, NewDelhi,
2003.

Page 9 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges

Coursecode TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P C

Allied Paper- I WORLD ECONOMIC RESOURCES 6 4

Basic knowledge in economic resources Syllabus 2022-

Pre-requisite
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
5. Understand the basic concepts and importance of world resources.
6. Impart knowledge on the geographical environment.
7. Familiarize with agriculture and allied resources
8. Apply the concepts of energy resources for economic development
9. Identify the factors for location of industries.
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Identify the importance of linkage between trade and resources. K1
2 Exhibit the skills of the geographical environment. K2
3 Evaluate the importance of natural regions and agricultural resources facilitating trade. K2
4 Monitor the energy and mineral resources contribution towards global trade. K3
5 Examine the setting up of manufacturing industries. K4
K1-Remember;K2-Understand;K3-Apply;K4-Analyze;K5-Evaluate;K6-Create

Unit:1 17--hours
Resources: Concept and importance in development - Dynamic character of world resources- Natural
resources and Human resources - Interlink between resources and trade.

Unit:2 18--hours
Geographical Environment- Physical environment: landforms, coastline, rivers, climate, soils, and natural
vegetation. Human environment- Growth and distribution of population- races.

Unit:3 17--hours
Natural regions: Wet equatorial regions- Monsoon regions – Mediterranean regions cool temperature region-
Green lands- Polar regions.
Agriculture and allied resources: Factors affecting agriculture- types of farming- food crops, industrial crops-
cash crops- animal resources- fishery resources- forest resources - direct and indirect benefits of forests- types
and distribution of world forests.

Unit:4 18--hours
Energy Resources: Types of energy- energy and economic development- coal, petroleum, natural gas, electric
power and atomic energy- need for conventional energy.
Mineral Resources: Importance of minerals- classification- world distribution and trade in important minerals-
Iron ore, Manganese, Copper, Aluminum, Mica.

Unit:5 18--hours
Manufacturing Industries: Factors of location- Theories of industrial location distribution of cotton textile,
iron and steel, automobile, ship building, aircraft, and electronics industries, software industry.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars
Total Lecture hours 90 hours

Page 10 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
TextBook(s)
1 Economic Geography- A Resource Approach: Gune and Chattergi.

2 Economic and Commercial geography : Das Guptha

ReferenceBooks
1 World Resources and Trade : Kanna and Gupta

2 World Resources : Zimmermen

3 World Resources and Trade : Agarwal and Monga

RelatedOnlineContents[MOOC,SWAYAM, NPTEL,Websitesetc.]
1
2
4

CourseDesigned By:

MappingCourseobjectivesand courseoutcomes
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S M M M
CO2 S S M M M
CO3 S M S M M
CO4 S S M M M
CO5 S M S M M
*S-Strong;M-Medium;L-Low

Page 11 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
Coursecode TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P C
Allied Paper II INTERNATIONAL TRADE PROCEDURES AND 6 4
DOCUMENTATION

Basic knowledge in Exports /Imports Syllabus 2022-

Pre-requisite
Version 2023
Course Objectives:
Themain objectives of this courseareto:
6. Understand the concepts of export trade control
7. Familiarize the Inco terms
8. Impart knowledge on export promotion in India
9. Expose the exchange control regulations in International Trade
10. Comprehend the export documents
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Recall the various concepts relating to export trade control K1
2 Analyze the Inco terms K4
3 Apply the acquired knowledge to promote exports of India K2
4 Assess the problems of India’s EXIM trade. K2
5 Prepare the export documents K4
K1-Remember;K2-Understand;K3-Apply;K4-Analyze;K5-Evaluate;K6-Create

Unit:1 17--hours
Export Trade Control: Different categories of Exporters – Export licensing procedures and formalities – Export
and Import Policy and Procedures – Preliminaries for doing export and import business - Pre-requisites: PAN
Number, IEC Number, Application & Related documents for IEC, Role of DGFT.

Unit:2 18--hours
International commercial (INCO) terms - FOB, C & F, CIF etc- methods of payments, Customer complaints
and Dispute settlement mechanism - Deemed exports and its benefits.

Unit:3 17-hours
Export promotion in India - Ministry of Commerce - Ministry of Finance - -Export promotion councils (EPCs)
- Commodity Boards (CBs) - Development Authorities (DAs) - RCMC, other related procedures of registration,
Categories of Importers, Different Custom Duties (Import), Customs administration and procedures – Clearance
of Import cargo.

Unit:4 18--hours
Exchange Control Regulations: RBI Guide Lines for making payments, Authorized Dealers - Authorized
Money Changers - FERA /FEMA - Trends in India’s Export & Import - Problems of India's export and import
trade.

Unit:5 18--hours
Export Documents: Export Order, Letter of Credit, Export Declaration Forms, Bill of Lading/Airway Bill,
Shipping Bill, Certificate of Origin, Invoice, Packing list, GSP Certificate, Legalization of documents, Bank
Certificate of Export & Realization.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars
Total Lecture hours 90 hours

Page 12 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges
TextBook(s)
1 Customs Law Manual, Centax Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2022 - Jain, R.K.

2 International Trade and Export Management- Cherunilam. F, 21stEdition, Himalaya Publishing House,
New Delhi, 2022
ReferenceBooks
1 Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Hand Book of Procedures, Volume I and II GOI, New
Delhi.

2 Guide to Export Policy, Procedures and Documentation – Mahajan

3 Business Logistics Management, PHI, 5th Edition - Ballou. R. H.

4 International Trade, Pawan Kumar Oberroi, 2nd Edition, Global Academic Publishers, New Delhi.
RelatedOnlineContents[MOOC,SWAYAM, NPTEL,Websitesetc.]
1
2
4

CourseDesigned By:

MappingCourseobjectivesand courseoutcomes
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5
CO1 S S M M M
CO2 S M M S M
CO3 S M S M M
CO4 S S S M M
CO5 S S M M M
*S-Strong;M-Medium;L-Low

Page 13 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges

ELECTIVES III A: AGRICULTURAL EXPORT-IMPORT MANAGEMENT

Unit-I:
Introduction to agriculture forms of agriculture production need for import and
Export analysis of marketable surplus and marketed surplus analysis of import and export
statistics of agricultural products in India.

Unit-II:
Overview of world agricultural trade issues impacting International agricultural
trade agricultural policy technology advancement on agricultural products

Unit-III:
Identifying agri products for import import requircments- causes
substitution regulation of imports quality standards - scanning the countries for importing
the required agri products - import planning - documents required,

Unit-IV:
Identifying foreign markets for agri export Marketing plan for exports - export
documents and procedure - terms of payment and export finance- legal dimensions.

Unit-V:
Institutional infrastructure for export promotion in India export assistance State
trading in imports and exports -working of the State trading organizations in India.

Refcrence Books
[Link] Environment - Shaikh Salcem
[Link] Import Documentation- Thomas E Johnson
Global Agricultural Trade and Developing Countries - [Link] Aksoy, John.C

Page 14 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges

ELECTIVE III B: AGRICULTURAL LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN

MANAGEMENT
Unit-I
Overview of logistics: introduction nature concepts evolution - importance -
components and functions of logistics management; Introduction to supply chain
management Value chain -Supply chain effectiveness and Indian infrastructure outsourcing
and 3PLs and fourth party logistics(4PLs).

Unit-II:
Elements of logistics and supply chain management: demand forecasting
functionsofinventory warehousing and distribution centres - transportation protective
packaging - order processing material handling with special reference to agri products.

Unit-III
Performance measurement of logistics and supply chain management -dimensions-
basic tools impediments to improved performance; Logistic and supply chain management in
Indian agri industry like edible oil industry sugar industry -bakery and confectionary
industry cereal and pulses industry

Unit-IV:
Issues in marketing and customer service with special reference to agri business:
changing environment and the importance of CRM - Gap analysis for customer service
management efficient customer response planning for uncertainty - product costing for
uncertainty.

Unit-V:
Logistics & Supply chain management and Information technology in agri business
from vertical integration to virtual integration, transiting from made -to -stock to build-to-
order integrated IT solutions for L&SCM - emerging technologies in L & SCM.

Reference Books
[Link] business Supply Chain [Link], G.Raghuram2. Food Supply
Chain Management and logistics -
Samir Dani

Page 15 of 13
 [Link]. IB – 2022-23 colleges

ELECTIVES III C: AGRICULTURAL AND FOOD RETAILING

Unit-I:
Fundamentals of retailing-unorganised vs. organised retail elements of retail
marketing mix - SWOT analysis of retail industry in India Retail formats and classification
of retailer’s relationship between agriculture and food retailing.

Unit-II:
Retail marketing in the modern age; Importance of e-commerce business
environment for c-retailing - the digital age and the new global culture for retailing with
special reference to food retailing in local - national and global context

Unit-Il:
Retail strategic planning and operations management - evaluating the competition in
retailing market selection and location analysis - customer services and retail selling with
special reference to agri business.

Unit-IV:
Retail merchandising., merchandise selection and planning - range planning –
category management; retail pricing: strategies and techniques with special reference to food
retailing.

Unit-V
Retail brand positioning, differentiation gaining strategic competitive advantage
promotion of retail brand - retailing and creating right atmosphere -ambience and interior&
exterior environment with special reference to food retailing.

Reference Books
1. Economics of Food Retailing-Daniel. I Padberg
2. Fresh food retail chains in India - Sukhpal singh
3. Transformation of Agri food systems - Ellen.B. [Link].

Page 16 of 13
[Link]. Business Adminstration

Syllabus

AFFILIATED COLLEGES

Program Code: 2AJ

2023 – 2024 onwards

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY
(A State University, Accredited with “A++” Grade by NAAC,
Ranked 21st among Indian Universities by MHRD-NIRF)
Coimbatore - 641 046, Tamil Nadu, India
[Link]. Business Administration - Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.42C
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY: COIMBATORE 641 046
B. Com (Business Administration)
(For the students admitted during the academic year 2023– 24 onwards)
Hours Maximum Marks
Part Title of the Course Credits
Theory Practical CIA ESE Total
FIRST SEMESTER
I Language-I 4 6 25 75 100
II English-I 4 6 25 75 100
III Core I – Principles of 4 6 25 75 100
Accountancy
III Core II–Business 4 5 25 75 100
Organization &Office
Management
III Allied Paper I – 3 5 30 45 75
Managerialeconomics
IV Environmental Studies # 2 2 - 50 50
Total 21 30 130 395 525
SECOND SEMESTER
I Language-II 4 6 25 75 100
II English-II 2 4 25 25 50*
Language proficiency for
employability Naan
Mudhalvan Scheme
[Link] 2 2 25 25 50**
arathiar_University_(BU)
III Core III – Financial Accounting 4 6 25 75 100
III Core IV – Marketing Management 4 5 25 75 100
III Allied Paper II – Business 4 5 30 45 75
tools fordecision making
IV Value Education – 2 2 - 50 50
HumanRights #
TOTAL 21 30 155 370 525
THIRD SEMESTER
I Language-III 4 4 25 75 100
II English-III 4 4 25 75 100
III Core V-Higher Financial
2 5 25 75 100
Accounting
III Core VI- Business Law 2 4 25 75 100
III Core-VII- Principles of
2 5 25 75 100
Management
III Allied Paper III Advertising and
3 3 30 45 75
Sales Promotion
IV Skill based subject I 3 3 30 45 75
BusinessApplication
software I
IV Tamil/Advanced Tamil or 2 2 - 50 50
Non Major elective Yoga
for HumanExcellence/

Page 1 of 3
[Link]. Business Administration - Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.42C
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023
Women
Rights/Constitution of
India
Total 22 30 185 515 700

FOURTH SEMESTER
I Language-IV 4 4 25 75 100
II English – IV 4 4 25 75 100
III Core VIII- Corporate 4 5 25 75 100
Accounting -I
Core IX Customer 2 3 25 75 100
III
RelationshipManagement
Core X Banking Law and 4 3 25 75 100
III
Practices
Core -XI Company Law 4 3 25 75 100
III
and Secretarial Practice
Allied Paper-IV 3 3 30 45 75
III
International Businmess
Skill based Subject-2 - Nan
IV
Mudhalva – office
Fundamentals 2 3 25 25 50
[Link]
in/Bharathiar
University_(BU)
-
IV Tamil/Advanced Tamil/Non 2 2 50 50
majorelective -II: General
Awareness
Total 29 27 3 205 570 775

FIFTH SEMESTER

Core XII -Corporate 4 6 25 75 100

III
Accounting II
Core XIII Human Resource 4 5 25 75 100
III
Management
Core -XIV Income Tax Law 4 6 25 75 100
III
andPractice
Core -XV Retail Management 4 5 25 75 100
III

Elective –I 4 5 25 75 100
III
Skill based subject -3 Business 3 3 30 45 75
IV Application Software –II
Core XII -Corporate 4 6 25 75 100
III
Accounting II
Total 23 30 180 495 675

Page 2 of 3
[Link]. Business Administration - Syllabus w.e.f. 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.42C
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

SIXTH SEMESTER
III
Core XVI -Cost And 4 6 25 75 100
Management Accounting
Core XVII Principles of 4 5 25 75 100
III
Auditing
III Core XVIII E- Business 4 6 25 75 100
III Elective-II 4 5 25 75 100
III Elective -III- 4 5 50 50 100
Skill Based Subject-4– Naan
IV Mudhalvan – Fin Tech Course
– 2(Capital Markets/Digital
Marketing/Operational 2 3 25 25 50
Logistics)
[Link]
athiar_University_(BU)
V Extension Activities 2 - - 50 - 50
TOTAL 24 30 - 200 400 600
GRAND TOTAL 140 177 3 1055 2745 3800
Online courses will be implemented from next academic year

List of Elective Papers (Colleges can choose any one of the paper as electives)

Elective-I A Entrepreneurial Developement

B Organisational Behavior
C Industrial Law
Elective-II A Business Finance
B Business Environment
C Brand Management
Elective-III A Financial Markets and Institutions
B Cyber Law
C Investment Management

$ Includes 25% / 40% continuous internal assessment marks for theory and practical
papersrespectively.
@ No University Examinations. Only Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA)
# No Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA). Only University Examinations
NOTE: *English II University Semester Examination will be conducted for 50
marks ( as per existing pattern of examination ) and it will be converted for 25
marks.
** Nan Mudhalvan – Skill courses- external 25 marks will be assessed by industry
and internal will be offered by respective course teacher.

Page 3 of 3
 B. Sc. Chemistry

Syllabus

AFFILIATED COLLEGES

Program Code: 22D

2021 – 2022 onwards

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY
(A State University, Accredited with “A” Grade by NAAC,
Ranked 13th among Indian Universities by MHRD-NIRF,
World Ranking: Times -801-1000,Shanghai -901-1000, URAP - 982)
Coimbatore - 641 046, Tamil Nadu, India
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

The B. Sc. Chemistry program describe accomplishments that graduates are
expected to attain within five to seven years after graduation
To produce efficient chemistry graduates with strong fundamentals in
PEO1
various fields of chemistry
To make students capable to assess and relate issues to environmental and
PEO2
practice it with integrity and ethics
To provide an in-depth knowledge in chemistry and enable them with tools
PEO3
needed for industrial applications
To integrate the inter-disciplinary knowledge of physics, mathematics or
PEO4
biological sciences to wide variety of fields
To develop the ability to communicate the scientific information in written
PEO5
and oral formats
To inculcate leadership qualities and mold them as good team players to
PEO6
function effectively in multidisciplinary teams

Page 1 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

After the successful completion of B. Sc. Chemistry program, the students are
expected to

PSO1 Apply chemistry knowledge to solve the problems in various areas.

PSO2 Acquire a skill for safe handling of chemicals, apparatus and instruments

Identify and analyze problems and gain skills to interpret chemical

PSO3
information

Gain practical knowledge and analytical skills in designing and carrying

PSO4
out chemical experiments

Have enough chemistry knowledge to go for higher studies and become

PSO5
entrepreneur

Page 2 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Program Outcomes (POs)

On successful completion of the B. Sc. Chemistry program
Understand the chemistry and apply their knowledge in day-to-day
PO1
life
Explore the knowledge of analytical techniques to the industries for
PO2
various analysis
PO3 Develop skills to carry out experiments in various fields of chemistry
Identify, formulate and solve the technological problems of the
PO4
industry
Apply their theoretical knowledge to make the common people to
PO5
understand the chemistry behind every chemical changes.
Confidence with skills and techniques necessary to succeed in the
PO6
competitive examinations
Have the knowledge of science principles to practical situations in
PO7
their respective professional career.

Page 3 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY: COIMBATORE 641 046

B. Sc. Chemistry – Revised Scheme of Examinations (CBCS Pattern)

(For the students admitted during the academic year 2021 – 22 onwards)

Examination
Hours/
Part Title of the Course Duration Maximum Marks Credits
Week
in Hours CIA CEE Total
Semester I
I Language - I 6 3 50 50 100 4
II English - I 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper I – General Chemistry - I 7 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Practical I (Inorganic Qualitative - - - -
3 3
Analysis)
Allied A: Paper I# (or) 6 3 50 50 100 4
III
Allied A: Paper I@ 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Allied A: Practical@ 2 - - - - -
IV Environmental Studies* 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 180 245 425 17
Semester II
I Language – II 6 3 50 50 100 4
II English – II 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper II – General Chemistry - II 7 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Practical I (Inorganic Qualitative 50 50 100 4
3 3
Analysis)
Allied A: Paper II# (or) 6 3 50 50 100 4
III
Allied A: Paper II@ 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Allied A: Practical@ 2 3 25 25 50 2
IV Value Education – Human Rights* 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 255 320 575 23
Semester III
I Language – III 6 3 50 50 100 4
II English – III 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper III – Inorganic Chemistry - I 3 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper IV – Physical Chemistry - I 3 3 50 50 100 4
Allied B: Paper I# (or) 6 3 50 50 100 4
III
Allied B: Paper I@ 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Core Practical II (Volumetric and
2 - - - - -
Organic Analysis)
III Allied B: Practical@ 2 - - - - -
IV Skill based Subject 1: Chemistry of
2 3 30 45 75 3
Natural and Synthetic Fibers
IV Tamil** / Advanced Tamil* (OR) Non-
major elective - I (Yoga for Human 2 3 - 50 50 2
Excellence)* / Women’s Rights*
Total 30 260 340 600 24

Page 4 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Semester IV
I Language – IV 6 3 50 50 100 4
II English – IV 6 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper V – Organic Chemistry - I 4 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Practical II (Volumetric and
3 6 50 50 100 4
Organic Analysis)
Allied B: Paper II# 6 3 50 50 100 4
III
Allied B: Paper II@ 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Allied B: Practical@ 2 3 25 25 50 2
IV Skill based Subject 2: Technology of
3 3 30 45 75 3
Dyeing of Natural Fibers
IV Tamil**/Advanced Tamil* (OR)
Non-major elective -II (General 2 3 - 50 50 2
Awareness*)
Total 30 285 365 650 26
Semester V
III Core Paper VI (Inorganic Chemistry
5 3 50 50 100 4
II)
III Core Paper VII (Spectroscopy) 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper VIII (Electrochemistry) 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper IX (Analytical Chemistry) 4 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Practical III (Gravimetric And
4 - - - - -
Physical)
III Elective I 4 3 50 50 100 4
IV Skill based Subject 3: Water &
Effluent Treatment And Pollution 3 3 30 45 75 3
Control
Total 30 280 295 575 23
Semester VI
III Core Paper X (Organic Chemistry II) 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Paper XI (Physical Chemistry II) 5 3 50 50 100 4
III Core Practical III (Gravimetric And
7 7 50 50 100 4
Physical)
III Elective II 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Elective III 4 3 30 45 75 3
III Core Practical for Elective Subjects 3 3 50 50 100 4
IV Skill Based Subject 4:
2 3 30 45 75 3
(Textile Chemistry Practical)
V Extension Activities** - - 50 - 50 2
Total 30 340 335 675 27
Grand Total 180 1600 1900 3500 140

Note
#
For subjects without practical.
@
For subjects with practical.
* No Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA). Only University Examinations.
** No University Examinations. Only Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA).

Page 5 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Allied Subjects(Colleges can choose any two subjects)

1. Mathematics, 2. Physics, 3. Botany, 4. Zoology, 5. Biochemistry
List of Elective papers
(Colleges can choose any one of the paper as electives)
A Polymer Chemistry
B Agro Industrial Chemistry
Elective – I
C Pharmaceutical Chemistry
A Leather Chemistry
Elective – II B Chemistry of Plant Based Products
C Dye Chemistry
A Analytical Chemistry II Lab Techniques
Elective – III B Environmental Chemistry
C Textile Chemistry

Page 6 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

First
Semester

Page 7 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 13A GENERAL CHEMISTRY - I L T P C

CORE Core I – Paper - I 6 1 - 4
Syllabus 2019-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2020
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Explain the properties of periodic table and bonding theories
2. Outline the reactivity of alkenes and alkynes and conformation of alkanes
3. Describe the laws of thermodynamics and black body radiation

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the properties of period and groups in periodic table K1, K2
2 Able to name the hydrocarbons and Identify the products of elimination and K2-K4
addition reactions.
3 Discuss the various polar effects in alkanes and alkenes. Describe the K1-K3
preparation of cycloalkanes
4 Explain the theory of black body radiation K1, K2
5 Understand the first and second law of thermodynamics K1, K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Periodic Properties and Theory of Bonding 21 hours

1. Periodic table-Introduction-Periodic properties- Ionisation energy, Electron affinity,
Electronegativity and their variations along the period and groups.
2. Hybridization and geometry of BeCl2, BF3, CH4, PCl5, IF7 and SF6. VSEPR Theory. Covalent
Bond-Molecular orbital theory-application to molecules such as H2+ He2, F2, O2, N2, CO and NO.

Unit:2 Reaction of Alkenes and Alkynes 21 hours

1. Nomenclature of acyclic alkane, alkene and alkyne.
2. Alkenes: Preparation by Wittig reaction – Mechanisms of beta elimination – E1, E2 and cis
elimination – Hoffmann’s rule and Saytzeff’s rule. Addition reactions with hydrogen, halogen,
hydrogen halide (Markownikoff’s rule) and hydrogen bromide (Peroxide effect). Dienes:
Stability of isolated and conjugated dienes-1, 2 and 1, 4 additions, Diels -Alder reaction. Free
Radical addition – Polymerization – synthetic rubber.
3. Alkynes: Acidity of Alkynes – formation of acetylides-addition of water with HgSO4 catalyst-
hydroboration.

Unit:3 Polar Effects and Conformations of Alkanes 21 hours

1. Polar effects – inductive effect, mesomeric effect, electromeric effect, hyper conjugation and
steric effects. Classification of reagents: Electrophiles, Nucleophiles and Free radicals. Types of
reaction: Polar reactions involving carbonium ions and carbanions with simple examples.
2. Aliphatic Hydrocarbons: Restricted rotation about single bond preferred rotational
conformations.
3. Cycloalkanes: Preparation by Dieckmann ring closure and by reduction of aromatic
hydrocarbons – ring opening reactions of cyclopropane with H2, Br2 and HI.

Page 8 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Liquid Crystals and Black Body Radiation 21 hours

1. Liquid crystals–the concept of mesomorphic state-typical liquid crystalline substances and
their properties.
2. Failure of classical theory in explaining black body radiation- Planck’s theory of quantization
of energy – Einstein’s theory of photoelectric effect-Compton effect. de-Broglie theory of wave-
particle dualism. Particle in one dimensional box (Wave length determination only) -
Schrodinger equation.

Unit:5 Laws of Thermodynamics 21 hours

The laws of thermodynamics, generalities and Zeroth law – kinds of energy – Scope of the first
and second laws of thermodynamics-thermodynamic terms-definitions – heat – work of
expansion – work of compression – maximum and minimum quantities of work – Reversible
and irreversible transformations of energy. First law of thermodynamics – properties of energy
changes in relation to properties of system- isothermal and adiabatic changes – meaning of the
thermodynamic state function – properties of exact and inexact differentials – Joule Thomson
experiment.

Total Lecture hours 105 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, B.R. Puri L.R. Sharma, [Link]& Co.
2 Inorganic Chemistry, [Link], Sultan Chand & Sons.
3 Organic Chemistry, Vol. 1, 2 & 3, S. M. Mughergee, S.P. Singh, R.P. Kapoor, Wiley
Eastern.

Reference Books
1 Advanced Organic Chemistry, B.S. Bahl, Arunbahl, [Link] & Co.
2 Essentials of Physical Chemistry, B.S. Bahl and G.D. Tuli, [Link] & Co.
3 Text book of Physical Chemistry, [Link], D.B. Dharmarke, [Link] & Co.
4 Principles of Physical Chemistry, [Link], [Link] and [Link], [Link] &
Co.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
%[Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
cycloalkanes/conformations-alkanes-cycloalkanes/v/conformational-analysis-of-ethane
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S M M S S S S
CO2 M M M M S S M
CO3 M M S S S M M
CO4 S M S S M S S
CO5 S S M S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 9 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Second
Semester

Page 10 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 23A GENERAL CHEMISTRY - II L T P C

CORE Core II – Paper - II 6 1 - 4
Syllabus 2019-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2020
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Outline the fundamentals of volumetric estimations
2. Explain electrophilic and nucleophilic substitution reactions
3. Describe the application of boron and silicate chemistry
4. Discuss thermodynamics and solid state chemistry

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the principles of volumetric analysis and estimate an unknown K1, K2
ion
2 Outline the structure and properties of boron and silicate compounds K1, K2
3 Explain the aromatic electrophilic substitution and aliphatic nucleophilic K2-K4
substitution reactions with mechanism
4 Understand the relation between thermodynamic properties K1-K3
5 Understand the packing and structure of crystals K1, K2
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Volumetric Analysis and Redox Reactions 21 hours

[Link] of Volumetric Analysis: Terms used in volumetric analysis, primary and
secondary standard substances, standardization of solutions.
2. Concentration units: ppm, molality, formality, molarity, mole fraction, normality, weight
percent and volume percent. Determination of equivalent weight of acids, bases, oxidant, reductant
and simple salts. Types of volumetric titrations, acid-base, redox, precipitation and
complexometric titrations.
3. Indicators: Effect of change in pH, neutralization, redox, adsorption and metal ion indicators.
4. Oxidation and reduction reactions: balancing redox equations by oxidation number and ion-
electron method.

Unit:2 Boron and Silicates 21 hours

Chemistry of Boron family – Group discussion – Electron acceptor behaviour and electron
deficiency of boron hydrides; bonding in diboranes; NaBH4 and borazole - preparation,
properties, structure and uses. Silicates-Classification of silicate- simple silicates, chain silicates
and sheet silicates only.

Unit:3 Electrophilic and Nucleophilic Substitution 21 hours

Structure of benzene-Aromaticty-Huckel’srule. Electrophilic substitution in benzene with
mechanism - Nucleophilic substitution reaction – SN1, SN2 and SNi reactions – Grignard reagent
and synthetic applications-Elimination versus substitution-Benzyne mechanism and
intermediate complex mechanism.

Page 11 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Thermodynamics 21 hours

Relation between E and H, CP and Cv. The heat of reaction – conventions in the values of H.
Hess’s law – heats of combustion – determination by Bomb Calorimeter – Bond energies –
Resonance energies – Heats of solution – integral and differential heat of dilution – Heats of
reaction at constant volume – dependence of the heat of reaction on temperature and Kirchoff’s
equation.

Unit:5 Solid State Chemistry 21 hours

Crystalline and amorphous solids, crystal systems, Bravis lattice, unit cell, law of rational indices
(Weiss indices), Miller indices, Symmetry elements in crystals (for cubic system only). X-ray
diffraction by crystals - derivation of Bragg’s equation - Bragg method - powder method. Crystal
structure of NaCl, Wurzite, CaF2 and TiO2- radius ratio rules and packing in crystals.

Total Lecture hours 105 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, B.R. Puri L.R. Sharma, [Link]& Co.
2 Text book of Physical Chemistry, [Link], D.B. Dharmarke, [Link]& Co.
3 Essentials of Physical Chemistry, B.S. Bahl and G.D. Tuli, [Link]& Co.

Reference Books
1 Inorganic Chemistry, [Link], Sultan Chand & Sons.
2 Advanced Organic Chemistry, B.S. Bahl, ArunBahl, [Link]& Co.
3 Physical chemistry, G. N. Castellan, Addison- Wesley Pub. Co.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
center/pdfs/SN1_SN2.pdf
2 [Link]
[Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. M. Sivakumar

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S M M S S S S
CO2 M M M M S S M
CO3 M M S S S M M
CO4 S M S S M S S
CO5 S S M S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 12 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

INORGANIC QUALITATIVE
Course code 23P L T P C
ANALYSIS
CORE CORE III - CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL I - - 3 4
Higher Secondary Level Practical Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite
Knowledge Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Impart knowledge to the students in handling laboratory equipment and reagents
2. Improve the skill of inorganic mixture analysis.
3. Make the students to analyze and identify the cations and anions in the mixture of salts.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Do preliminary tests and identify interfering and non-interfering K1-K5
radicals and confirm their presence
2 Remove interfering anions, carry out a systematic analysis and identify K1-K5
the cations in a given sample
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Part I ANALYSIS OF CATIONS 45 hours

CATIONS TO BE STUDIED: Lead, Copper, Bismuth, Cadmium, Iron, Aluminum, Zinc,
Manganese, Cobalt, Nickel, Barium, Calcium, Strontium, Magnesium and Ammonium.
Part II ANALYSIS OF ANIONS 45 hours
ANION TO BE STUDIED: Carbonate, Sulphate, Nitrate, Chloride, Bromide, Fluoride, Borate,
Oxalate, and Phosphate.

Total Practical hours 90 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Basic Principles of Practical Chemistry, Kulandaivelu A.R., Veeraswamy
R., Venkateswaran, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2017.
2 Practical Chemistry for [Link] Chemistry, A.O. Thomas

Reference Books
1 A Text Book of Qualitative Analysis including semi-micro methods, [Link].
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 M S S M S M S
CO2 S M S S M S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 13 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Third
Semester

Page 14 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 33A INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I L T P C

CORE Core IV – Paper III 3 - - 4
Syllabus 2020-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2021
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Explains the fundamental concepts involved metallurgical process for extraction of
metals.
2. Discuss the theories and stability of metal complexes.
3. Outline the importance of organometallic compounds and their catalytic applications.
4. Describe the structure & functioning of biomolecules and role of metals in biology

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Explain various chemical and electrochemical principles involved in the
K1,K3
extraction of metals.
2 Make use of the occurrence and extraction of important metals and their
K2,K3
compounds
3 Outline the importance of solvents and solubility in chemical reactions K2
4 Define and classify the structure and properties of organometallic
K1-K3
compounds
5 Describe the structure & functioning of biomolecules and role of metals in
K1,K2
biology
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Methods of Extraction 9 hours

General methods of Extraction: Concentration – Gravity separation, Froth Flotation, magnetic
separation, Extraction – Chemical and Electrolytic methods of refining, Zone refining, Van
Arkel refining and Electrolytic refining with examples. Occurrence, extraction, properties and
uses of Germanium and Titanium and their important compounds such GeCl4 and TiO2.

Unit:2 Extraction of Metals and Their Compounds 9 hours

Occurrence, extraction, properties and uses of Zirconium, Vanadium, Molybdenum and
Tungsten - their important compounds such as V2O5, ZrOCl2, (NH4)2MoO4, WO2, and
tungsten bronzes.

Unit:3 Role of Solvents 9 hours

The solvents- solubility of compounds – effect of temperature on solubility – Role of water as
solvent- chemical structure and solubility. Classifications of solvents – general behaviour –
properties of ionizing solvents. Types of reactions in non-aqueous solvents – protonic solvents
– ammonia, hydrogen fluoride. Non Protonic solvents-SO2 and BrF3. Organic solvents –
C2H5OH and Ether.

Page 15 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Organometallic Compounds 9 hours

Definition – Nomenclature of Organometallic compounds – Synthesis of organometallic
compounds of Be, Mg, Zn, B and Al – Ferrocene: Preparation – Aromaticity of: Ferrocene,
cyclic CnHn Ligands – Application of: Grignard reagent and Gilman Reagent - alkene
polymerization using Ziegler-Natta catalyst.

Unit:5 Bioinorganic Chemistry 9 hours

Importance of metals in biological systems – chemistry of hemoglobin and myoglobin – Role
of: Na+ and K+ ions – Mg2+ and Ca2+ ions – Biological functions and toxicity of trace elements:
Cr, Mn, Co, Ni and Cu – Ultra trace elements: As, Se, Mo, I, Fe and Zn – Biological fixation
of nitrogen – Metallo-enzymes: Carbonic anhydrase, Carboxy peptidase.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, B.R. Puri L.R. Sharma, [Link] & Co.
2 Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, B.R. Puri, L.R. Sharma and K.C. Kalia, , Milestone
Publishers (2012)
3 Inorganic Chemistry, [Link], Sultan Chand & Sons.

Reference Books
1 Huheey, J. E.; Keiter, E. A.; Keiter, R. L. Inorganic Chemistry, Principles of Structure
and Reactivity, 4th ed., Harper Collins, 1993.
2 Lee. J.D, Concise Inorganic chemistry, V edition, Chapman & Hall Ltd, London ,2000
3 Shriver, D. F.; Atkins, P. W.; Langford, C. H. Inorganic Chemistry, 3rd ed., Oxford
University Press, 2000.
4 Cotton, F. A.; Wilkinson, G.; Murillo, C. A.; Bochmann, M. Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry, 6th ed., John Wiley, 1999.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
%[Link]
2 [Link] Co-ordination chemistry, IIT Kharagpur, Prof. D. RaY.
3 [Link] for bioinorganic chemistry.
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Dr. P. Rajesh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 M S S S S S S
CO2 M M S M S M S
CO3 S M S M S S S
CO4 S M M M M S S
CO5 S M M M S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 16 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 33B PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY - I L T P C

CORE Core V – Paper IV 3 - - 4
Syllabus 2020-
Pre-requisite Basics of Physical Chemistry
Version 2021
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Enable the students in understanding the second and third law of thermodynamics
2. Explain various system in phase rule and their application
3. Application of the computer C programming in chemistry

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
Understand the concepts of thermodynamics, Second law, and Entropy K1, K2
1 change.
Understand the Spontaneity and its conditions, Gibb’s free energy and K2, K3
2 knowledge of third law.
Understand the concepts of Phase rule and its applications to various K2 -K4
3 systems.
4 Know the different laws of solutions and evaluate the Colligative properties K3, K5
5 Understand the C-Program and evaluate the various parameters. K2, K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Thermodynamics I 9 hours

Need of second law of thermodynamics – Carnot cycle – entropy – Definition – Entropy
changes in isothermal transformation –Trouton’s rule. Entropy as function of T and V –
Entropy as a function of T and P – Changes of entropy with T, Entropy changes in ideal gas –
entropy of mixing of ideal gases.

Unit:2 Thermodynamics II 9 hours

General conditions of equilibrium and spontaneity - conditions of equilibrium and
spontaneity– definition of A and G – physical significance of dA and dG - Temperature and
pressure dependence of G – Gibbs – Helmholtz equation. Chemical equilibrium – The concept
of chemical potential – chemical potential in a mixture of ideal gases – Van’t Hoff Isotherm,
and isochore – Third law of thermodynamics – statement and applications - Exception to third
law.

Unit:3 Phase Rule 9 hours

Phase equilibria – equilibrium condition - Stability of phase of a pure substance – Pressure
dependence of μ and T curves. The Clapeyron and Clapeyron-Clausius equations. Derivation
of Gibbs phase rule. Phase equilibria in one component system – Water and Sulphur systems.
Reduced phase rule – Phase diagram for two component system – construction of the phase
diagram-Thermal analysis method – Phase Diagram of Simple eutectic systems: Pb-Ag
System - extraction of Silver from Argentiferous Lead, Compound forming type – Congruent
melting point: Zn-Mg, Incongruent melting point: Na-K systems.

Page 17 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Solutions 9 hours

Ideal and non-ideal – Raoult’s law- Positive and negative deviation Henry’s law – Nernst
distribution law and its applications. Colligative properties - relative lowering of vapour
pressure, elevation of boiling point, depression of freezing point and osmotic pressure- their
applications.

Unit:5 C Program for Chemistry 9 hours

Structure of C program, Variables in C, Keywords and constants in C, Operators in C –
Arithmetic, Increment, Decrement, relational and logical operators - Program: To calculate the
pH of solutions– Calculation of pH of solution using Henderson equation- to compute the rate
constant of a first order reaction – to compute half-life period of a reaction – to compute the
energy of activation of a reaction.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Principles of physical chemistry, B.P. Puri, L.R. Sharma and M.S. Phathania,
[Link]& Company
2 Physical chemistry G,[Link], Narosa Publishers.
3 Physical chemistry ([Link]) – [Link], ShivasaranDas, [Link] – New Age
International Publishers – First edition (2009)

Reference Books
1 Elements of Physical Chemistry, Puri Sharma, Pathania, 2013-14 Edn., Vishal
Publishing Co. Jalandhar, Delhi.
2 Principles of Physical chemistry, Puri Sharma Pathania, 46thEdn. Vishal Publishing
Co. Jalandhar
3 Computer for Chemists – By Pundir Bansal – Pragati Prakasam Pubs.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. P. Rajesh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S L M L S S M
CO2 S L S M M S S
CO3 M S M L L M M
CO4 S S M M S L L
CO5 M S L M M S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 18 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course CHEMISTRY OF NATURAL AND

3ZA L T P C
code SYNTHETIC FIBERS
SBS Skilled Based Subject – I 2 - - 2
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Detail explanation of the classification of natural fiber, its merits and demerits
2. Outline about the preparation, properties and uses of viscose, synthetic and acrylic fiber
3. Describe the reaction of nylon and polyester fiber

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 To understand the classification, properties and uses of natural fibers. K1, K2
Able to know about the chemical structure of cellulose fiber. Wet K1 – K3
2
spinning process.
Discuss about synthetic and acrylic fiber. Detail about fiber forming K1,K2,
3
polymer and schio process. K4, K6
Explain the naming reaction of nylon fiber. Explanation of structure and K1, K2
4
uses of Kevlar fiber.
Discuss about polyester fiber. Synthesis of DMT, ethylene glycol and K1, K3,
5
PET K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Natural Textile Fibers 6 hours

Natural Textile Fibers: Definition, Classification of Natural Textile Fibers - Vegetable fibers,
Animal fibers. Properties, Uses and Features of Cotton, Wool, Silk and Jute fibers.
Genetically Modified Cotton: its merits and demerits.

Unit:2 Viscose Fiber 6 hours

Viscose Fibre: Chemical structure, chemistry of regenerated cellulose. Production of Viscose
Fibre: a simple flow chart, wet spinning of viscose filaments. Properties and uses of Viscose
Fibre.

Unit:3 Synthetic and Acrylic Fibers 6 hours

Synthetic Fibers: Definition of monomers, polymers and polymerization. Simple examples of
Condensation and Addition Polymerization reactions. Criteria for fibre forming polymers.
Acrylic fibers: Synthesis of Acrylonitrile from propylene (Sohio Process), solution
polymerization of acrylonitrile. Properties and uses of acrylic fibers.

Unit:4 Nylon Fibers 6 hours

Nylon Fibres: Synthesis of caprolactum from aniline, adipic acid from cyclohexane and
hexamethylene diamine from adiponitrile. Polycondensation reactions leading to the
formation of Nylon 6 and Nylon 6,6. Properties and uses of Nylon fibers. Structure and uses
of Kevlar fibers.

Page 19 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:5 Reaction of Polyester Fibers 6 hours

Polyester Fibers: Synthesis of Dimethyl Terephthalate (DMT) from p – xylene, terephthalic
acid from benzoic acid (Henkel-II process) and synthesis of ethylene glycol. Chemical
reactions of Poly Ethylene Terephthalate (PET). Preparation, properties and uses of Polyester
fibers.

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Moses, J. Jeyakodi, and M. Ramasamy. "Quality Improvement on Jute and Jute Cotton
Materials Using Enzyme Treatment and Natural Dyeing". Man-Made Textiles in India.
Vol. 47, no. 7 (Jul. 2004): 252–255. (AN 14075527)
2 "cotton". The Columbia Encyclopedia, Sixth Edition. 2001-07.
3 [Link],. ed.:Production of Synthetic Fibers, Prentice-Hall of India, 1988, New-
Delhi.
Reference Books
1 Stephen Yafa (2004). Cotton: The Biography of a Revolutionary Fiber. Penguin (Non-
Classics), 16. ISBN 0-14-303722-6.
2 Kadolph, Sara J., ed.: Textiles, 10th edition, Pearson/Prentice-Hall, 2007,
ISBN 0-13- 118769-4.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. N. Sivakumar

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S S S S S
CO2 M S M S S S M
CO3 S M S S S M M
CO4 S M S S M S S
CO5 S S M S S S S

Page 20 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Fourth
Semester

Page 21 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 43A ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - I L T P C

CORE Core VI – Paper V 4 - - 4
Syllabus 2020-
Pre-requisite Basics of Organic Chemistry
Version 2021
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Understand the carbonyl compound’s reactivity and various reduction reactions
2. Explain the reactivity of active methylene compounds with electrophiles
3. Outline the reactivity of monohydric alcohols and amines.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Know the knowledge of Preparation and Properties of Carbonyl K1
Compounds.
2 Understand the mechanism of certain name reactions. K2, K3
3 Understand the concepts of active Methylene compounds and Geometrical K2, K4
isomerism of certain organic compounds.
4 Know the classification of Phenols, Preparation of phenolic compounds K2
with chemical properties.
5 Know the concepts of amines, types, separation and their basic nature. K3, K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Chemistry of Carbonyl Compounds – I 12 hours

Nomenclature, Preparation & Properties: Structure of carbonyl - general physical properties
- Reaction with: Grignard reagent, NH3, primary amine – Reaction Mechanism of haloform
reaction, Reformatsky reaction.
Reduction Reactions: with LiAlH4 and NaBH4– Clemmensen reduction, Wolff Kishner
reduction, MPV reduction

Unit:2 Chemistry of Carbonyl Compounds – II 12 hours

Mechanism of: - Aldol condensation, Cannizzaro reaction, Perkin reaction, Knoevanagel
reaction, Claisen- Schmidt reaction, benzoin condensation, Mannich reaction.

Unit:3 Active Methylene Compounds 12 hours

Acetoacetic ester: preparation from Ethyl acetate – synthesis of succinic acid, 1,3-diketones,
antipyrine - Malonic ester: Preparation from potassium cyanoacetate – synthesis of cinnamic
acid, keto acids, barbituric acid - cyanoacetic ester: preparation from chloroacetic acid –
synthesis of malonic acid and adipic acid - Tautomerism of acetoacetic ester.
Geometrical isomerism: Cis & Trans, E & Z notations – Geometrical isomerism in maleic
acid and fumaric acid - physical and chemical properties of geometrical isomers.

Page 22 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Phenols 12 hours

Classification of phenols – Preparation of phenol from chlorobenzene, cumene – Reaction with
mechanism: Schotten – Bauman and Gattermann reactions
Di and Trihydric phenols: Preparation of Catechol, Resorcinol, Quinol, Pyrogallol and
Phloroglucinol – Houben-Hoesch reaction

Unit:5 Amines 12 hours

Preparation of aliphatic and aromatic primary, secondary and tertiary amines – their separation,
comparison of their basicity
Reactions of Aromatic Amine: ring substitution, diazotization and coupling reaction –
Diazomethane: preparation and synthetic applications

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Advanced Organic Chemistry, [Link], Arunbahl, [Link] & Co.,
2 Text book Organic Chemistry, P.L. Soni, S.M. Chawla, Sultan Chand & Sons

Reference Books
1 Stereochemistry, Conformation and mechanisms, Kalsi, Wiley- Eastern Ltd.,
2 Organic chemistry, [Link] and R.W. Boyd, Prentice –Hall.
3 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, [Link] Solomen, John-Wiley & Sons

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
[Link]
2 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Dr. A. Thirumoorthi

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S L M L M M L
CO2 M L S L L M M
CO3 L M S M L L S
CO4 S M S L M M L
CO5 S L M M L M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 23 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

VOLUMETRIC AND ORGANIC

Course code 43P L T P C
ANALYSIS
CORE PRACTICAL CORE VII - CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL II - - 3 4
Basics Knowledge on Volumetric and Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite
Organic Reactions Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:

1. Inculcate the students how to skilfully handle the laboratory equipments, reagents, lab
apparatus and preparation of standard solutions.
2. Impart the first-hand knowledge and experience on estimation of an ion, acid and base both
directly as well as indirectly.
3. Provide the student knowledge on analysis of an unknown organic substance using
Preliminary and confirmation test and prepare a suitable derivative.
4. Make the student skilful enough and prepare for a position in an analytical laboratory or a
company.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Estimate the amount of ion present in the given solution through K1-K6
volumetric analysis both by direct and indirect method
2 Find the groups/elements and characters present in the given organic K1-K6
substance through qualitative analysis and prepare a suitable
derivative.
K1 – Remember; K2 – Understand; K3 – Apply; K4 – Analyze; K5 – Evaluate; K6 – Create

Part I VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS 45 hours

A. Acidimetry&Alkalimetry: Estimation of Na2C03
B. Permanganometry:
1. Estimation of Ferrous sulphate & Oxalic acid
2. Estimation of Calcium-Direct method.
C. Dichrometry: Estimation of Ferrous iron using internal indicator.

D. Iodimetry:
1. Estimation of K2Cr2O7
2. Estimation of Copper.
3. Estimation of As2O3.
Part II ORGANIC ANALYSIS 45 hours
Systematic analysis of an organic compound Preliminary tests, detection of elements present,
Aromatic or Aliphatic, Saturated or unsaturated, nature of the functional group, confirmatory
tests and preparation of derivatives.
Substances - Aldehydes, Ketones, Amines, Amides, Diamide, Carbohydrates, Phenols, Acids,
Esters & Nitro compounds.

Total Practical hours 90 hours

Page 24 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Text Book(s)
1 Basic Principles of Practical Chemistry, Kulandaivelu A.R., Veeraswamy [Link],
Sultan Chand & Sons, 2017.
2 Practical Chemistry, Pandey D.N., Sultan Chand Publishers, 2018

Reference Books
1 Vogel’s Text book of Practical Organic Chemistry, Brian S. Furniss, Antony J.
Hannaford, Peter W. G. Smith, Fifth Edition, Bath Press, Great Britan, 1989
2 Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, G H Jeffery, J Bassett, J
Mendham, R C Denney, Fifth Edition, Bath Press, Great Britan, 1989
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
4 [Link]
5 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 25 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course TECHNOLOGY OF DYEING OF

4ZB L T P C
code NATURAL FIBERS
SBS Skilled Based Subject – II 2 - - 2
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge in Fibers
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To impart knowledge and skill in career oriented with a special reference to dying textile
industry.
2. To help students to acquire additional knowledge of dyeing auxiliaries and methods used
in textile industry.
3. To give students an over view on process and mechanism of dyeing.
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 State the basic aspects of colour and dyeing auxiliaries. K2,K4,
2 Outline various methods of dyeing. K2,K3
3 Demonstrate the process of azoic dyes and their applications. K2,K3
4 Acquire knowledge in vat dyes and the procedures followed for dyeing. K2,K3
Summarize the properties and mechanism of dyeing particularly sulfur K3,K4,
5
and acid dyes. K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Introduction to Dyeing 6 hours

Theory of Colour, chromophore, auxochrome, chromogen. Primary and Secondary colour.
Chromatic and Achromatic Colours – Classification of dyes. Definition – Affinity,
Substantivity, Exhaustion, % Shade, Adsorption, Diffusion, Aggregation, Migration –
Effects of M:L ratio, salt, time and temp. of dyeing. Properties of direct dyes – Application
of direct dyes of Cotton: Mechanism of dyeing. Stripping and Redyeing. After treatment
with CuSO4, K2Cr2O7 and dye fixing agents.

Unit:2 Methods of Dyeing 6 hours

Reactive dyes – properties, Cold Brand, Hot Brand, Vinyl sulphone dyes, LS dyes, HE
dyes, bifuctional dyes, Mechanism of dyeing. Exhaust dyeing, pad-batch, pad-steam, pad-
cure, pad-silicate Methods. Stripping and redyeing.

Unit:3 Napthols and Fast Bases 6 hours

Naphthols and Fast Bases: properties and application – Diazotisation and coupling. Brief
study on dissolution (classification of naphthols, cold and hot dissolution methods). Bases
– direct and indirect method of diazotization. Application procedure of any one naphthols
and base using Jigger and pad-dry-develop method. Stripping and Redyeing.

Unit:4 Vat Dyes 6 hours

Types of Vat dyes. Details of vatting, dyeing, oxidation and soaping. Application procedure:
Leuco vat, vat acid – pigment padding – pad steam process. Merits and demerits of above
methods. Dyeing of yarn with vat dyes by conventional method.

Page 26 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:5 Properties and Application of Dyes 6 hours

Brief study – solubilised vat dyes – properties – advantages and disadvantages over vat dyes
– application – exhaust dyeing method. Sulphur dyes – Properties of Sulphur dyes –
application. Jigger and continuous dyeing defects. Bronziness and acid tendering – Stripping
and redyeing. Use of hydros. Properties of basic dyes mordants used for cotton. Dyeing wool
& silk with basic dyes. Eco-friendly sulphur dyeing. Acid dyes – Properties, classification of
dyes – leveling acid dyes, milling acid dyes – supermilling acid dyes – application to wool
and silk. Mechanism of dyeing – Dyeing of nylon with acid dyes.

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Shenai V.A., Technology of Textile Processing Vol. 1 and 2, Chemistry of Dyes and
Principle of Dyeing Ed. 3, 1983, Sevak Publication, 306, Sri Hanuman Industrial
Estate, GC Ambedkar Road, Wadala, Bombay 400 031.
2 Chakravarthy RR and Trivedi S.S., Technology of Bleaching and Dyeing of Textile
Fibre Vol 1, Part 1, 1979, Mahajan Book Publi shres, Supermarket Basement, Near
Nataraj Cinema, Ashram Road, Ahmedabad 380 009.
3 Srivastava SB, Recent Process of Textile Bleaching, Dyeing and Finishig, 1981, SB
Srivastava, S B P Board Consultant, S B P Buildings, 4/45 Roopnagar, Delhi 110 007.
Reference Books
1 Trotman E.R, Dyeing and Chemical Technology of Textile Fibre, Charles
Griffin & Co, 42, Dhury lane, Londan WC2
2 Gokhle S.V. and Shah.R.C., Cotton Piece dyeing, 1981, Ahmedabad Textile Industrial
Research Assn. (ATIRA), PO Polytechnic, Ahmedabad 380 015.
3 Prayag R.S., The bleaching and deying of Cotton material 1983, Weaver’s Service
Cent., 15A, Mamparamanand Marg, Near Roxy Cinema, Bombay 400 004.
4 D.M. Lewis, Wool Dyeing, SDC Publications, UK.
5 [Link], Textile Dyeing and Colouration, AATCC Publications, USA.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. Rajalakshmi

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S S S S S
CO2 S S M M S S S
CO3 S M S M S S S
CO4 S S M M S M S
CO5 S S M M M M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 27 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Fifth
Semester

Page 28 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 53A INORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II L T P C

CORE Core VIII – Paper - VI 5 - - 4
Syllabus 2020-
Pre-requisite Basics of Inorganic Chemistry
Version 2021
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To acquire knowledge on nuclear reactions, reactivity of atom bomb and hydrogen bomb,
the importance of nuclear reactors in production of electricity.
2. To describe the structure of metals and alloys along with its classifications and to impart
basics on semiconductors along with its uses.
3. To develop chemistry knowledge on isotopes, the importance of radioactive compounds in
food preservation, archaeological dating and medical diagnosis and treatment.
4. To study about the concepts related to the coordination compounds.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Rationalise the conductivity of metals, semiconductors along with its K1,
applications. K2,K3
2 Understand the types of nuclear reactions and its importance in generation K1,K2
of electricity.
3 Acquire enormous knowledge on uses of isotopes and radioactive K1,K2
substances.
4 Understand the terms - ligand, chelate, coordination number and various K3,K4
types of isomerism possible in coordination compounds.
5 Outline various theories of coordination compounds and complete K2,K3
understanding on Crystal Field and Valence Bond Theory.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Metals and Solid Solutions 15 hours

Structure of metals and alloys-substitutional and interstitial solid solution-Hume Rothery ratios-
metallic bonding-electrical, optical and mechanical properties of metals-semiconductors,
intrinsic and extrinsic-their uses. Super conductors-An elementary treatment.

Unit:2 Radioactivity and Nuclear Reactions 15 hours

Artificial radio activity. Artificial transmutation of elements, synthesis of radio isotopes and.
nuclear fission and fusion. Nuclear reactors – principle of working – production of electrical
energy – atomic projects in India – Safety measures; disposal of reactor wastes – pollution.
Nuclear reactions, mechanisms and different types of stellar energy.

Unit:3 Isotopes and Their Applications 15 hours

Nature of isotopes and isobars – detection and isolation of isotopes – various methods –
importance of discovery of istopes – uses of isotopes in various fields. Nuclear stability n/p
ratio, magic numbers, C-12 atomic weight scale, C-14 dating, mass defect and nuclear

Page 29 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

binding energies. Radioactive disintergration series.

Unit:4 Co-ordination Chemistry - I 15 hours

Co-ordination chemistry – I Types of ligands, IUPAC Nomenclature, Isomerism - Ionisation,
hydrate, linkage, ligand and coordination isomerism. Stereoisomerism-geometrical and
optical isomerism in 4 & 6 coordinated complexes. Theories of coordination compounds –
Werner’s and Sidgwick’s EAN concept , Valence Bond theory – hybridization, geometry and
magnetic properties of [Ni(CN)4]2-, [NiCl4]2-,[Fe(CN)6]4-, [Co(NH3)6]3+ and [CoF6]3-.

Unit:5 Co-ordination Chemistry - II 15 hours

Limitations of valance bond theory, an elementary idea of crystal field theory, crystal field
splitting in octahedral, tetrahedral and square planner complexes, low spin & high spin
complexes, factors affecting the crystal-field parameters. Explanation of colour and magnetic
properties using CFT, comparison of VBT and CFT. A brief outline of thermodynamics
stability of metal complexes and factors affecting the stability, stability constants of
complexes and their determination, substitution reactions of square planar complexes.

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Malik,Wahid U., G.D. Tuli and R.D .Madan . Selected Topics in InorganicChemistry,7th
ed., New Delhi S. Chand& Company Ltd., 2007.
2 B. R. Puri, L. R. Sharma, K. C. Kalia, Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, Shoban Lal
Nagin Chand and Co., Delhi, 1996.
3 H. J. Arnikar, Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry, 4th ed., New Age International, New Delhi,
1995.

Reference Books
1 J. E. Huheey, E. A. Kieter and R. L. Keiter, Inorganic Chemistry, 4th ed., Harper Collins,
New York, 1993.
2 F. A. Cotton, G. Wilkinson, C. Murillo and M. Bochman, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry,
6th ed., John Wiley, New York, 1999.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
reactions/
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Mr. C. Sudhakar

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7

CO1 M S M S M S S
CO2 M M M M S S M
CO3 S M S M S M M
CO4 M M S S S M M
CO5 S S M M S M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 30 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 53B SPECTROSCOPY L T P C

CORE CORE IX - PAPER VII 5 - - 4
Knowledge on basic structure and reactions of Syllabus 2020-
Pre-requisite
simple organic compounds. Version 2021
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Understand the basic concepts and theory behind the principles of different spectroscopic
methods.
2. Study the instrumentation and applications of UV-Visible, IR, Raman, NMR, Mass and
ESR spectroscopic techniques.
3. Predict the structure of organic compounds using IR, NMR and mass spectrometry.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1 Gain the knowledge of different electromagnetic radiations, basic concepts, K2, K3
instrumentation and applications of UV-Visible spectra.
CO2 Know different types of vibrational frequencies, comparison between IR K2, K3
and Raman spectroscopy as well as their applications.
CO3 Study the basic principles, instrumentation and applications of NMR K2, K3,
spectroscopy pertaining to some simple organic compounds. K4
CO4 Acquire the knowledge on the basic concepts, instrumentation and K2, K3,
applications associated with ESR. K4
CO5 Understand the different concepts of mass spectrometry along with the K2 – K5
determination of molecular formula.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Ultra Violet – Visible Spectroscopy 15 hours

Spectroscopy: Absorption and Emission spectra – Fundamental concepts – Electromagnetic
spectrum with relative energies in each region.
Ultra Violet – Visible Spectroscopy: Introduction – Beer–Lambert’s law – Instrumentation
(block diagram) – Formation of absorption bands – Theory – Types of Electronic Transitions
– Transition probability – The Chromophore and Auxochrome concepts – Absorption and
Intensity shifts (Bathochromic, hypsochromic, hyperchromic and hypochromic shifts) – Types
of absorption bands – Frank Condon principle – Applications of UV – Visible spectra.

Unit:2 IR and Raman Spectroscopy 15 hours

IR Spectroscopy: Principle – Types of molecular vibrations – Vibrational frequencies –
Factors affecting vibrational frequencies – Instrumentation (block diagrams with description
of components) – Finger print region – Characteristic absorption bands of various functional
groups – Applications of IR spectra.
Raman Spectra: Theory - Comparison of IR and Raman spectra – Applications of Raman
Spectra.

Page 31 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:3 NMR Spectroscopy 15 hours

Introduction and basic principles – Spin – Spin relaxation, Spin – lattice relaxation –
Instrumentation ( Block diagram) – Chemical shift – Importance of TMS – Factors influencing
chemical shift – Shielding and deshielding effects – Number of signals – Applications of NMR
to simple molecules like Ethyl alcohol (Pure and Impure), Toluene, Phenol, Acetaldehyde and
Diethyl ether.

Unit:4 ESR Spectroscopy 15 hours

Basic Principle – The g factor – Hyperfine splitting – Instrumentation –Applications to methyl
radical and Naphthalene negative ion.

Unit:5 Mass Spectrometry 15 hours

Basic Principles – Theory – The molecular ion – Determination of molecular formula –
McLafferty rearrangement – Metastable peaks – Nitrogen rule – Retro Diels –Alder reaction.

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Elementary Organic Spectroscopy (Principles and chemical applications) – [Link], S.
Chand & Company Ltd. Publications, Fifth revised Edn, 2017.
2 Organic Spectroscopy (Principles and Applications) – Jag Mohan, Narosa Publishing
House, Second Edn, 2012.

Reference Books
1 Spectroscopy of Organic compounds – P.S. Kalsi, New Age International Ltd. Publishers,
Sixth Edn, 2005.
2 Analytical Chemistry (Theory and Practice) – U.N. Dash, S. Chand & Sons, Second
Edition, 2005.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
[Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. A. Thirumoorthi

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 M S S M M S M
CO2 M S S S M S S
CO3 S S H S M S S
CO4 M M M M L M M
CO5 M S M M M S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 32 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
53C ELECTRO CHEMISTRY L T P C
code
CORE Core X – Paper VIII 5 - - 4
Syllabus 2016-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Knowledge
Version 2017
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Make the students understand basic electrochemical principles
2. Give them an insight into the types of storage cells & their applications
3. Enable the student to understand the construction & working of different types of electrodes

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
Describe the principle of solubility product and relate the pH of a solution K1-K3
1 containing a mixture of the two components to the acid dissociation
constant, Ka
Understand the difference between metallic conductance & electrolytic K1,K2
2
conductance
Recognize the different types of electrochemical cells and calculate the cell K2,K3
3
potential from standard cell potential
Distinguish between cells and use the Nernst equation for calculating EMF K1-K4
4
of a cell.
Understand the working principles of fuel cells, storage cells and battery K2-K4
5
design.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Ionic Equilibrium 15 hours

Ionic Equilibria -Solubility and solubility product-determination of solubility product- Applications
of solubility product principle. Dissociation of weak acids and bases-Dissociation constants-pH
scale-common ion effect-buffer solutions- Determination of pH values of buffer mixtures-
Henderson’s equation-Hydrolysis of salts-Degree of hydrolysis.

Unit:2 Conductivity of Ions 15 hours

Electrical conduction, conduction in metals and in electrolytic solutions. Measurement of
conductivity in electrolytic solutions. Migration of ions-Kohlrausch’s law. Arrhenius theory of
electrolytic dissociation-Ostwald’s dilution law. Theory of strong electrolytes-Debye-Huckel-
Onsagar theory (elementary account only) verification. Debye-Falkenhagen effect-Wien effect-
Transport numbers-Determination. Conductometric titrations.

Page 33 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:3 Electrochemical Cells 15 hours

Electrochemical cells. Electrode potentials-The standard hydrogen electrode kinds of electrodes
and their potentials-Nernst equation. EMF-computation and measurement of cell EMF. Single
electrode potential-Determination and significance of electrode potentials- electro chemical
series- temperature dependence of the cell EMF- Thermodynamic quantities of cell reactions.

Unit:4 Electrode Potential 15 hours

Reference electrodes-Electrodes for measurement of pH-concentration cells with and without
transport-liquid junction potential-applications of EMF measurements. Redox potential-Redox
indicators-uses. Potentiometric titrations.

Unit:5 Fuel and Storage Cells 15 hours

Fuel cells: Hydrogen- oxygen cell and hydrocarbon - oxygen cell. Storage cells. Lead storage
cell and Nickel cadmium cell. Decomposition voltage-over voltage-Deposition and discharge
potential.
Total Lecture hours 75 hours
Text Book(s)
1 B.R. Puri and L.R. Sharma, Principles of physical chemistry, Shoban Lal Nagin Chand
and Co. 33rd edition, 1992.
2 S.H. Maron and J.B. Lando, Fundamentals of physical chemistry, Macmillan limited, New
York, 1966.
Reference Books
1 S.K. Dogra and S. Dogra, Physical chemistry through problems, New age international,
4th edition 1996.
2 P.W. Atkins, Physical chemistry, Oxford university press, 1978
3 K. L. Kapoor, A textbook of Physical chemistry, (volume-2 and 3) Macmillan, India Ltd,
1994.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
supplement%[Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. N. Bhuvaneshwari

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S M M S S M M
CO2 M S M S S L M
CO3 M M S M S S M
CO4 S S M M M S S
CO5 S L S M M M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 34 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

ANALYTICAL
Course code 53D L T P C
CHEMISTRY
CORE Core XI – Paper IX 4 - - 4
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Syllabus Version 2009-2010
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Understand the principles of various analytical techniques and their applications
2. Analyze errors and perform various tests for analytical data
3. Outline the concepts of gravimetric methods in quantitative analysis
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the principles of various analytical techniques and K2, K3
their applications
2 Evaluate different types of errors and correct them. K1, K5
3 Perform various tests for set of analytical data K3, K4
4 Understand the theory of quantitative analysis K1, K6
5 Determine an analyte quantitatively using gravimetric methods K3, K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Analytical Techniques 12 hours

Basic principles and applications of Analytical techniques such as Precipitation, filtration, sample
drying, transfer of precipitates, distillation, vacuum distillation, fractional distillation and steam
distillation. Sublimation, crystallization, fractional crystallization and Refractive Indices.

Unit:2 Data Analysis 12 hours

Evaluation of Analytical data: Accuracy and precision, methods for their expression, classification
of errors, detection and correction of determinate and indeterminate errors. The normal law of
Distribution of Indeterminate errors.

Unit:3 Statistical Tests and Significant Figures 12 hours

The F test and the T test, rejection of data- the method of least squares, propagation of errors in
computation- significant figures.

Unit:4 Quantitative Analysis and Chemical 12 hours

Equilibrium
Theory of Quantitative Analysis; Application of Chemical equilibrium to analytical separations and
estimations: The equilibrium constants, activity coefficients. Acid-Base equilibria, solubility
equilibria, distribution equilibria, Complex ion equilibria and stability constant Separations and
estimations: illustrated with examples.

Unit:5 Gravimetric Methods 12 hours

Theory of indicators, Theory of precipitation, Co-precipitation, Post-precipitation, theory of
purifying the precipitates, Acid-Base, redox, Complexometric and precipitation Titrations,
Volumetric analysis.
Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Page 35 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Text Book(s)
1 Elements of Analytical Chemistry. R. Gopalan, Sultan Chand & Sons

Reference Books
1 Quantitative Chemical Analysis, A.I. Vogel.
2 Instrumental Methods of Analysis, Skoog.
3 Instrumental Methods of Analysis, Willard, Dean, Merrit and Settle, CBS.
4 Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, G H Jeffery, J Bassett, J Mendham, R
C Denney, Fifth Edition, Bath Press, Great Britan, 1989
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
ers/5._Errors_in_chemical_analysis
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Dr. S. Sivakumar

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S M L S S S M
CO2 S M M S S M S
CO3 M M S S S M S
CO4 S S S M S M S
CO5 S M L M S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 36 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course WATER & EFFLUENT TREATMENT AND

5ZC L T P C
code POLLUTION CONTROL
SBS Skilled Based Subject – III 3 - - 2
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Over view of impact of man on the environment
2. Detail view of pollutions and water softening techniques
3. Description about water effluent treatment and pollution analysis techniques

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 To understand urbanization and biodiversity along with environmental K1, K2
pollution.
2 Acquires the knowledge about water pollution and water softening K1,K2,
methods. K3, K4
3 Importance about water analysing methods along with determination of K2,K3,
BOD, COD and toxicity. K4,
4 Detail explanation of primary, secondary and tertiary water treatment K2,K3,
methods. K4,K5
5 Discuss about effect of noise pollution along with brief study on modern K1,K2,
methods for pollution analysis. K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Sources of Pollution 6 hours

Impact of man on the Environment – an over view of Urbanization and Biodiversity.
Environmental pollution – classification of pollution – Effect of industrial effluents – a detailed
study of effluents discharged by Soap and detergent manufacture industry and Textile processing
industry (study includes origin of effluent, important characteristic and general mode of
treatment). Constituents of water and their effect on Textile wet processing – Water pollution –
Harmful effects of water pollution and source of water pollution.

Unit:2 Water Pollution and Softening Methods 6 hours

WHO, ISO standards for raw water criteria – A general study on raw water pollution and
consequence of river water pollution – Effluent discharge standards for inland surface water
public sewers, on land for irrigation, marine coastal areas and drinking water parameters- A
general study on boiler water requirements which includes problem caused by water and effect
and feed water requirements for low and medium pressure boilers and at a pressure of 450 – 500
psi. Water softening – study includes Cation Exchange softening, lime soda softening, softening
by Sequestering agents and De-mineralization with schematic diagram of removal of carbon di
oxide and silica.

Page 37 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:3 Analysis Techniques for Water 6 hours

Removal of colour and turbitity (simple Coagulation, Flocculation and Filtration methods).
General study on removal of Iron and Manganese by Aeration, setting and filtration method-
Water analysis – colour, pH value, dissolved solids, suspended solids, total hardness (Calcium +
Magnessium). EDTA Titrimetric method, total iron- thiocyanate method, Determenation of
Alkalinity by Titrimetric method – thiocyanate method, Determination of Alkalinity by
Titrimetric method- Datermination of chlorides by silver nitrate method- Determination of
dissolved oxygen by iodimetry – Determination of BOD,COD TDS and Toxicity.

Unit:4 Water Treatment Methods 6 hours

Effect of effluents – General treatment procedure parameters to be determined at Sizing,
Desizing, Kier boiling, Bleaching, Mercerizing, Dyeing, Printing, Combined effluent treatment
of industrial of wastes- Brief study on Screening, Sedimentation, Equalization, Neutralization,
Coagulation, Secondary treatment – Tricking filtration Activated sludge process, oxidation
ponds, Anaerobic Digestion, Tertiary treatment- Evaporation (solar & steam). Reverse osmosis,
ion exchange, chemical precipitation and removal by Algae and activated carbon treatment.

Unit:5 Analysis Techniques for Pollution 6 hours

Model schematic diagram for waste water treatment plant for textile mills-Primary & secondary
units –Effects of air pollution –Effects of Sulphur oxide on human health – Ambient air quality
standards- Noise pollution –ill effects of noise-Noise level in decibels. Brief study on modern
methods for pollution analysis like molecular luminescence, BOD incubator, ion exchange
chromatography and HPLC.

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Reference Book(s)
1 Environment Pollution control Engineering by [Link]. New age International Ltd &
Publishers.
2 Industrial safety & Pollution control Hand Book by National safety council and Associate
Data Publisher Pvt Ltd.
3 Industrial Effluents by [Link], Sakthi Publications, Coimbatore.
4 Water used in Textile Processing by N. Manivaskam, Sakthi Publications, Coimbatore.
5 Tamilnadu state publications and Hand book of pollution control –Central Board of
pollution control.
6 Textile Effluents by Padma Varkar, NCUTE Publications, IIT,Delhi.
7 Environmental Chemistry and pollution Control, [Link], [Link] & Co., Delhi.
8 Pollution in Textile Industry, [Link], SSMITT Students Cooperative Stores,
Komarapalayam.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Dr. S. Rajalakshmi

Page 38 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S M S S S
CO2 M S M S S S M
CO3 S M S S S M M
CO4 S M S S M S S
CO5 S S M S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 39 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Sixth
Semester

Page 40 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 63A ORGANIC CHEMISTRY - II L T P C

CORE CORE XII - PAPER X 5 -
- 4
2020
Knowledge on basic structure and reactions of Syllabus
Pre-requisite -
simple organic compounds. Version
2021
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Understand the optical activity of various molecules and their naming patterns.
2. Study the mechanism of different rearrangement reactions.
3. Acquire the knowledge on reactions and structures of heterocyclic compounds, amines
and proteins.
4. Predict the structure of natural products like vitamins, alkaloids, terpenoids and
harmones.
Expected Course Outcomes:
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to:
CO1 Gain the knowledge on different types of optically active molecules K2, K4, K5
and their naming methods.
CO2 Understand the mechanisms of inter and intramolecular rearrangement K2, K4
reactions with examples.
CO3 Acquire the knowledge on the preparation, properties and uses of K2, K3
heterocyclic compounds, amino acids and proteins.
CO4 Know the classification, structural elucidation and synthesis of K2, K4, K5
terpenoids and vitamins.
CO5 Understand the different types and structural elucidation of alkaloids K2, K4, K5
and harmones.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Stereochemistry 15 hours

Optical activity – Asymmetric carbon – Racemisation – Resolution – Asymmetric synthesis –
D, L and R,S notation. Optical activity due to restricted rotation in biphenyls, allenes and
spiranes – Molecular overcrowding.

Unit:2 Molecular Rearrangements 15 hours

Mechanism of Pinacol – Pinacolone rearrangement – Beckmann rearrangement – Hoffmann
rearrangement – Curtius rearrangement – Benzilic acid rearrangement – Schmidt
rearrangement – Lossen rearrangement – Cope rearrangement and Claisen rearrangement.

Unit:3 Heterocyclic Compounds and Proteins 15 hours

Heterocyclic Compounds: Chemistry of Furan, Pyrrole, Thiophene, Pyridine – Synthesis and
uses of Quinoline, Isoquinoline and Indole.
Proteins: Amino acids – Classification – Peptide linkage – Proteins – Classification based on
physical properties and biological functions – Primary, Secondary and Tertiary structure –
Uses.

Page 41 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Terpenoids and Vitamins 15 hours

Terpenoids: Introduction – Classification – General methods of isolation – Isoprene rule-
structural elucidation and synthesis of Geraniol, Terpineol and dipentene.
Vitamins: Introduction – Importance of vitamins – Structural elucidation and synthesis of
Retinol, Riboflavin and Ascorbic acid.

Unit:5 Alkaloids and Hormones 15 hours

Alkaloids: Introduction – Classification and General Characteristics – General methods of
determining structures – Hoffmann’s exhaustive methylation – Structural elucidation and
synthesis of Nicotine, Piperine and Papaverin.
Harmones: Introduction – Structural elucidation and synthesis of Adrenaline and Thyroxine.

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Advanced Organic Chemistry – [Link] and Arun Bahl, [Link] & Co., 2012.
2 Organic Chemistry, [Link] and R.N. Boyd, Pearson Education, Sixth Edn., 2002.
3 Text book Organic Chemistry, P.L. Soni, S.M. Chawla, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2007.

Reference Books
1 Organic Chemistry – Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, I.L Finar, Pearson Education, Sixth Edn., 2006.
2 Stereochemistry of Organic compounds, D. Nasipuri, New Age International (P) Ltd,
Second Edn., 2005.
3 Stereochemistry: Conformation And Mechanism - P. S. Kalsi, New Age International
Private Ltd., 2015

Online References (Go to the following websites and search with the specific topics /
keywords)
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
4 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. A. Thirumoorthi

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 M S S S M S M
CO2 L M M S L S S
CO3 S S M M M S S
CO4 S M S S M S S
CO5 S S S S M S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 42 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 63B PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II L T P C

CORE Core XIII – Paper XI 5 - - 4
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2011
Course Objectives:-
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Impart knowledge on electrical and magnetic properties of molecules
2. Describe the order and molecularity of reaction and determination of order of reactions
3. Broad description of theoretical aspects and experimental techniques of kinetics of
different types of reactions.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the electrical properties of molecules and its application K1-K3
Understand magnetic properties of molecules and its application for K1-K3
2
solving problem for structure determination
Know about the order and molecularity of reaction and also K2-K4
3
determination of order of reactions
Understand and learn the theoretical and experimental aspects of kinetics K1-K4
4
of reactions
5 Gain detailed knowledge on photochemical and thermal reactions. K1-K3
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 Electrical Properties of Molecules 15 hours

Electrical properties of molecules: Molar polarization, Orientation polarization and
Distortion polarization polar and non-polar molecules. Determination of dipolemoment of
polar gases, liquids and solids-Applications of dipole moment in the study of simple
molecules.

Unit:2 Magnetic Properties of Molecules 15 hours

Magnetic properties of molecules; Meaning of the terms magnetic susceptibility, magnetic
moment, diamagnetism, paramagnetism and ferromagnetism, Determination of magnetic
susceptibility by Guoy’s method. Application of magnetic properties in solving structural
problems.

Unit:3 Order and Molecularity of Reactions 15 hours

Empirical laws and experimental [Link] laws, Stoichiometry, order and molecularity of
reactions- Setting up and solving simple differential equation for first order, second order,
third order and zero order reactions. Characteristics of I,II,III and Zero order reactions.
Determination of order of reactions.

Page 43 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Kinetics of Reaction 15 hours

Experimental techniques involved in following kinetics of reaction. Volumetry,
manometry, polarimetry and colorimetry, typical examples for each of the techniques.
Theoretical aspects. Effect of temperature on rate constant. The activation energy. The
collision theory of reaction rates and its limitation. Lindemann theory of unimolecular
reactions. The theory of Absolute reaction rates. Comparison of the collision theory with
the Absolute reaction rate theory.

Unit:5 Photochemical Reactions 15 hours

Thermal chain reaction H2/Br2 [Link] of photochemical reactions. Absorption
of light and photochemical process. The Stark-Einstein law of photochemical equivalence.
Photochemical chain reaction H2/Br2 reaction. Quantum yield of photochemical ractions.
Comparison of thermal & photochemical kinetics of H2/Br2 reaction. Photosensitized
reactions. Fluoresence, phosphorescence and chemiluminesence.

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Principles of Physical Chemistry, [Link], [Link] and [Link],
Shobanlal Nagin Chand & Co
2 Essentials of Physical Chemistry, [Link] and G.D. Tuli,S. Chand & Co
3 Text book of physical Chemistry, [Link], Dharmarke; Sultan Chand & Son
Reference Books
1 Physical Chemistry,[Link], Oxford
2 Physical Chemistry, [Link], John. Wiley &Sons
3 Elements of physical Chemistry, [Link] and [Link], McMillan
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
e/2up
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. T. Selvaraju

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S M S M S S
CO2 M S S M S S S
CO3 S M S L S M M
CO4 S S L S M S S
CO5 S M S S M S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 44 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

GRAVIMETRIC ANALYSIS AND

Course code 63P L T P C
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
CORE PRACTICAL CORE XIV - CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL III - - 7 4
Basics Knowledge on Analytical and Physical Syllabus 2019-
Pre-requisite
Chemistry Version 2020
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:

1. Make the students to learn a technique to determine the amount of an analyte (cation)
through the measurement of mass.
2. Impart understanding about conductance of a solution by the addition or removal of ions.
3. Realize and explore the fundamentals of basic physical chemistry experiments, including
chemical kinetics, phase diagram and molecular weight determinations.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the concept of gravimetric analysis. K1-K6
2 Find a suitable precipitation method and perform effective precipitation to K1-K6
determine the amount of the cation.
3 Calculate the conductance of the solution at various stages of neutralization K2-K5
4 Determine the rate and dissociate constant for a reaction K2-K4
5 Perform graphical analysis to arrive experimental results based on the K1-K6
physical chemistry experiments.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Part I Sintered Crucible Based Gravimetric Analysis 45 hours

1. Estimation of Barium as Barium Chromate.
2. Estimation of Lead as Lead Chromate.
3. Estimation of Nickel as Nickel Dimethyl Glyoxime.
Part II Silica Crucible Based Gravimetric Analysis 30 hours
1. Estimation of Sulphate as Barium Sulphate
2. Estimation of Calcium as Calcium Oxalate.

Part III Conductometric Physical Experiments 45 hours

1. Conductometric titrations, strong-acid-strong base.
2. Conductometric titrations, Weak-acid-strong base.
3. Determination of cell constant, specific conductivity and equivalent conductivity of strong
electrolyte.

Part IV Physical Organic Experiments 30 hours

1. Determination of rate constant of acid-catalysed hydrolysis of an ester (Methyl acetate
or Ethyl acetate).
2. Determination of dissociation constant of a weak acid (acetic acid).

Page 45 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Part V Temperature Based Physical Experments 60 hours

1. Determination of Kf / molecular weight by Rast’s macro method-Naphthalene, Diphenyl
and diphenylamine
2. Determination of critical solution temperature of Phenol-Water system.
3. Effect of impurity (NaCl, /succinic acid) on CST.
4. Phase Diagram – Simple Eutectic system.
5. Determination of the transition temperature

Total Practical hours 210 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Basic Principles of Practical Chemistry, Kulandaivelu A.R., Veeraswamy
R., Venkateswaran, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2017.
2 Practical Chemistry for [Link] Chemistry, A.O. Thomas

Reference Books
1 Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, G H Jeffery, J Bassett, J Mendham,
R C Denney, Fifth Edition, Bath Press, Great Britan, 1989
2 Advanced Practical Physical Chemistry, Yadav J.B., Goel Publishing House, 2014.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link] (Estimation of Nickel)
3 [Link] (strong-acid-strong base)
4 [Link] (week acid-strong base)
5 [Link] (Kinetics of Ester Hydrolysis)
6 [Link] (CST of Phenol-Water System)
7 [Link] (Rast’s Macro Method)
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Dr. A. Thirumoorthi

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S S S
CO3 M S S S M S M
CO4 M S M S M M M
CO5 M S M S S M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 46 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

PRACTICAL FOR ELECTIVE

Course code 63Q L T P C
SUSBJECTS
CORE PRACTICAL CORE XV - - 3 4
Basics Knowledge on Organic, Inorganic and Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite
Physical Chemistry Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:

1. Impart skills in the student to analyse a substance by finding their physical constants.
2. Impart knowledge to prepare various organometallic and organic substances using
complexation, oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis and other techniques.
3. Make the students learn the technique of estimation of a substance using Complexometric
titrations.
4. Inculcate the knowledge and skills in the estimation of a substance using colour and light

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Use the physical constants in the analysis of a substance. K1-K5
2 Prepare inorganic complexes K1-K6
3 Perform organic transformation involving substitution and oxidation K1-K5
reactions
4 Use effectively the Complexometric method to estimate hardness of K2-K6
water
5 Colorimetric methods in the estimation of various salts and ions. K1-K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Part I Determination of Melting and Boiling Point 3 hours

1. Determination of Melting point/Boiling point of an organic substance.
Part II Preparation of Inorganic Complexes 18 hours
(a) Tetrammine copper (II) sulphate
(b) Potassium Trioxalato chromate (III)
(c) Prussian Blue
(d) Hexammine Cobalt (II) chloride
(e) Potassium Trioxalato Ferrate(III)
(f) Sodium Cuprous Thiosulphate.
Part III Organic Preparation 12 hours
Preparation involving, Hydrolysis, Oxidation, Halogenation, Nitration and Benzoylation.
Part IV Estimation Using EDTA Method 3 hours
Estimation of Hardness of Water using EDTA.
Part V Estimation Using Calorimetric Method 9 hours
Calorimetric experiments involving Nessler’s tubes.
(a) Extimation of Fe3+ with Ammonium thiocyanate.
(b) Extimation of Ni as Nickel Dimethyl glyoxime.
(c) Estimation of Mn2+ in Potassium permanganate
Total Practical hours 45 hours

Page 47 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Text Book(s)
1 Basic Principles of Practical Chemistry, Kulandaivelu A.R., Veeraswamy
R., Venkateswaran, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2017.
2 Practical Chemistry, Pandey D.N., Sultan Chand Publishers, 2018

Reference Book
1 Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, G H Jeffery, J Bassett, J
Mendham, R C Denney, Fifth Edition, Bath Press, Great Britan, 1989
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
[Link]
3 [Link]
4 [Link]
5 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. K. Velumani

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S M S M S
CO2 S S S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S S S
CO4 S S S S S M S
CO5 S S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 48 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Skill Based
Subject

Page 49 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 6ZP TEXTILE CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL L T P C

SKILL BASED SUBJECT TEXTILE CHEMISTRY PAPER – IV - - 2 3
Knowledge of Higher Secondary Level Syllabus 2015-
Pre-requisite
and Dye Chemistry Version 2016
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:

1. Impart skills and knowledge to the students in handling laboratory equipment and reagents
2. Make the students learn the technique in the analysis of water quality using pH and
volumetric techniques for industrial use.
3. Impart skills in the estimation of various industrial substances
4. Impart knowledge in the preparation of various industrial dyes and dyeing.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Analyze the quality of water for industrial use as well as various K1-K6
substances of industrial use
2 Learn the various methods of dye preparation and dyeing. K1-K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Part I Analysis 15 hours

1. Estimation of pH- paper, digital pH meter, pH solution
2. Volumetric analysis of Sodium Nitrite
3. Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder
4. Analysis of acidity of water by Volumetry
5. Analysis of alkalinity of water by Volumetry

Part II Preparation of Dyes 15 hours

1. Methyl Red
2. Malachite Green
3. Methyl Orange
4. Para nitro benzene azo beta naphthol
5. Azo amino benzene.
Total Practical hours 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1 Elementary Idea of Textile Dyeing, Printing and Finishing” Kanwar Varinder Pal Singh,
Kalyani Publishers, 2009
2 Instrumental Methods of chemical Analysis, B.K Sharma, 2014
3 The Complete Technology Book on Dyes & Dye Intermediates by National Institute of
Industrial Research, 2004
Reference Books
1 Handbook of Water Analysis, 3rd Edition by Nollet, Taylor and Francis, 2013.
2 Vogel's text book of quantitative Chemical Analysis, Sixth edition- J Mendham, R C
Denney, J D Barnes, M J K Thomas, Pearson Eduction Publshers, 2009.

Page 50 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
4 [Link]
5 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S S S S S
CO2 S S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 51 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Elective
Courses

Page 52 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course code 5EA POLYMER CHEMISTRY L T P C

ELECTIVE Elective – I (A) 4 - - 4
Syllabus 2019-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2020
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the types, nature and the various methods of preparation polymers.
2. To learn about the different types of polymerisation reaction mechanism, bonding and
properties of polymers.
3. To study the molecular weight determination methods, preparation and properties of
commercially important polymers.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Classify Polymers based on their origin, mechanism of formation, citing K1-K3
example. Understand the methods of preparation process and apply the -
correct method of preparation for a particular polymer.
2 Analyze the reaction mechanisms of polymerization. K1,K4
3 Understand the relation between the bond forces and structural properties of K2,K4
polymers.
4 Understand the principles behind the molecular determination methods and K2,K4
applying them to calculate the different molecular weights of polymers.
5 Explain the basic preparation methods and have a good knowledge on the K2,K3
Industrial Applications of Polymers.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Undestand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Classification and Preparation of Polymers 12 hours

1. Classification Of Polymers-Natural Polymers And Synthetic Polymers. Synthetic Polymers-
Addition Polymers, Condensation Polymers.
2. Methods Of Preparation Of Polymers-Bulk, Solution ,Suspension And Emulsion

Unit:2 Types of Polymerization 12 hours

Different Types Of Polymerization-Step Growth Polymerization, Addition Polymerization
And Co-Polymerization -Random, Alternate, Block And Graft Polymerization.

Unit:3 Properties of Polymers 12 hours

Primary And Secondary Bond Forces In Polymers-Coherence Energy-Structure Property
Relationship
i) Mechanical Properties ii) Thermal Stability-Glass Transition Temperature iii) Flame
Resistance iv) Chemical Resistance v) Degradability vi) Electrical Conductivity

Page 53 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Determination of Molecular Weight Methods 12 hours

Molecular Weight Of Polymers-Number Average And Weight Average Molecular Weight
Methods.
Number Average Molecular Weight Methods.
1. Osmometry (membrane) 2. Cryoscopy & Ebullioscopy 3. Osmometry (Vapour
pressure)
4. Viscometry 5. End Group Analysis.
Weight Average Molecular Weight Methods.
1. Light scattering 2. Ultra centrifugation
Molecular weight distribution.

Unit:5 Industrial Polymers 12 hours

Important industrial polymers, preparation and applications of
i) Polyethylene, polypropylene ii) Polyamides iii) Polyvinyl chloride and
polymethylmethacrylate
iv) Polyesters and polycarbonates v) Polyurethanes vi) Phenol-formaldehyde and melamine-
formaldehyde vii) Polysilanes and polysiloxanes viii) Polyaniline

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Polymer Science - V R Gowariker; N V Viswanathan; Jayadev Sreedhar -New Age
International - 2003

Reference Books
1 Polymer chemistry an [Link], Oxford-1990
2 Textbook of polymer Science-FW Billmeyer, Wiley-1984.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Dr. K. Velumani

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S M L S S S M
CO2 S M M S S M S
CO3 M M S S S M S
CO4 S S S M S M S
CO5 S M L M S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 54 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
AGRO INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY L T P C
code
ELECTIVE Elective I (B) 4 - - 3
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge in Agriculture
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Let students know the sources of water for agriculture. Impart the knowledge of water and
soil analysis.
2. Inculcate the students about available fertilizers and pesticides and their role
3. To describe the various stages of process in sugar production and starch fermentation.
4. Knowledge on oil, fats and waxes and their contribution to day to day life.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Have knowledge on the sources of water for agriculture and analysis of K2-K4
water and basics on waste water treatment
2 Acquires the knowledge about soil, soil fertility and various parameters K1-K5
involved in evaluation of soil.
3 Describe the importance of nutrients, fertilizers and pesticides for plant K2 –K4
growth
4 Understand the sources and production of sugar and uses of molasses. K1-K6
5 Outline the chemistry of oils, fats and waxes and their role in everyday life K2-K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Water source for agriculture- Water Treatment & Analysis 12 hours
Sources of water supply for agriculture. Hard and soft water. Water softening methods: lime
soda process, phosphate conditioning, permutit and ion-exchange processes. Water analysis;
determination of hardness of water, acidity, alkalinity, pH value, amount of free CO2, fluoride
content, chloride content and their estimation. Biological oxygen demand (BOD), chemical
oxygen demand (COD), chlorine demand and their determinations. Recycling of water.

Unit:2 Chemistry of soil-soil classification and soil analysis 12 hours

Definition of soils. Classification of soils. Properties of soils-physical properties and mechanical
analysis. Structure and Texture. Soil water, soils air and soil temperature. Chemical properties-
soil mineral matter-soil colloids, ion-exchange reactions. Soil fertility and its evaluation. Soil
organic matter and their influence on soil properties –N ratio effects. Soil reactions. Soil pH,
acidity, alkalinity, buffering of soils and its effects on the availability of N, P, K, Ca, Mg, I, AI,
Mn & sulphuric acid. soils salinity, acid & alkaline soils- their formation and reclamation.

Unit:3 Fertilizers and Pesticides 12 hours

Fertilizers: 1. Effect of N,P,K, secondary nutrients and micro nutrients on plant growth and
development.
2. Importance of nitrogenous fertilizers. Nitrogen cycle and fixation of atmospheric nitrogen.
principle and manufacture of ammonium nitrate, ammonium sulphate, and urea

Page 55 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

3. Phosphate fertilizers. Preparation and uses of mono and diammonium phosphates, super
phosphate and triple super phosphate.
4. Potassium fertilizers-potassium nitrate, potassium chloride, potassium sulphate. Mixed
fertilizers. Methods of compost in green manuring, concentrated organic manures and their
chemical composition. Oil cakes, horn and hoof metal.
Pesticides Classification-Insecticides, fungicides and herbicides. General methods of
preparation, application and toxicity. Insect attractants and repellants-fluorine compounds, boron
compounds, arsenic compounds, organomercuric compounds, DDT, BHC,2,4 –D compounds,
pyridine compounds.

Unit:4 Chemistry of sugar and fermentation 12 hours

1. Details of manufacture of sucrose from cane sugar-extraction of juice, purification,
concentration, crystallization, separation and refining of crystals, recovery of sucrose from
molasses. Manufacture of sucrose from beetroot. Estimation of sucrose and inversion sugar by
polarimetry. 2. Manufacture of alcohol from molasses and starch by fermentation process.

Unit:5 OILS, fats and Waxes 12 hours

Classification of oils fats and waxes: distinction between oil, fats and waxes Hydrogenation of
oils-principle and manufacturing details. Definition and determination of soapanification value,
acid value, iodine value RM value and Hehner value and their signification. Elaidin test for oils.
Some common waxes like spermaceti, Bees wax, baybeery wax and their uses. Soap and its
manufacture; toilet and transparent soaps. Cleansing action of soap. Detergent.
Total Lecture hours 60 hours
Text Book(s)
1 Soil Chemistry – Shivanand Tolanur, CBS Publishers & Distributors 2nd Edition, 2018.
Insecticides, Pesticides and Agro based Industries – [Link], [Link], [Link]
2 Industrial Chemistry-B.N Chakrabarty, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, New Delhi,1981
3 Industrial [Link], GOEL Publishing House, 2000
Reference Book
1 Nature and properties of soils - Nyle [Link], Ray [Link], Pearson Education India; 14th
Edition, 2013.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
[Link]
4
[Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh and Dr. M. Sivakumar

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S M S M S
CO2 S M M S S S S
CO3 S M S M S S S
CO4 S S S S S S S
CO5 S S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 56 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY L T P C
code
ELECTIVE Elective I (C) 4 - - 3
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Basic Knowledge in Chemistry and Biology
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Give an overview on pharmaceutical chemistry and terminologies used in.
2. Outline the structure and properties of molecules in biological systems
3. Impart knowledge about medicinally important compounds
4. Describe the role of various drugs in cardiovascular

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Have knowledge on terminologies used in pharmaceuticals and their K1, K2
clinical chemistry
2 Understand the chemistry and uses of alkaloids, analgesics, antibiotics and K1,K2,
sulfonamides K3, K4
3 Understand how molecules play important role as medicine K2,K3,
K4,
4 Have knowledge on bioinorganic chemistry and their role in various K2,K3,
diseases K4,K5
5 Outline the importance of drugs with special emphasize on cardiovascular K1,K2,
related diseases K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Introduction to Pharmaceutical Chemistry 12 hours

1. Important terminologies used in pharmaceutical chemistry-Definition of the following terms-
drug, pharmacology, pharmacognosy, pharmacy, therapeutics, toxicology, chemotherapy,
pharmacopoeia (BP, IP, USP), National formulary, pharmacophore, bacteria, virus, vaccines,
toxoids, primary immunization, additive effect, synergism, antagoinism, plaubo, LD50, ed50 and
therapeutic index
2. Routes of drug administration-local, enema, oral or external, parental-advantages and
disadvantages oral and parental routes-inhalation, intradermal, subcutaneous, intramuscular,
intravenous-intrathecal-intraarticular-transcutaneous-transmuscusal.
3. Clinical chemistry-A Diagnostic test and one method of estimation bilirubin and cholesterol in
serum or plasma or urine. Biuret test for urea.
4. First aid to prevent bleeding and maintain breathing
5. Causes and symptoms of food poisoning, botulism-mushroom and plant poisoning-first aid.
6. Causes, symptoms and treatment of anemia, diabetis, tuberclosis, asthma, jaundice, piles,
leprosy, typhoid, malaria, cholera and filarial.
7. Indian medicinal plants and their importance. Spices and their medicinal uses.

Page 57 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:2 Alkaloids, Analgesics, Antibiotics and Sulfonamides 12 hours

1. Alkaloids- definition-general methods of isolation-colour tests for identification-source,
isolation, structure and use of atropine-source, extraction, structure, SAR and uses of morphine
and quinine.
2. Analgesics-definition different types of pain (superficial, deep non visceral, visceral, referred
and pshycogeneic), classification – morphine and its derivatives. Synthesis assay and uses of
pethidine and methadone-antipyretic analgesics-salicylic acid derivatives-paracetamol,
phenacetin-propanoic acid derivative-Ibuprofen.
3. Antibiotics: definition –microbial synthesis structure, assay and uses of chloramphenicol and
pencilin-structure and use of streptomycin and tetracyclines.
4. Sulphanonamides: Definition-mechanism of action-classification-SAR- synthesis and use of
sulpha acetamide, sulpnathiazole, phthalyl sulphathiazole- sulphadiazine and sulpha pyridine-
assay.

Unit:3 Molecules to Medicine 12 hours

1. Antiseptics and disinfectants: Definition and distinction- phenol coefficient- examples-
phenolic compounds, dyes, cationic surfacts and chloro compounds. Tranquilizers-definition and
examples. Psychodelic drugs LSD and marijuana.
2. Anaesthetics – Definition –Classification –volatile anaesthetics (N2O, ethers,
halohydrocarbons, chloroform, haloethane)-ferguson principle –intravenous anaesthetics-
structure of thiopental sodium-local anaesthetic cocaine-source and structure – preparation and
uses of procaine orthocaine and benzocaine.
3. Vitamins-Definition-classification, sources and deficiency diseases of vitamins A,B,C,D,E
and K. Importance of vitamin A in vision (rhodopsin cycle).
4. Definition of cancer and antineoplastic drugs-examples antimetabolite, natural substances
harmones, alkylating agents, inorganic complexes and other compounds-definition of
hypoglycemic drugs-types and cause for diabetics-examples (Sulphonyl ureas and biguanides)

Unit:4 Medicinally Important Compounds 12 hours

1. Medicinally important compounds of Al2P2As, Hg and Fe. Uses of the following MgSO4
7H2O, milk of magnesia, magnesium trisilicate-Aluminium hydroxide gel, dihydroxy aluminium
amino acetate, Aluminium acetate and aluminium monostearate-paroxon-phosphorine,
cyclophosphosphomide-tricyclophos-preparation and use of thiotepa-sodium and copper
cacodylates-preparation and uses of aromatic aresericals (carbosone, triparasomide, acetarsonide,
neoarsphenamine, oxophenarisince)- HgCl2, Hgl2 and Hg(CN)2 as disinfectations-importance of
organic mercury compounds-structure and uses of thiomersal, netromersal merbromine and
mersalyl acid-Ferous gluconate, FeSO4, scale preparation (ferric ammonium acetate), ferrous
fumarate, ferrous succinate and ferrous chlorinate.
2. Organic pharmaceutical aids-Definition-agents for kidney function (aminophippuric acid)-
liver function (sulphobrophthalein sodium, rose Bengal)-corneal ulcer detection (Fluoescein
sodium)-Blood volume determination (Evans Blue) pituitary function (metyrapone)-ointment
bases-preservatives-antioxidants-sequeshants, colouring, sweetening, flavouring, emulsifying
and stabilizing agents.
3. AIDS-cause HIV-prepagation-prevention and treatment.

Page 58 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:5 Cardiovascular and related drugs 12 hours

1. Blood-composition-grouping-Rh factor-buffers in blood-Functions of plasma proteins-clotting
mechanism-blood pressure. 2. Coagulants and anticoagulants-definitions and examples. 3.
Antianemic drugs (iron, vitamin B12, folic acid). 4. Cardiovascular drugs : definition and names
of drugs for each of the following - antiarrythmic drugs - antihypertensive drugs-antianginal
agents-vasodilators-lipid lowering agents-sclerosing agents

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Pharmaceutical Chemistry by S. Lakshmi, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2nd ed (1998).
2 Pharmacolgy and pharmatherapeutics, Vol.1 & 2, R.S. Satoskar and S.D. Bhandarkar 11th
Ed, Popular prakashan, Mumbai, 1989.
3 Bentleys, Text book of pharmacutics, 8th Ed. E.A. Raubins, 1992, All India traveler book
sellers, Delhi.
4 Medicinal Chemistry, Ashutosh kar, New Age International, 1992.
5 A text book of pharmaceutical chemistry, Jayashree ghosh, S. Chand, 1997.
Reference Book(s)
1 From molecules to [Link], P. Spadon, Springer; 2009th edition.
2 Organic medicinal and pharmaceutical chemistry-J.M. Beale, J.H. Block, Wolters Kluwer
India Pvt. Ltd.; 12th edition 2010.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]

Course Designed By: Dr. M. Asaithambi

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 M S M M S M S
CO2 M M S M M S S
CO3 S M S L S M M
CO4 S M M M M M L
CO5 M S M L M M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 59 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
LEATHER CHEMISTRY L T P C
code
ELECTIVE Elective II (A) 4 - - 3
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the basics of skins, leather and their composition.
2. Impart the principle involved in pre-tanning and structure and process of various tannings
3. Inculcate the methods of curing hides and skins and process of dyeing leather
4. Knowledge on the water pollution by tannery industry and it’s effluent treatment

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the structure and composition of hides and skins and principle K1-K3
involved in pre-tanning
2 Have knowledge on various types of tanning and their physic-chemical K2, K3
properties
3 Interpret the chemistry behind the chrome tanning process K2-K4
4 Analyze the process involved in curing of hides and skin and their K1-K4
preservation
5 Have clear idea on sources of tannery effluents and their treatment K2,K3
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Hides, Skins and Leather 12 hours

1. Hides, Skins,Leather-An elementary knowledge of the structure and composition of hides and
skins. Proteins and their characteristics, Anatomy and histology of protein constituents of leather
(an elementary concept).
2. Basic principle involved in pre-tanning such as soaking, liming, deliming, bating , pickling
involved in pre-tanning such as soaking, liming, deliming, bating, pickling and depickling.

Unit:2 Types of Natural and Synthetic Tannings 12 hours

1. Types of tanning-vegetable and mineral tanning, Different types of vegetable tanning-
materials classification and chemistry of vegetable tanning. Factros and Physio-chemical
principle involved in vegetable tanning, Fixation of vegetable tanning.
2. Synthetic tannings-their classifications, general methods of manufacture and use.

Unit:3 Chemistry of Chrome Tanning 12 hours

1. The preparation and chemistry of chrome tanning liquids, Olation, Oxolation and hydrolysis
of chrome liquids. Effect of adding tanning agents-Role of pH in the reaction of chromium
complexes with hide proteins. Factors governing chrome tanning-chemistry of neutralization
process. A brief survey of chemistry of other tanning like Al, Zr and Te salts and their relative
merit in contrast with chrome tanning 2. Chemistry of combination of tannages involving
vegetable tanning aldehydes, chrome and other mineral tanning agents.

Page 60 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Preservation of Hides and Skins and Leather Dyeing 12 hours

1. Chemical methods of curing and preservation of hides and skins in acid and alkaline solution.
2. Principles of analytical methods employed in curing, liming, deliming, bating, pickling.
Analysis of vegetable tanning materials and extract.
3. Process of dyeing leather-Use of mordants, dyeing auxillaries such as leveling, wetting and
dispersing agents-Dye fixations.

Unit:5 Source and Treatment of Tannery Effluents 12 hours

1. Animal bye-products-their collection, handing and preservation methods (such as hair, blood,
bones, glands, Kerationus materials and their utilization).
2. Tannery effluents and treatment: Types of water pollution-phsical, chemical, physiological
and biological. Different types of tannery effluents and wastes-beam-house waste-liquors-
tanning and finishing yard waste liquors, solid waste-origin and disposal.

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Reference Book(s)
1 Tanning Chemistry: The Science of Leather-A.D. Covington, [Link], Royal Society of
Chemistry, 2019.
2 Tanning processes- A.C. Orthmann, Read Books Publishers, 2011.
3 The Chemistry of Leather manufacture- [Link], Read Books, 2011.
4 Vegetable tanning materials- F.N. Howes, Butterworths Scientific Publications, 2007.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

[Link]
1
vs-chrome-tan/
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
Course Designed By: Mr. C. Sudhakar

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 M M S M S M S
CO2 S S M L M S M
CO3 M L S M M L M
CO4 L M M L M M S
CO5 M M S L M M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 61 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
CHEMISTRY OF PLANT BASED PRODUCTS L T P C
code
ELECTIVE Elective II (B) 4 - - 3
Basic Knowledge about Starch, Cellulose and Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite
Protein Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To impart the knowledge about structure and properties of starch, cellulose and proteins
2. Describe the students the process involved in the manufacture of them and their applications
3. To inculcate the chemistry of various cellulose derivatives and their application in paper
industry

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the structure, physical and chemical properties and manufacture K1-K5
of starch and their applications
2 Identify the sources, structure, properties and reactions of cellulose K1,K2,
K4
3 Describe the structure, Properties, manufacture and uses of proteins K1-K5
4 Give the structure of derivatives of cellulose K1-K3
5 Outline the chemistry behind paper industry with special emphasis on K1-K6
cellulose
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Chemistry of Starch 12 hours

Structure, physical and chemical properties. Manufacture and uses of unmodified and modified
starch, dextrin, sugar syrup, hydrolysis of starch to edible and industrial glucose applications of
starch in textile sizing and in fermentation industries.

Unit:2 Chemistry of Cellulose 12 hours

Structure physical and chemical properties general reactions, major sources and uses of
cellulose, chemical and enzymatic hydrolysis of cellulose. Statistics and economics and
cellulose. Chemistry of minor products of wood like lignin, pentosans, resins etc, laboratory
preparation, manufacture and uses of chemical cellulose.

Unit:3 Chemistry of proteins 12 hours

Structure, Properties, Major sources, technological uses, hydrolysis of proteins and protein
isolates. Manufacture, Properties and uses of gelatin, casein, collagen, protein isolates.

Unit:4 Cellulose Derivatives 12 hours

Cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate, ethyl and methyl cellulose, sodium cellulose sulphate,
sodium, carboxy, hydroxyl, methyl, cellulose, regenerated cellulose, major cellulose-platics-
sodium carboxy methyl cellulose.

Page 62 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:5 Application of Cellulose 12 hours

Different methods of pulping, manufacture and uses of different quality of paper products like
card-board, newsprint, writing paper, tissue piper and filter paper. A short discussion of the
pollution problems and by-products utilization of industries based on starch cellulose and
proteins.

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Fundamentals of [Link], [Link], [Link], S Chand; Seventh edition, 2016.
2 Cellulose Derivatives: Synthesis, Structure, and Properties – T. Heinze, [Link] Seoud, A.
Koschella, Springer International Publishing, 2018.
Reference Book(s)
1 Starch: Chemistry and Technology-J.N. BeMiller, R. L. Whistler, Academic Press; 3rd
edition, 2009.
2 Cellulose chemistry and its [Link], Halsted Press, 1985.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. M. Sivakumar and Mr. C. Shudhakar

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S M M S S M S
CO2 S S M M S S S
CO3 M M M M S M S
CO4 S S S S M S S
CO5 S M S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 63 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
6EC DYE CHEMISTRY L T P C
code
ELECTIVE Elective II (C) 4 - - 3
Knowledge on Structure of Organic Syllabus 2019-
Pre-requisite
Molecules Version 2020
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Outline the fundamentals of volumetric estimations
2. Explain electrophilic and nucleophilic substitution reactions
3. Describe the application of boron and silicate chemistry
4. Discuss thermodynamics and solid state chemistry

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the principles of colour and its relation with K1 – K5
compound’s structure
2 Analyze and classify dyes based on their chemical structure and K1 – K3
applications
3 Describe the synthesis of di and triphenyl methane dyes and their K2, K3,
applications
4 Understand chemistry of nitrogen containing dyes and their K2, K3
applications
5 Outline the importance of pigments in various fields K1 – K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Chemistry and Theory of Colours 12 hours

Colour and constitution-Relationship of colour observed-to wave length of light absorbed-
Terms used in colour chemistry-Chromophores, Auxochromes, Bathochromic shift,
Hypsochromic shift. Colour of a substance-Quinonoid theory and molecular orbital
approach.

Unit:2 Classification of Dyes 12 hours

Classification of Dyes-chemical classification-classification according to their applications-
Acid dyes-Basic dyes. Azoic dyes, mordant dyes, vat dyes, Sulphur dyes, Disperse dyes,
Nitro dyes-and Nitroso dyes process of dyeing (simple treatment).

Azo dyes-Principles governing azo coupling-mechanism of diazotization-Coupling with

amines, coupling with phenols Classification according to the number of azo group &
application-Tautomerism in azo dyes.

Unit:3 Synthesis and Applications of Dyes - I 12 hours

Synthesis, reactions and applications of Di and Triphenyl methane dyes-phthalein dyes-
Xanthen dyes-acridine dyes-sulphur dyes. Phthalocyanines-Cyanine dyes. Malachite
green, Para-rosaniline, crystal violet.

Page 64 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Synthesis and Applications of Dyes - II 12 hours

Azine, Oxazine and Triazine Dyes. Synthesis and applications of quinonoid dyes including
vat dyes based on anthraquinone.

Unit:5 Pigments and Their Applications 12 hours

Requirements of a pigment: Typical Organic and Inorganic pigments-application and their
uses in paints. Reaction of dyes with fibres and water-Fluorescent Brightening agents.
Application of dyes in other areas-medicine, chemical analysis, cosmetics, colouring
agents, food and beverages.

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Synthetic Dyes – G.R. Chatwal, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009.
2 The chemistry of synthetic dyes Vol, I, II, III & IV - [Link], Academic Press
N.Y., 1949.
3 The Hand book of Synthetic Dyes and Pigments – K.M. Shah, Publisher Edutech,
2013.

Reference Books
1 The chemistry of synthetic dyes and pigments - H.A. Lubs, New York, Hafner Pub.
Co., 1965.
2 Organic chemistry Vol.I - [Link], Pearson India, 6th edition, 2012.
3 Dyes and Pigments: New Research – A.R. Lang, Nova Science Publishers, Inc.; UK
ed. Edition, 2013.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S S S S S S
CO2 S M M M S S M
CO3 S M M M S M M
CO4 S M M M S M S
CO5 S S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 65 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II-LAB

L T P C
code TECHNIQUES
ELECTIVE Elective III (Group A) 4 - - 3
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. The students understand the basic principles and components of chromatography
2. To inculcate the theory, instrumentation and applications of various spectrophotometry
3. Introduce the theory, techniques and applications of polarimetry and electrochemical
Methods
4. Give an insight into synthesis and purification of some organic and inorganic
compounds

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Describe the principles of various chromatography K1-K4
2 Understand the theory behind UV, IR and NMR spectrophotometry and K1-K3
their applications.
3 Describe the instrumentation of polarimetry K2,K3
4 Know the various electrochemical methods of analysis and their K2-K4
applications
5 Outline the synthesis and purification steps of some of organic and K2, K3
inorganic compouds
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Chromatography 12 hours

Classification of the chromatographic methods, principles of differential migration, Adsorption
phenomenon, nature of the adsorbent, solvent systems. Rf. Values. Column chromatography,
Partition chromatography, paper chromatography, TLC, -theory and techniques.

Unit:2 Spectroscopy 12 hours

Theory, instrumentation and application of (i) UV and visible spectrophotometry (ii) IR
spectrophotometry (iii) Flame Photometry (iv) NMR spectroscopy

Unit:3 Polarimetry 12 hours

Theory, instrumentation, experimental procedure and application.

Unit:4 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis 12 hours

Polarography, cyclic voltametry, differential pulse polarography and calorimetry: Theory,
techniques and applications.

Unit:5 Preparation and Purification of Compounds 12 hours

Preparation and purification of organic and inorganic compounds like, (i) Aspirin from salicylic
acid (ii) Acetanilide from aniline (iii) Benzanilide from aniline (iv) iodoform from ethanol/and
(v) Meta di nitro benzene acetone (vi) Methyl orange/methyl red (vii)preparation of Nylon 66

Page 66 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

(viii) Caffine from tea leaves (ix) Caesin and lactose from milk (x) Nicotine and Nicotine
sulphate (xi) Bakelite from phenol and From tobacco waste formaldehyde (xii)As2 O3 Sol, Fe
(OH)3 Sol (xiii) Tetrammine-copper sulphate (xiv) Tetrammine Cobalt carbonate (xv) Sodium
thiosulphate and (xvi) Cuprous chloride dithionate

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Chemical Analysis – J. Mendham, RC Denney, JD
Barnes, M. Thomas, B. Sivasankar, Pearson Publishers 6th edition 2009.

Reference Book(s)
1 Physical methods for [Link], W B Saunders Co Ltd; 2nd Revised edition,
1992.
2 Spectroscopy in Inorganic chemistry-C.N.R Rao and JR Ferraro Academic Press Inc, 1971.
3 Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry - [Link], [Link], S. Jose, [Link]
Cengage Learning, 2004
4 Instrumental methods of Chemical Analysis-B.K. Sharma Krishna Prakashan Media (P)
Ltd. 2014.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
[Link]
3
31352857
[Link]
4 Lib/Vogels_TEXTBOOK_OF_QUANTITATIVE_CHEMICAL_ANALYSIS_5th_ed__-
_G_H_Jeffery.[Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. M. Sivakumar and Dr. A. Thirumoorthi

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 M S S M M M M
CO2 S S S M M M M
CO3 S M M M M L M
CO4 L S M L L M M
CO5 M M L M L M M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 67 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
6EE ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY L T P C
code
ELECTIVE Elective III (B) 4 - - 3
Syllabus 2019-
Pre-requisite Basics of Environment Science
Version 2020
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Explain clearly Environmental segments and composition of atmosphere
2. Understand the Natural Cycles of the environment
3. Detailed explanation of the different types of pollution

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the concepts ,environmental segments and composition of the K1,K2
atmosphere
2 Know about the environment cycles and their significance K1
3 Discuss the water pollution,sewage and Industrial waste water treatment K1,K2
4 Describe the reactions in air pollution ,particulates and analysis of K2,K4
pollutants
5 Explain the thermal,noise and radioactive pollution and their effects and K1-K3
methods of control
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Chemistry of Environment and Atmosphere 12 hours

Concept and scope of environmental chemistry-Nomenclature: Pollutant, contaminant, receptor,
sink, pathways of a pollutant, speciation, dissolved oxygen, chemical oxygen demand (COD),
biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)-Environmental segments.
Composition of the atmosphere-atmospheric structure-earth’s radiation balance – particles, ions
and radicals in the atmosphere-formation of inorganic particulate matter- formation of organic
particulate matter-ions and radicals-photochemical reactions in the atmosphere-formation of
NO2, SO2, organic compounds, greenhouse effect.

Unit:2 Cycles of Environment 12 hours

Biological cycles & their significance-Gaseous and sedimentary cycles.
(a) Oxygen cycle and ozone chemistry (b) Carbon cycle (c) Nitrogen cycle
(d) Sulphur cycle (e) Phosphours cycle

Unit:3 Water Pollution and Treatment 12 hours

Water pollution: Hydrological cycle –aquatic environment-classification of water pollution –
organic pollutants, inorganic pollutants, sediments, radioactive materials, thermal pollution,
BOD & COD –signification-experimandal determination. Trace elements in water. Chemical
speciation of copper, lead and mercury.
Eutrophication-sewag treatment-primary and secondary treatments. Industrial waste water
treatment by 1) activated charcoal/synthetic resins 2) membrane techniques.

Page 68 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:4 Air Pollution 12 hours

1. Air pollutants-primary pollutants-sources of carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides, sulphur
dioxide; sink and control. Hydrocarbons, photochemical smog, acid rain.
2. Particulates: sources-inorganic and organic particulate matters-effects on human beings,
materials, climate control of particulate emission- of atmospheric pollution, corrosion of metals-
indoor reactions of air pollutants-sinks of atmospheric gases.
Air quality standards: Monitoring –Analysis of carbon monoxide-nitrogen oxides-sulphur
dioxides-hydrocarbons.

Unit:5 Thermal and Electromagnetic Pollution 12 hours

1. Thermal pollution-definition, sources-environmental effects-control and prevention. Solar
energy as alternative source of energy, strategies for energy conservation.
2. Noise pollution: Sources and effects of noise pollution-control and prevention-solutions to
abuse. Supersonic jets and its effects.
3. Radioactive pollution: Sources of radioactive pollution-environmental threat of nuclear
reactors-breeder reactors-environmental conflicts between nuclear powers Methods of control
and prevention.

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Environmental Chemistry-A.K .De, New Age International(P) Ltd., New Delhi(2010).
2 Environmental Chemistry- V.K. Ahluwalia,Ane Books India., New Delhi(2013).
3 Sodhi, G.S., Fundamantal Concepts of Environmental Chemistry, Narosa Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, Third Edition, (2009).

Reference Books
1 A text book of Environmental Chemistry-Krishnan & Kannan, Anmol Publications, New
Delhi (1992).
2 Environmental chemistry & pollution control – Dhar, [Link] &Co., New Delhi (1995).
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. T. Selvaraju and Mr. C. Sudhakar

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S M L S S S M
CO2 S M M S S M S
CO3 M M S S S M S
CO4 S S S M S M S
CO5 S M L M S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 69 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Course
TEXTILE CHEMISTRY L T P C
code
ELECTIVE Elective III (C) 4 - - 3
Syllabus 2010-
Pre-requisite Higher Secondary Level Chemistry
Version 2011
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Make the students to understand the structure, Properties and uses of natural and
synthetic fibers.
2. Outline the impurities present in cotton and silks and the way to remove them.
3. Impart the knowledge about various dyes and dyeing of wools and silks

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the structure, production, properties and uses of natural fibers K1-K3
2 Understand the structure, production, properties and uses of synthetic fibers K2- K5
3 Identify the impurities present in cotton and silk and know the processes to K2, K3
remove them
4 Describe the various dyeing methods and natural dyes used for cotton fiber K1-K6
5 Outline different methods available for dyeing wools and silks K2-K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Classification and Structure of Natural Fibers 12 hours

1. Fibre theory –polymers and polymerization-Morphology of fibres – Molecular arrangements
in fibres.
2. General classification of fibres-chemical structure, production, properties and uses of the
following natural fibres (a)natural cellulosic fibres (cotton and jute) (b) natural protein fibre
(wool and silk).

Unit:2 Properties and Uses of Synthetic Fibers 12 hours

Chemical structure, production, properties and uses of the following synthetic fibres. (i) Man
made cellulosic fibres (Rayon, modified cellulosic fibres) (ii) Man made protein fibres (Azions)
(iii) Poly amide fibres (different types of nylons) (iv) Poly ester fibres (v) Acrylic fibres and (vi)
Olefin fibres.

Unit:3 Impurities in fibers and their removal 12 hours

Impurities in raw cotton and grey cloth, wool and silk- general principles of the removal –
Scouring – bleaching – Desizing – Kierboiling- Chemicking –Chemical and machinery use-
Degumming and Bleaching of silk Scouring and Bleaching of wool.

Unit:4 Classification of Dyes 12 hours

Dyeing – Classification of dyes and their properties- applications – direct, basic, sulphur and
azoic dyes on cotton. Application of Vat and solubilised vat dyes on cotton and viscose. Mordant
mineral colours and black. Application of vegetable and other colour to cotton.

Page 70 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Unit:5 Dyeing of Fibers 12 hours

1. Dyeing of wool and silk –Fastnerss properties of dyed materials – dyeing of nylon, terylene
and other synthetics.
2. Finishes given to fabrics- Mechanical finishes on cotton, wool and silk, method used process
of mercerizing –Anti-crease and Anti-shrink finishes –Water proofing.

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Books(s)
1 Text Book of Applied [Link], Sonali Publications; 1st edition, 2011.
2 Chemistry of dyes & Principles of Dyeing -[Link], Sevak Publications, 1983.
Reference Book(s)
1 The Identification of Textile Fibres – Bruno Luniak, Isaac Pitman & Sons, Limited, 1953.
2 Dyeing and chemical Technology of Textile fibres-5th Edition, [Link], Charles
Griffin & Co Ltd, 1970. (Digitalized 2010).
3 Chemical Technology of fibrous Materials – F.I. Sadov, M.V. Horchagin and [Link],
Mir Publishers, 1978. (Digitalized 2008).
4 Textile Scouring and Bleaching [Link], Charles Griffin & Co Ltd.1968.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
Course Designed By: Dr. S. P. Rajasingh

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7
CO1 S S M M M M S
CO2 M S S M S L M
CO3 M S S S M M L
CO4 S S S M S S M
CO5 S M S S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 71 of 74
B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

Annexure

Page 72 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

B. Sc. CHEMISTRY

Syllabus
(2021-2022)

Program Code: 22D

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
(Affiliated Colleges)
Bharathiar University
(A State University, Accredited with “A“Grade by NAAC and
13th Rank among Indian Universities by MHRD-NIRF)
Coimbatore 641 046, INDIA

Page 73 of 74
 B. Sc. Chemistry 2021-22 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.20(a)
SCAA DATED: 23.06.2021

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY: COIMBATORE 641046

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
(Affiliated Colleges)

MISSION

To provide the fundamental knowledge of chemistry, empower students for

higher studies and acquire potential jobs.

Page 74 of 74
 [Link]. Computer Science

Syllabus

AFFILIATED COLLEGES

Program Code: 22K

2023 – 2024 onwards

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY
(A State University, Accredited with “A++” Grade by NAAC,
Ranked 21st among Indian Universities by MHRD-NIRF)
Coimbatore - 641 046, Tamil Nadu, India
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

The B. Sc. Computer Science program describe accomplishments that graduates are
expected to attain within five to seven years after graduation
To enrich knowledge in core areas related to the field of computer science and
PEO1
mathematics.
To provide opportunities for acquiring in-depth knowledge in Industry 4.0/5.0
PEO2 tools and techniques and there by design and implement software projects to
meet customer’s business objectives.
To enable graduates to pursue higher education leading to Master and Research
PEO3 Degrees or have a successful career in industries associated with Computer
Science or as entrepreneurs
To enhance communicative skills and inculcate team spirit through professional
PEO4 activities, skills in handling complex problems in data analysis and research
project to make them a better team player.
To embed human values and professional ethics in the young minds and
PEO5
contribute towards nation building.
PEO9 To develop project

Page 1 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Program Specific Outcomes (PSOs)

After the successful completion of [Link]. Computer Science program, the students are
expected to
Impart the fundamental principles and methods of Computer Science to a wide
PSO1
range of applications.
Develop and deploy applications of varying complexity using the acquired
PSO2 knowledge in various programming languages, data structures and algorithms,
database and networking skills.
To investigate, analyze complex problems by the application of suitable
PSO3 mathematical and research tools, to design Information Technology products and
solutions
To identify and utilize the state-of-the-art tools and techniques in the design and
PSO4
development of software products and solutions.
Ability to identify, interpret, analyze and design solutions using appropriate
PSO5 algorithms of varying complexities in the field of information and
communication technology.

Page 2 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Program Outcomes (POs)

On successful completion of the [Link]. Computer Science program
Disciplinary knowledge: Capable to apply the knowledge of mathematics,
PO1 algorithmic principles and computing fundamentals in the modeling and design
of computer based systems of varying complexity.
Scientific reasoning/ Problem analysis: Ability to critically analyze, categorizes,
PO2
formulate and solve the problems that emerges in the field of computer science.
Problem solving: Able to provide software solutions for complex scientific and
business related problems or processes that meet the specified needs with
PO3
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety and the cultural, societal
and environmental considerations.
Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of software solutions
PO4
in environmental and societal context and strive for sustainable development.
Modern tool usage: Use contemporary techniques, skills and tools necessary for
PO5
integrated solutions.
Ethics: Function effectively with social, cultural and ethical
PO6 responsibility as an individual or as a team member with positive
attitude.
Cooperation / Team Work: Function effectively as member or leader on
PO7
multidisciplinary teams to accomplish a common objective.
Communication Skills: An ability to communicate effectively with diverse
PO8 types of audience and also able to prepare and present technical documents to
different groups.
Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Graduates will recognize the need for
PO9 self-motivation to engage in lifelong learning to be in par with changing
technology.
PO10 Enhance the research culture and uphold the scientific integrity and objectivity

Page 3 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

BHARATHIAR UNIVERSITY::COIMBATORE641046
[Link]. Computer Science (CBCS PATTERN)
(For the students admitted from the academic year2023-2026 Batch)
Scheme of Examination
Examination
Hours/
Part Title of the Course Duration Maximum Marks Credits
Week
In Hours CIA CEE Total
SemesterI
I Language-I 4 3 25 75 100 4
II English-I 4 3 25 75 100 4
III Core1:Computing Fundamentals and C 5 3 4
Programming 25 75 100
III Core2:Digital Fundamentals and Computer 100
Architecture 5 3 25 75 4
III CoreLab1: Programming Lab-C 5 3 25 75 100 4
III Allied1:Mathematical Structures for Computer 5 3 25 75 100 4
Science
IV Environmental Studies* 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 150 500 650 26
SemesterII
I Language–II 4 3 25 75 100 4
II English–II & 4 3 12 38 50 2
Naan Muthalvan –Skill Course
Effective English
[Link] 2 12 38 50 2
ge_Course_Details.pdf
III Core3:C++ Programming 5 3 25 75 100 4
III CoreLab2: Programming Lab-C++ 5 3 20 30 50 2
III CoreLab3:Internet Basics 3 3 20 30 50 2
III Allied2:Discrete Mathematics 5 3 25 75 100 4
IV Value Education– Human Rights* 2 3 - 50 50 2
Total 30 139 411 550 22
SemesterIII
I Language – III 4 3 25 75 100 4
II English – III & 4 3 25 75 100 4
III Core4:Data Structures 4 3 25 75 100 4
III Core5:Java Programming 4 3 25 75 100 4
III CoreLab4:Programming Lab –Java 3 3 20 30 50 2
III Allied3:Computer Based
Optimization Techniques & 5 3 12 38 50 2
III Skill based Subject1: Software Engineering
4 3 30 45 75 3
And Software Project Management
IV Tamil**/ Advanced Tamil*(OR)Non-
major elective-I(Yoga for Human 2 3 - 50 50 2
Excellence)*/ Women’s Rights*
Total 30 162 463 625 25
SemesterIV
I Language – IV 4 3 25 75 100 4
II English – IV & 4 3 12 38 50 2
III Core6: System Software and Operating System 4 3 25 75 100 4
III Core7:Linux and Shell Programming 4 3 25 75 100 3
III CoreLab 5:Linux and Shell P rogramming Lab 3 3 20 30 50 2

Page 4 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

NaanMuthalvan– Skill Course

Office Fundamentals - Lab
2 20 30 50 2
[Link]
niversity_(BU)
III Allied4:Business Accounting & 4 3 12 38 50 2
III Skill based Subject 2 Lab: Software Project
3 3 20 30 50 2
Management-Lab
IV Tamil**/Advanced Tamil* (OR) Non-
2 3 - 50 50 2
major elective-II(General Awareness*)
Total 30 159 441 600 23
SemesterV
III Core 8:RDBMS & Oracle 6 3 25 75 100 4
III Core 9:Visual Basic 6 3 25 75 100 4
III Core 6:Programming Lab 6 3 30 45 75 4
–VB&Oracle
III Elective - I PYTHON
Programming/Computer Networks/ 6 3 25 75 100 4
Organizational Behavior
III Skill based Subject 3: Software Testing 6 3 30 45 75 3
Total 30 135 315 450 19
SemesterVI
III Core10:Graphics & Multimedia 3 25 75 100
5 4
III Core11:Project Work Lab%% 5 3 25 75 100 4
III CoreLab7: Programming Lab 3 30 45 75
–Graphics &Multimedia 5 3
III Elective–II:Network Security and
Cryptography / Artificial Intelligence and 5 3 25 75 100
4
Expert Systems / Web Technology
III Elective–III:Data Mining/Open Source
Software/ Internet of Things (IoT) 3 25 75 100
5 4
III Skill Based Subject 4(Lab): Software
3 3 20 30 50 2
Testing Lab
Naan Muthalvan –Skill Course
Cyber Security @
[Link]
[Link] 12 38
(or) Machine Learning #
2 (or) (or) 50 2
[Link]
L_Google.pdf 20 30
(or) Android APP Development $
[Link]
d_App_Dev.pdf
V Extension Activities** - 50 - 50 2
Total 30 212/ 413/ 625 25
220 405
GrandTotal 962/ 2538 3500 140
970 /
2530
 *No Continuous Internal Assessment(CIA),University Examinations Only.
 **No University Examinations, Continuous Internal Assessment(CIA) Only.
 # Govt –Non-Autonomous Colleges, $ Aided– Non-Autonomous Colleges, @ Self-Financing
Colleges (Non–Autonomous) (For theory : CIA – 12, CEE – 38; For Practical : CIA – 20, CEE
30).

Page 5 of 75
[Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

First
Semester

Page 6 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Computing Fundamentals and C

Course code L T P C
Programming
Core/Elective/Supportive Core Paper: 1 4 0 0 4
Students should have basic Computer Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
Knowledge Version Onwards
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To impart knowledge about Computer fundamentals
2. To understand the concepts and techniques in C Programming
3. To equip and indulge themselves in problem solving using C

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Learn about the Computer fundamentals and the Problem solving K2
2 Understand the basic concepts of C programming K2
3 Describe the reason why different decision making and loop constructs are K3
available for iteration in C
4 Demonstrate the concept of User defined functions , Recursions , Scope and K4
Lifetime of Variables, Structures and Unions
5 Develop C programs using pointers Arrays and file management K3
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 Fundamentals of Computers & Problem Solving in C 12 hours

Fundamentals of Computers : Introduction – History of Computers-Generations of Computers-
Classification of Computers-Basic Anatomy of a Computer System-Input Devices-Processor-
Output Devices-Memory Management – Types of Software- Overview of Operating System-
Programming Languages-Translator Programs-Problem Solving Techniques - Overview of C.

Unit:2 Overview of C 15 hours

Overview of C - Introduction - Character set - C tokens - keyword & Identifiers - Constants -
Variables - Data types - Declaration of variables - Assigning values to variables - Defining
Symbolic Constants - Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Assignment, Conditional, Bitwise, Special,
Increment and Decrement operators - Arithmetic Expressions - Evaluation of expression -
precedence of arithmetic operators - Type conversion in expression – operator precedence &
associativity - Mathematical functions - Reading & Writing a character - Formatted input and
output.

Unit:3 Decision Making , Looping and Arrays 15 hours

Decision Making and Branching: Introduction – if, if….else, nesting of if …else statements- else
if ladder – The switch statement, The ?: Operator – The goto Statement. Decision Making and
Looping: Introduction- The while statement- the do statement – the for statement-jumps in loops.
Arrays – Character Arrays and Strings

Unit:4 User-Defined Functions, Structures and Unions 15 hours

User-Defined Functions: Introduction – Need and Elements of User-Defined Functions-
Definition-Return Values and their types - Function Calls – Declarations – Category of

Page 7 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Functions- Nesting of Functions - Recursion – Passing Arrays and Strings to Functions - The
Scope, Visibility and Lifetime of Variables- Multi file Programs. Structures and Unions

Unit:5 Pointers & File Management 15 hours

Pointers: Introduction-Understanding pointers -Accessing the address of a variable Declaration
and Initialization of pointer Variable – Accessing a variable through its pointer Chain of pointers-
Pointer Expressions – Pointer Increments and Scale factor- Pointers and Arrays- Pointers and
Strings – Array of pointers – Pointers as Function Arguments Functions returning pointers –
Pointers to Functions – Pointers and Structures. File Management in C.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Problem Solving through C Programming - Edureka

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 E Balagurusamy: Computing Fundamentals & C Programming – Tata McGraw-Hill, Second
Reprint 2008

Reference Books
1 Ashok N Kamthane: Programming with ANSI and Turbo C, Pearson, 2002.
2 Henry Mullish & Hubert [Link]: The Sprit of C, Jaico, 1996.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 Introduction to Programming in C - NPTEL
2 Problem solving through Programming in C - SWAYAM
3 C for Everyone : Programming Fundamentals - Coursera

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M M M S M S L
CO3 S M S M M L S L S L
CO3 S S S M M M S M S M
CO4 S S S M S M S M S M
CO5 S S S M M M S M S M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 8 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Digital Fundamentals and Computer

Course code L T P C
Architecture
Core/Elective/Supporti
Core Paper : 2 4 0 - 4
ve
Student should have basic computer Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
knowledge Version Onwards
Course Objectives:
On successful completion of this subject the students should have Knowledge on
1. To familiarize with different number systems and digital arithmetic & logic circuits
2. To understand the concepts of Combinational Logic and Sequential Circuits
3. To impart the knowledge of buses, I/O devices, flip flops, Memory and bus structure.
4. To understand the concepts of memory hierarchy and memory organization
5. To understand the various types of microprocessor architecture

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Learn the basic structure of number system methods like binary, octal and K3
hexadecimal and understand the arithmetic and logical operations are performed by
computers.
2 Define the functions to simplify the Boolean equations using logic gates. K1
3 Understand various data transfer techniques in digital computer and control unit K2
operations.
4 Compare the functions of the memory organization K4
5 Analyze architectures and computational designs concepts related to architecture K4
organization and addressing modes
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 Number System and Arithmetic circuits 12 hours

Number System and Binary Codes: Decimal, Binary, Octal, Hexadecimal – Binary addition,
Multiplication, Division – Floating point representation, Complements, BCD, Excess3, Gray Code.
Arithmetic Circuits: Half adder, Full adder, Parallel binary adder, BCD adder, Half subtractor, Full
subtractor, Parallel binary subtractor - Digital Logic: The Basic Gates – NOR, NAND, XOR Gates.

Unit:2 Combinational Logic and Sequential Circuits 14 hours

Combinational Logic Circuits: Boolean algebra – Karnaugh map – Canonical form Construction
and properties – Implementations – Don’t care combinations - Product of sum, Sum of products,
Simplifications. Sequential circuits: Flip-Flops: RS, D, JK, and T - Multiplexers – Demultiplexers –
Decoder Encoder – Shift Registers-Counters.

Unit:3 Input – Output Organization and Data Transfer 12 hours

Input – Output Organization: Input – output interface – I/O Bus and Interface – I/O Bus Versus
Memory Bus – Isolated Versus Memory – Mapped I/O – Example of I/O Interface. Asynchronous
data transfer: Strobe Control and Handshaking – Priority Interrupt: Daisy- Chaining Priority,
Parallel Priority Interrupt. Direct Memory Access: DMA Controller, DMA Transfer. Input – Output
Processor: CPU-IOP Communication.

Page 9 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 Memory Organization 10 hours

Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy – Main Memory- Associative memory: Hardware
Organization, Match Logic, Read Operation, Write Operation. Cache Memory: Associative, Direct,
Set-associative Mapping – Writing into Cache Initialization. Virtual Memory: Address Space and
Memory Space, Address Mapping Using Pages, Associative Memory, Page Table, Page
Replacement.

Unit:5 Case Studies 6 hours

CASE STUDY: Pin out diagram, Architecture, Organization and addressing modes of 80286-
80386-80486-Introduction to microcontrollers.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 56 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Digital principles and applications, Albert Paul Malvino, Donald P Leach, TMH, 1996.
2 Computer System Architecture -M. Morris Mano , PHI.
3 Microprocessors and its Applications-Ramesh S. Goankar

Reference Books
1 Digital Electronics Circuits and Systems, V.K. Puri, TMH.
2 Computer Architecture, M. Carter, Schaum‘s outline series, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M S M S M M L
CO3 S M S M M S M M M L
CO3 S S S M S S S M M M
CO4 S S S S S S S M S S
CO5 S S S S S S S M S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 10 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Programming Lab – C L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive Core Lab: 1 0 0 3 4
Students should have basic knowledge in C Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
programming and algorithms Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To practice the Basic concepts, Branching and Looping Statements and Strings in C
programming
2. To implement and gain knowledge in Arrays, functions, Structures, Pointers and File
handling

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Remember and Understand the logic for a given problem and to generate Prime K1, K2
numbers & Fibonacci Series (Program-1,2,3)
2 Apply the concepts to print the Magic square, Sorting the data , Strings, Recursive K2, K3
functions and Pointers (Program-4,5,6,8,10)
3 Remember the logic used in counting the vowels in a sentence (Program-7) K1
4 Apply and Analyze the concepts of Structures and File management
(Program-9,11,12) K3&K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Programs 36 hours
1. Write a C program to find the sum, average, standard deviation for a given set of numbers.
2. Write a C program to generate n prime numbers.
3. Write a C program to generate Fibonacci series.
4. Write a C program to print magic square of order n where n > 3 and n is odd.
5. Write a C program to sort the given set of numbers in ascending order.
6. Write a C program to check whether the given string is a palindrome or not using pointers.
7. Write a C program to count the number of Vowels in the given sentence.
8. Write a C program to find the factorial of a given number using recursive function.
9. Write a C program to print the students Mark sheet assuming roll no, name, and marks in 5
subjects in a structure. Create an array of structures and print the mark sheet in the university
pattern.
10. Write a function using pointers to add two matrices and to return the resultant matrix to the
calling function.
11. Write a C program which receives two filenames as arguments and check whether the file
contents are same or not. If same delete the second file
12. Write a program which takes a file as command line argument and copy it to another file. At
the end of the second file write the total i) no of chars ii) no. of words and iii) no. of lines.
Total Lecture hours 36 hours
Text Book(s)
1 E Balagurusamy: Computing Fundamentals & C Programming – Tata McGraw-Hill, Second
Reprint 2008

Page 11 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Reference Books
1 Ashok N Kamthane: Programming with ANSI and Turbo C, Pearson, 2002.
2 Henry Mullish & Hubert [Link]: The Sprit of C, Jaico, 1996.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 Introduction to Programming in C – NPTEL
2 Problem solving through Programming in C - SWAYAM
3 C for Everyone : Programming Fundamentals – Course

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M L M S S S L
CO3 S S S M L M S S S M
CO3 S S S L L M S S S L
CO4 S S S M L M S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 12 of 75
[Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Second
Semester

Page 13 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code C++ PROGRAMMING L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportiv
Core: 3 5 0 4
e 0
Before starting this course one should have a
basic understanding of computer programs and
computer programming language. If you know Syllabus
Pre-requisite 2023-24
the concepts of C programming it will be much Version
Onward
easier to understand this course
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Impart knowledge of object oriented programming concepts and implement them in C++
2. Enable to differentiate procedure oriented and object-oriented concepts.
3. Equip with the knowledge of concept of Inheritance so that learner understands the need of
inheritance.
4. Explain the importance of data hiding in object oriented programming

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Define the different programming paradigm such as procedure oriented and object K1
oriented programming methodology and conceptualize elements of OO
methodology
2 Illustrate and model real world objects and map it into programming objects for a K2
legacy system.
3 Identify the concepts of inheritance and its types and develop applications using K3
overloading features.
4 Discover the usage of pointers with classes K4
5 Explain the usage of Files, templates and understand the importance of exception K5
Handling
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION TO C++ 10 hours

Key concepts of Object-Oriented Programming –Advantages – Object Oriented Languages – I/O in
C++ - C++ Declarations. Control Structures: - Decision Making and Statements: If.. Else, jump,
goto, break, continue, Switch case statements - Loops in C++: for, while, do - functions in C++ -
inline functions – Function Overloading..

Unit:2 CLASSES AND OBJECTS 10 hours

Declaring Objects – Defining Member Functions – Static Member variables and functions – array
of objects –friend functions – Overloading member functions – Bit fields and classes –
Constructor and destructor with static members.

Unit:3 OPERATOR OVERLOADING 12 hours

Overloading unary, binary operators – Overloading Friend functions – type conversion –
Inheritance: Types of Inheritance – Single, Multilevel, Multiple, Hierarchal, Hybrid, Multi path

Page 14 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

inheritance – Virtual base Classes – Abstract Classes.

Unit:4 POINTERS 13 hours

Declaration – Pointer to Class , Object – this pointer – Pointers to derived classes and Base classes
– Arrays – Characteristics – array of classes – Memory models – new and delete operators –
dynamic object – Binding, Polymorphism and Virtual Functions.

Unit:5 FILES 13 hours

File stream classes – file modes – Sequential Read / Write operations – Binary and ASCII Files –
Random Access Operation – Templates – Exception Handling - String – Declaring and Initializing
string objects – String Attributes – Miscellaneous functions .

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Ashok N Kamthane, Object-Oriented Programming with Ansi And Turbo C++, Pearson
Education, 2003.

Reference Books
1 E. Balagurusamy, Object-Oriented Programming with C++, TMH, 1998.
2 Maria Litvin & Gray Litvin, C++ for you, Vikas publication, 2002.
3 John R Hubbard, Programming with C, 2nd Edition, TMH publication, 2002.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M M M M M M L
CO2 S S S S S S S M M M
CO3 S S S S S S S M M M
CO4 S S S S S S S M M S
CO5 S S S S S S S M M S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 15 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code PROGRAMMING LAB - C++ L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core Lab : 2 0 0 4 4
Supportive
Basic understanding of computer programs and Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
computer programming language like C. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Impart knowledge of object oriented programming concepts and implement them in C++
2. Enable to differentiate procedure oriented and object-oriented concepts.
3. Equip with the knowledge of concept of Inheritance so that learner understands the need of
inheritance.
4. Explain the importance of data hiding in object oriented programming

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Define the different programming paradigm such as procedure oriented and object K1
oriented programming methodology and conceptualize elements of OO
methodology
2 Illustrate and model real world objects and map it into programming objects for a K2
legacy system.
3 Identify the concepts of inheritance and its types and develop applications using K3
overloading features.
4 Discover the usage of pointers with classes K4
5 Explain the usage of Files, templates and understand the importance of exception K5
Handling
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Programs 36 hours
1. Write a C++ Program to create a class to implement the data structure STACK. Write a
constructor to initialize the TOP of the STACK. Write a member function PUSH() to insert an
element and member function POP() to delete an element check for overflow and underflow
conditions..
2. Write a C++ Program to create a class ARITHMETIC which consists of a FLOAT and an
INTEGER variable. Write member functions ADD (), SUB(), MUL(), DIV() to perform
addition, subtraction, multiplication, division respectively. Write a member function to get and
display values.
3. Write a C++ Program to read an integer number and find the sum of all the digits until it reduces
to a single digit using constructors, destructors and inline member functions.
4. Write a C++ Program to create a class FLOAT that contains one float data member. Overload all
the four Arithmetic operators so that they operate on the object FLOAT
5. Write a C++ Program to create a class STRING. Write a Member Function to initialize, get and
display stings. Overload the operators ++ and == to concatenate two Strings and to compare two
strings respectively.
6. Write a C++ Program to create class, which consists of EMPLOYEE Detail like E_Number,
E_Name, Department, Basic, Salary, Grade. Write a member function to get and display them.
Derive a class PAY from the above class and write a member function to calculate DA, HRA and

Page 16 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

PF depending on the grade.

7. Write a C++ Program to create a class SHAPE which consists of two VIRTUAL FUNCTIONS
Calculate_Area() and Calculate_Perimeter() to calculate area and perimeter of various figures.
Derive three classes SQUARE, RECTANGLE, TRIANGE from class Shape and Calculate Area
and Perimeter of each class separately and display the result.
8. Write a C++ Program to create two classes each class consists of two private variables, a integer
and a float variable. Write member functions to get and display them. Write a FRIEND Function
common to both classes, which takes the object of above two classes as arguments and the
integer and float values of both objects separately and display the result.
9. Write a C++ Program using Function Overloading to read two Matrices of different Data Types
such as integers and floating point numbers. Find out the sum of the above two matrices
separately and display the sum of these arrays individually.
10. Write a C++ Program to check whether the given string is a palindrome or not using Pointers
11. Write a C++ Program to create a File and to display the contents of that file with line numbers.
12. Write a C++ Program to merge two files into a single file.
Text Book(s)
1 Ashok N Kamthane, Object-Oriented Programming with Ansi And Turbo C++, Pearson
Education, 2003.

Reference Books
1 E. Balagurusamy, Object-Oriented Programming with C++, TMH, 1998.
2 Maria Litvin & Gray Litvin, C++ for you, Vikas publication, 2002.
3 John R Hubbard, Programming with C, 2nd Edition, TMH publication, 2002.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
4

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M M M M M M L
CO2 S S S S S S S M M M
CO3 S S S S S S S M M M
CO4 S S S S S S S M M S
CO5 S S S S S S S M M S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 17 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Internet Basics L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core Lab : 3 0 0 2 2
Supportive
Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite Knowledge of WINDOWS Operating Systems
Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Introduce the fundamentals of Internet and the Web functions.
2. Impart knowledge and essential skills necessary to use the internet and its various components.
3. Find, evaluate, and use online information resources.
4. Use Google Apps for education effectively.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the fundamentals of Internet and the Web concepts K2
2 Explain the usage of internet concepts and analyze its components. K2
3 Identify and apply the online information resources K3
4 Inspect and utilize the appropriate Google Apps for education effectively K3,
K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Programs 36 hours
1. Create an email account in Gmail. Using the account created compose a mail to invite other
college students for your college fest, enclose the invitation as attachment and send the mail
to at least 50 recipients. Use CC and BCC options accordingly
2. Open your inbox in the Gmail account created, check the mail received from your peer from
other college inviting you for his college fest, and download the invitation. Reply to the
mail with a thank you note for the invite and forward the mail to other friends.
3. Assume that you are studying in final year of your graduation and are eagerly looking for
a job. Visit any job portal and upload your resume.
4. Create a meeting using Google calendar and share meeting id to the attendees. Transfer
the ownership to the Manager once the meeting id is generated.
5. Create a label and upload bulk contacts using import option in Google Contacts
6. Create your own Google classroom and invite all your friends through email id. Post study
material in Google classroom using Google drive. Create a separate folder for every
subject and upload all unit wise E-Content Materials.
7. Create and share a folder in Google Drive using ‘share a link’ option and set the
permission to access that folder by your friends only.
8. Create one-page story in your mother tongue by using voice recognition facility of Google
Docs.
9. Create a registration form for your Department Seminar or Conference using Google
Forms.
10. Create a question paper with multiple choice types of questions for a subject of your
choice, using Google Forms.
11. Create a Google form with minimum 25 questions to conduct a quiz and generate a

Page 18 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

certificate after submission.

12. Create a meet using Google Calendar and record the meet using Google Meet.
13. Create a Google slides for a topic and share the same with your friends.
14. Create template for a seminar certificate using Google Slides.
15. Create a sheet to illustrate simple mathematical calculations using Google Sheets.
16. Create student’s internal mark statement and share the Google sheets via link.
17. Create different types of charts for a range in CIA mark statement using Google Sheets.
18. Create a mark statement in Google Sheets and download it as PDF, .xls and .csv files
Text Book(s)
1 Ian Lamont, Google Drive & Docs in 30 Minutes, 2nd Edition.
2

Reference Books
1 Sherry Kinkoph Gunter, My Google Apps, 2014.
2
3

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
4 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S M S S S S M M S L
CO2 S M S S S S S S S M
CO3 S S S S S S S S S S
CO4 S S S S S S S S S S
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 19 of 75
[Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Third
Semester

Page 20 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Data Structures L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core: 4 3 0 4
Supportive 0
Basic understanding of Data storage, retrieval Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
and algorithms. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To introduce the fundamental concept of data structures
2. To emphasize the importance of data structures in developing and implementing efficient
algorithms.
3. Understand the need for Data Structures when building application
4. Ability to calculate and measure efficiency of code
5. Improve programming logic skills.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms K1-K2
2 Construct and analyze of stack and queue operations with illustrations K2-K4
3 Enhance the knowledge of Linked List and dynamic storage management. K2-K3
4 Demonstrate the concept of trees and its applications K2-K3
5 Design and implement various sorting and searching algorithms K1-K4
for applications and understand the concept of file organizations
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION 9 hours

Introduction of Algorithms, Analysing Algorithms. Arrays: Sparse Matrices - Representation of
Arrays. Stacks and Queues. Fundamentals - Evaluation of Expression Infix to Postfix Conversion

Unit:2 LINKED LIST 8 hours

Linked List: Singly Linked List - Polynomial Addition - Doubly Linked List and Dynamic –
Storage Management - Garbage Collection and Compaction.

Unit:3 TREES 10 hours

Basic Terminology - Binary Trees - Binary Tree Representations – Binary Trees-Traversal.
Graphs: Terminology and Representations-Traversals - Shortest Paths.

Unit:4 SYMBOL TABLE 9 hours

Symbol Tables: Static Tree Tables - Dynamic Tree Tables - Hash Tables: Hashing Functions -
Overflow Handling.

Page 21 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 INTERNAL SORTING 7 hours

Insertion Sort - Quick Sort - 2 Way Merge Sort - Heap Sort.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Shani, Data Structures, Galgotia Publication.
Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Shani, Sanguthevar Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms, Galgotia
2
Publication.
3 [Link] Rose, [Link], Data Structures, Wiley India Private Limited,2015, 1st Edition

Reference Books
Jean-Paul,Tremblay & Paul [Link] , An Introduction to Data structures with Applications
1
Tata McGraw Hill Company 2008, 2ndEdition.
2 Samanta.D , Classic Data Structure Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd 2007, 9th Edition
3 Seymour Lipschutz, Data Structures McGraw Hill Publications, 2014, 1st Edition

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M M M S M M M
CO2 S S S M M M M M M M
CO3 S S S M S M M M S S
CO4 S S S M S S S S M M
CO5 S S S M M S S M M S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 22 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Java Programming L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportiv
Core: 5 6 0 4
e 0
The objective of the course is to train the students
Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite to acquire problem-solving skills through
Version Onward
object oriented programming
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To expose the students with the introduction to OOPs and advantages of object oriented
programming.
2. The concepts of OOPs make it easy to represent real world entities.
3. The course introduces the concepts of converting the real time problems into objects and
methods and their interaction with one another to attain a solution.
4. Simultaneously it provides the syntax of programming language Java for solving the real
world problems.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 The competence and the development of small to medium sized application K1-K2
programs that demonstrate professionally acceptable coding
2 Demonstrate the concept of object oriented programming through Java K2-K4
3 Apply the concept of Inheritance, Modularity, Concurrency, Exceptions handling K3
and data persistence to develop java program
4 Develop java programs for applets and graphics programming K3
5 Understand the fundamental concepts of AWT controls, layouts and K1-K2
events
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 FUNDAMENTALS OF OBJECT-ORIENTED 15 hours

PROGRAMMING
Object-Oriented Paradigm – Basic Concepts of Object-Oriented Programming – Benefits of
Object-Oriented Programming –Application of Object-Oriented Programming. Java Evolution:
History – Features – How Java differs from C and C++ – Java and Internet – Java and www –Web
Browsers. Overview of Java: simple Java program – Structure – Java Tokens – Statements – Java
Virtual Machine.

Unit:2 BRANCHING AND LOOPING 12 hours

Constants, Variables, Data Types - Operators and Expressions – Decision Making and Branching:
if, if...else, nested if, switch, ? : Operator - Decision Making and Looping: while, do, for – Jumps
in Loops - Labeled Loops – Classes, Objects and Methods.

Unit:3 ARRAYS AND INTERFACES 15 hours

Arrays, Strings and Vectors – Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance – Packages: Putting Classes
together – Multithreaded Programming.

Page 23 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 ERROR HANDLING 15 hours

Managing Errors and Exceptions – Applet Programming – Graphics Programming.

Unit:5 MANAGING INPUT / OUTPUT FILES IN JAVA 15 hours

Concepts of Streams- Stream Classes – Byte Stream classes – Character stream classes – Using
streams – I/O Classes – File Class – I/O exceptions – Creation of files – Reading / Writing
characters, Byte-Handling Primitive data Types – Random Access Files.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Programming with Java – A Primer - E. Balagurusamy, 5th Edition, TMH.
2 Herbert Schildt , Java: The Complete Reference, McGraw Hill Education, Oracle Press 10th
Edition, 2018
3 Programming with Java – A Primer - E. Balagurusamy, 3rd Edition, TMH.

Reference Books
1 The Complete Reference Java 2 - Patrick Naughton & Hebert Schildt, 3rd Edition, TMH
2 Programming with Java – John R. Hubbard, 2nd Edition, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M S L S M M M
CO2 S S S M S L S M M M
CO3 S S S M S M S S M M
CO4 S S S M S M M S M M
CO5 S S S M S M S S M M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 24 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Programming Lab – JAVA

Course code L T P C
Core/Elective/Supportive Core Lab: 4 0 0 5 4
Students should know about the OOPs concept Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
and basic knowledge in java theory. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
3. The main objective of JAVA Programming Lab is to provide the students a strong foundation
on programming concepts and its applications through hands-on training.
4. To practice the Basic concepts, Branching and Looping Statements and Strings in C
programming
5. To implement and gain knowledge in Arrays, functions, Structures, Pointers and File
handling

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts of Java Programming with emphasis on ethics and K1, K2
principles of professional coding
2 Demonstrate the creation of objects, classes and methods and the K2
concepts of constructor, methods overloading, Arrays, branching
and looping
3 Create data files and Design a page using AWT controls and Mouse Events in Java K2, K3
programming Implement the concepts of code reusability and debugging.
4 Develop applications using Strings, Interfaces and Packages and applets K3
5 Construct Java programs using Multithreaded Programming and K3
Exception Handling
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Programs 36 hours
1. Write a Java Applications to extract a portion of a character string and print the extracted
string.
2. Write a Java Program to implement the concept of multiple inheritance using Interfaces.
3. Write a Java Program to create an Exception called payout-of-bounds and throw the
exception.
4. Write a Java Program to implement the concept of multithreading with the use of any three
multiplication tables and assign three different priorities to them.
5. Write a Java Program to draw several shapes in the created windows.
6. Write a Java Program to create a frame with four text fields name, street, city and pin code
with suitable tables. Also add a button called my details. When the button is clicked its
corresponding values are to be appeared in the text fields.
7. Write a Java Program to demonstrate the Multiple Selection List-box.
8. Write a Java Program to create a frame with three text fields for name, age and qualification
and a text field for multiple line for address
9. Write a Java Program to create Menu Bars and pull down menus.
10. Write a Java Program to create frames which respond to the mouse clicks. For each events
with mouse such as mouse up, mouse down, etc., the corresponding message to be

Page 25 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

displayed.
11. Write a Java Program to draw circle, square, ellipse and rectangle at the mouse click
positions.
12. Write a Java Program which open an existing file and append text to that file.
Total Lecture hours 36 hours
Text Book(s)
1 Programming with Java – A Primer – E. Balagurusamy, 5th Edition, TMH.
2 Herbert Schildt , Java: The Complete Reference, McGraw Hill Education, Oracle Press 10th
Edition, 2018
3 Programming with Java – A Primer – E. Balagurusamy, 3rd Edition, TMH.
Reference Books
1 The Complete Reference Java 2 – Patrick Naughton & Hebert Schildt, 3rd Edition, TMH
2 Programming with Java – John R. Hubbard, 2nd Edition, TMH.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L S S S M M L
CO3 S S S L S M S M M L
CO3 S S S M S M S M M L
CO4 S S S M S M S S M S
CO5 S S S M S S S S M S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 26 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Software Engineering and Software Project

Course code L T P C
Management
Core/Elective/
Skill based Subject - 1 5
0 0 3
Supportive
Basic knowledge on the Software Development Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
Life Cycle. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To enhance the basic software engineering methods and practices.
2. To learn the techniques for developing software systems.
3. To understand the object oriented design.
4. To understand software testing approaches

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts of software engineering K1
2 Apply the software engineering models in developing software applications K2-K3
3 Implement the object oriented design in various projects K4
4 Knowledge on how to do a software project with in-depth analysis. K3
5 To inculcate knowledge on Software engineering concepts in turn gives a K1-K4
roadmap to design a new software project.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 15 hours

Software Engineering: A Layered Technology – Software Process – Software Process Models –
The Prototyping. Requirement Engineering– Software prototyping - Elements of analysis model –
Data modeling – Functional modeling and information flow.

Unit:2 SOFTWARE DESIGN 12 hours

Software design and Software engineering – The Design process – Design principles – Design
concepts – Effective modular design –Software Architecture

Unit:3 SOFTWARE TESTING 15 hours

Software testing fundamentals – Test Case Design - White box testing – Basis path testing –
Control structure testing – Black box testing. Unit testing – Validation testing – System testing.

Unit:4 SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT 15 hours

Software Configuration Management: Definitions and terminology – processes and activities.
Software Quality assurance: Definitions – Quality control and Quality assurance – Organization
of Structures. Risk Management: Risk Identification – quantification - Monitoring - Mitigation.
Software requirements gathering: Steps to be followed – Outputs and Quality Records - Skill sets
required – Challenges.

Unit:5 ESTIMATION 15 hours

Estimation: What is Estimation? – When and Why? – Three phases of Estimation – Estimation
methodology – Formal models of Size Estimation. Design and Development phases: Reusability -
Technology choices – Standards – Portability -User interface issues – Testability - The Effect of
Internet on Project Management.

Page 27 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Roger S. Pressman: Software Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill, V Edition.
2 Gopalaswamy Ramesh, Managing Global Software Projects, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,
2002.
3 Programming with Java – A Primer - E. Balagurusamy, 3rd Edition, TMH.

Reference Books
1 The Complete Reference Java 2 – Patrick Naughton & Hebert Schildt, 3rd Edition, TMH
2 Programming with Java – John R. Hubbard, 2nd Edition, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S M M S M S S S S M
CO2 S S S S S S S S S S
CO3 S S S S S M S S S S
CO4 S S S S S S S S S S
CO5 S S S S S S S S S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 28 of 75
[Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Fourth
Semester

Page 29 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code System Software and Operating Systems L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core : 6 6 0 4
Supportive 0
Students Should have the basic knowledge in Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
computer. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the processing of programs on a computer system to design and implementation
of language processor.
2. To enhance the ability of program generation through expansion and gain knowledge about
Code optimization using software tools.
3. Students will gain knowledge of basic operating system concepts.
4. To have an in-depth understanding of process concepts, deadlock and memory management.
5. To provide an exposure to scheduling algorithms, devices and information management.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Know the program generation and program execution activities in detail K1
2 Understand the concepts of Macro Expansions and Gain the knowledge of Editing K2-K3
processes
3 Remember the basic concepts of operating system K1
4 Understand the concepts like interrupts, deadlock , memory management and file K2
management
5 Analyze the need for scheduling algorithms and implement different algorithms K1-K4
used for representation, scheduling, and allocation in DOS and UNIX operating
system.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEM SOFTWARE 12 hours

Introduction–System Software and machine architecture. Loader and Linkers: Basic Loader
Functions - Machine dependent loader features –Machine independent loader features - Loader
design options

Unit:2 MACHINE AND COMPILER 15 hours

Machine dependent compiler features - Intermediate form of the program - Machine dependent
code optimization - Machine independent compiler features - Compiler design options - Division
into passes – Interpreters – p-code compilers - Compiler-compilers.

Unit:3 OPERATING SYSTEM 15 hours

What is an Operating System? – Process Concepts: Definition of Process - Process States -
Process States Transition – Interrupt Processing – Interrupt Classes - Storage Management: Real
Storage: Real Storage Management Strategies – Contiguous versus Non-contiguous storage
allocation – Single User Contiguous Storage allocation- Fixed partition multiprogramming –
Variable partition multiprogramming.

Page 30 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 VIRTUAL STORAGE 15 hours

Virtual Storage: Virtual Storage Management Strategies – Page Replacement Strategies –
Working Sets – Demand Paging – Page Size. Processor Management: Job and Processor
Scheduling: Preemptive Vs Non-preemptive scheduling – Priorities – Deadline scheduling.

Unit:5 DEVICE AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 15 hours

Device and Information Management Disk Performance Optimization: Operation of moving head
disk storage – Need for disk scheduling – Seek Optimization – File and Database Systems: File
System – Functions – Organization – Allocating and freeing space – File descriptor – Access
control matrix.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Leland [Link], System Software: An Introduction to Systems Programming, Pearson, Third
Edition.
2 H.M. Deitel, Operating Systems, 2nd Edition, Perason, 2003.

Reference Books
1 Achy8ut S. Godbole, Operating Systems, TMH, 2002.
2 John J. Donovan, Systems Programming, TMH, 1991.

3 D.M. Dhamdhere, Systems Programming and Operating Systems, 2nd Revised Edition, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S M M M S M M M M L
CO2 S S S S S M M M S L
CO3 S M M M S M S S S L
CO4 S S S M S S S M M M
CO5 S S S M S S S M M M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 31 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Linux and Shell Programming L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core : 7 6 0 4
Supportive 0
Before starting the course students should have
Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite the basic knowledge about operating system and
Version Onward
C programming.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Linux is a multi-user and multi-tasking operating system and after learning the concepts of an
operating system
2. Student will be able to write simple shell programming using Linux utilities, pipes and filters.
3. The file system, process management and memory management are discussed.
4. Various commands used by Linux shell is also discussed which makes the users to interact
with each other.
5. Bourne shell programming is dealt in depth which can be used to develop applications.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Describe the architecture and features of Linux Operating System and distinguish it K1
from other Operating System.
2 Develop Linux utilities to perform File processing, Directory handling, User K2-K3
Management and display system configuration
3 Develop shell scripts using pipes, redirection, filters and Pipes K2
4 Apply and change the ownership and file permissions using advance Unix K3
commands.
5 Build Regular expression to perform pattern matching using utilities and K3-K6
implement shell scripts for real time applications.
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION 12 hours

Introduction to LINUX Operating System: Introduction - The LINUX Operating System.

Unit:2 MANAGING FILES AND DIRECTORIES 15 hours

Managing Files and Directories: Introduction – Directory Commands in LINUX – File Commands
in LINUX.

Unit:3 VI EDITOR 15 hours

Creating files using the vi editor: Text editors – The vi editor. Managing Documents: Locating
files in LINUX – Standard files – Redirection – Filters – Pipes.

Unit:4 SECURING FILES 15 hours

Securing files in LINUX: File access permissions – viewing File access permissions – Changing
File access permissions. Automating Tasks using Shell Scripts: Introduction – Variables- Local
and Global Shell variables – Command Substitution.

Page 32 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 CONDITIONAL EXECUTION IN SHELL SCRIPTS 15 hours

Using Conditional Execution in Shell Scripts: Conditional Execution – The case…esac Construct.
Managing repetitive tasks using Shell Scripts: Using Iteration in Shell Scripts – The while
construct – until construct – for construct – break and continue commands – Simple Programs
using Shell Scripts.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Operating System LINUX, NIIT, PHI, 2006, Eastern Economy Edition.
2 N.B. Venkateswarlu , Introduction to Linux: Installation and Programming, BS Publications,
2008, 1st Edition

Reference Books
1 Richard Petersen, Linux: The Complete Reference, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, Edition 2008.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S M M M S M M M M L
CO2 S S S M S M M M M L
CO3 S S S M S M S S S M
CO4 S S S M S M S S S M
CO5 S S S S S S S S S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 33 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Programming Lab –
Course code LINUX and SHELL PROGRAMMING L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive Core Lab: 5 0 0 6 4

Students should have the prior basic knowledge Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
in operating system. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Describe the architecture and features of Linux Operating System
2. To create programs in the Linux environment using Linux utilities and commands.
3. Student is given an introduction of Linux shell commands and they will be able to write own
shell scripts.
4. Shell programming is dealt in depth which can be used to develop applications.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Develop Linux utilities to perform File processing, Directory handling and User
K1, K2
Management
2 Understand and develop shell scripts using pipes, redirection, filters, Pipes and
K2-K3
display system configuration
3 Develop simple shell scripts applicable to file access permission network
K3
administration
4 Apply and change the ownership and file permissions using advance Unix
K4-K5
commands.
5 Create shell scripts for real time applications. K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Programs 36 hours
1. Write a shell script to stimulate the file commands: rm, cp, cat, mv, cmp, wc, split, diff.
2. Write a shell script to show the following system configuration :
a. currently logged user and his log name
b. current shell , home directory , Operating System type , current Path setting , current
working directory
c. show currently logged number of users, show all available shells
d. show CPU information like processor type , speed
e. show memory information
3. Write a Shell Script to implement the following: pipes, Redirection and tee commands.
4. Write a shell script for displaying current date, user name, file listing and directories by
getting user choice.
5. Write a shell script to implement the filter commands.
6. Write a shell script to remove the files which has file size as zero bytes.
7. Write a shell script to find the sum of the individual digits of a given number.
8. Write a shell script to find the greatest among the given set of numbers using command line
arguments.
9. Write a shell script for palindrome checking.
10. Write a shell script to print the multiplication table of the given argument using for loop.

Page 34 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Total Lecture hours 36 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Operating System LINUX, NIIT, PHI, 2006, Eastern Economy Edition.
2 N.B. Venkateswarlu , Introduction to Linux: Installation and Programming, BS Publications,
2008, 1st Edition

Reference Books
1 Richard Petersen, Linux: The Complete Reference, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, Edition 2008.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1 [Link]
2 [Link]
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M S M S M M M
CO3 S S S M S M S S M M
CO3 S S S S S S S S S S
CO4 S S S S S S S S S S
CO5 S S S S S S S S S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 35 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Lab – Software Project Management L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportive Skill Based Subject 2 (Lab) :1 0 0 4 3
Basic knowledge in SDLC and managing of Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
software projects Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To gain knowledge about how to develop project plan
2. To create requirement analysis and specification for software applications.
3. Student is given an introduction of various phases of software development life cycle models.
4. To analyze the steps are to be implemented using SDLC to develop applications.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Prepare a Project Plan with requirement analysis and specification. K1, K2
2 Understand and develop cost estimation model for real time applications. K2-K3
3 Implement the concepts of checkpoints in design phase K3
4 Analyze the Development phase of the database and text area of the
K4-K5
applications.
5 Create SDLC for real time applications. K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Programs 36 hours
1. Preparation of Project Management Plan.
2. Using any of the CASE tools, Practice requirement analysis and specification for different
firms.
3. Case study of cost estimation models.
4. Practice object oriented design principles for implementation.
5. Practice function oriented design.
6. Practice creating software documentation for the Analysis phase of software development
life cycle for a real time application.
7. Practice creating software documentation for the Development phase of software
development life cycle for a real time application.
8. Practice creating software documentation for the Implementation phase of software
development life cycle for a real time application.
9. Practice creating software documentation for the Testing phase of software development
life cycle for a real time application.
10. Simulate a tool for path testing principles.
11. Simulate a tool for testing based on control structures.
12. Simulate a tool that reflects black box testing concepts
Total Lecture hours 36 hours
Text Book(s)
1
Reference Books
1

Page 36 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S S S M S S S M
CO3 S S S S S M S S S M
CO3 S S S M S M S S S M
CO4 S S S M S S S S S S
CO5 S S S S S S S S S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 37 of 75
[Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Fifth
Semester

Page 38 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code RDBMS & Oracle L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core : 8 6 0 4
Supportive 0
Basic knowledge about the data, table and Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
database in computers Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. The course describes the data, organizing the data in database, database administration.
2. To grasp the different issues involved in the design of a database system.
3. To study the physical and logical database designs and database modeling like relational,
Hierarchical, network models, database security, integrity and normalization.
4. It also gives introduction to SQL language to retrieve the data from the database with suitable
application development.
5. Provide strong foundation of database concepts and to introduce students to application
development in DBMS.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts of Relational Data Model, Entity- K1-K2
Relationship Model and process of Normalization
2 Understand and construct database using Structured Query Language K1-K3
(SQL) in Oracle9i environment.
3 Learn basics of PL/SQL and develop programs using Cursors, K1-K4
Exceptions, Procedures and Functions.
4 Understand and use built-in functions and enhance the knowledge of K1-K3
handling multiple tables
5 Attain a good practical skill of managing and retrieving of data using K2-K4
Data Manipulation Language (DML)
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 DATABASE CONCEPTS 15 hours

Database Concepts: A Relational approach: Database – Relationships – DBMS – Relational Data
Model – Integrity Rules – Theoretical Relational Languages. Database Design: Data Modeling and
Normalization: Data Modeling – Dependency – Database Design – Normal forms – Dependency
Diagrams – De -normalization – Another Example of Normalization.

Unit:2 ORACLE9i 15 hours

Oracle9i: Overview: Personal Databases – Client/Server Databases – Oracle9i an introduction –
SQL *Plus Environment – SQL – Logging into SQL *Plus - SQL *Plus Commands – Errors &
Help – Alternate Text Editors - SQL *Plus Worksheet - iSQL *Plus. Oracle Tables: DDL: Naming
Rules and conventions – Data Types – Constraints – Creating Oracle Table – Displaying Table
Information – Altering an Existing Table – Dropping, Renaming, Truncating Table – Table Types
– Spooling – Error codes.

Unit:3 WORKING WITH TABLE 15 hours

Working with Table: Data Management and Retrieval: DML – adding a new Row/Record –
Customized Prompts – Updating and Deleting an Existing Rows/Records – retrieving Data from

Page 39 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Table – Arithmetic Operations – restricting Data with WHERE clause – Sorting – Revisiting
Substitution Variables – DEFINE command – CASE structure. Functions and Grouping: Built-in
functions –Grouping Data. Multiple Tables: Joins and Set operations: Join – Set operations.

Unit:4 PL/SQL 15 hours

PL/SQL: A Programming Language: History – Fundamentals – Block Structure – Comments –
Data Types – Other Data Types – Declaration – Assignment operation – Bind variables –
Substitution Variables – Printing – Arithmetic Operators. Control Structures and Embedded SQL:
Control Structures – Nested Blocks – SQ L in PL/SQL – Data Manipulation – Transaction
Control statements. PL/SQL Cursors and Exceptions: Cursors – Implicit & Explicit Cursors and
Attributes – Cursor FOR loops – SELECT…FOR UPDATE – WHERE CURRENT OF clause –
Cursor with Parameters – Cursor Variables – Exceptions – Types of Exceptions.

Unit:5 PL/SQL COMPOSITE DATA TYPES 12 hours

PL/SQL Composite Data Types: Records – Tables – arrays. Named Blocks: Procedures –
Functions – Packages –Triggers –Data Dictionary Views.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Database Systems using Oracle, Nilesh Shah, 2nd edition, PHI.
2 E-Book : Diana Lorentz, “Oracle® Database SQL Reference”, ORACLE, Dec, 2005.
3 E-Book : Bill Pribyl, Steven Feuerstein, “Oracle PL/SQL Programming”, O'Reilly Media, Inc.,
6th Edition, February 2014.

Reference Books
1 Database Management Systems, Majumdar & Bhattacharya, 2007, TMH.
2 Database Management Systems, Gerald V. Post, 3rd edition, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1 [Link]
2 [Link]

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M S M M M M L
CO2 S S S M S M M M M L
CO3 S S S S S S S S M M
CO4 S S S S S M S S M L
CO5 S S S S S M S S M L
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 40 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Visual Basic L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core : 9 6
0 4
Supportive 0
Knowledge in programming language and oops Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
concept. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. The main aim of the course is to cover visual basic programming skills required for modern
software development.
2. To study the advantages of Controls available with visual basic.
3. To gain a basic understanding of database access and management using data controls.
4. To facilitate the learner to carry out project works using the tools available in VB and MS
Access.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Demonstrate fundamental skills in utilizing the tools of a visual environment such K1
as command, menus and toolbars.
2 Implement SDI and MDI applications using forms, dialogs and other types of GUI K2
components.
3 Understand the connectivity between VB with MS-ACCESS database. K3
4 Implement the methods and techniques to develop projects. K4
5 Attain a good practical skill of managing ODBC and Data Access Objects K2-K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION TO VB 15 hours

Getting Started with VB6, Programming Environment, working with Forms, Developing an
application, Variables, Data types and Modules, procedures and control structures, arrays. Working
with Controls: Creating and using controls, working with control arrays.

Unit:2 MENUS IN VB 15 hours

Menus, Mouse events and Dialog boxes: Mouse events, Dialog boxes, MDI and Flex grid: MDI,
Using the Flex grid control.

Unit:3 ODBC AND DATA ACCESS OBJECTS 15 hours

ODBC and Data Access Objects: Data Access Options, ODBC, Remote data objects, ActiveX
EXE and ActiveX DLL: Introduction, Creating an ActiveX EXE Component, Creating ActiveX
DLL Component.

Unit:4 OBJECT LINKING AND EMBEDDING 15 hours

Object Linking and Embedding: OLE fundamentals, Using OLE Container Control, Using OLE
Automation objects, OLE Drag and Drop, File and File System Control: File System Controls,
Accessing Files.

Unit:5 CONTROLS IN VB 12 hours

Additional controls in VB: sstab control, setting properties at runtime, adding controls to tab, list
control, tabstrip control, MS Flexgrid control, Why ADO, Establishing a reference, Crystal and

Page 41 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Data reports.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Visual Basic 6.0 Programming, Content Development Group, TMH, 8th reprint, 2007. (Unit I
to Unit IV)
2 Programming with Visual Basic 6.0, Mohammed Azam, Vikas Publishing House, Fourth
Reprint, 2006. (Unit V)

Reference Books
1 Gray Cornell (2003), ”Visual Basic 6 from ground up” TMH, New Delhi, 1st Edition,
Deitel and Deitel, [Link] (1998), “Visual Basic 6 - How to Program”, Pearson Education.
2
First Edition.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L M M M M M L
CO2 S S S M M M S S M L
CO3 S S S S S M S S S M
CO4 S S S S S S S S S S
CO5 S S S S S S S S S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 42 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Programming Lab –
Course code L T P C
VB & Oracle
Core/Elective/Supportive Core Lab : 6 0 0 6 4
Students should have the theoretical knowledge Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
in visual basic and oops concept. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To develop applications using Graphical User Interface tools.
2. To understand the design concepts.
3. To design and build database systems and demonstrate their competence.
4. To create requirement analysis and specification for software applications.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the concepts of Visual Basic. K1
2 Learn the advantages of Controls in VB K2
3 Design and develop the event- driven applications using Visual Basic framework. K3
4 Apply the knowledge of database methods. K4
5 Learn basics of PL/SQL and develop programs using Cursors, Exceptions,
K6
Procedures and Functions
K1 – Remember; K2 – Understand; K3 – Apply; K4 – Analyze; K5 – Evaluate; K6 – Create

Programs 36 hours
1. Construction of an Arithmetic Calculator (Simple).
2. Writing simple programs using loops and decision-making statements.
a. Generate Fibonacci series.
b. Find the sum of N numbers.
3. Write a program to create a menu and MDI Forms.
4. Write a program to display files in a directory using DriveListBox, DirListBox and
FileListBox control and open, edit and save text file using Rich text box control.
5. Write a program to illustrate Common Dialog Control and to open, edit and save text file.
6. Write a program to implement animation using timers.
7. Write a simple VB program to accept a number as input and convert it into
a. Binary b. Octal c. Hexa-decimal
8. Create a table for Employee details with Employee Number as primary key and following
fields:
Name, Designation, Gender, Age, Date of Joining and Salary. Insert at least ten rows and
perform various queries using any one Comparison, Logical, Set, Sorting and Grouping
operators.
9. Write a PL/SQL to update the rate field by 20% more than the current rate in inventory
table which has the following fields: Prono, ProName and Rate. After updating the table a
new field (Alter) called for Number of item and place for values for the new field without
using PL/SQL block.
10. Write a PL/SQL program to implement the concept of Triggers

Page 43 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

11. Write a PL/SQL program to implement the concept “Procedures”.

12. Write a VB program to manipulate the student mark list with oracle database connectivity
program.
Total Lecture hours 36 hours
Text Book(s)
1 Visual Basic 6.0 Programming, Content Development Group, TMH, 8th reprint, 2007. (Unit I
to Unit IV)
2 Programming with Visual Basic 6.0, Mohammed Azam, Vikas Publishing House, Fourth
Reprint, 2006. (Unit V)
3 E-Book : Bill Pribyl, Steven Feuerstein, “Oracle PL/SQL Programming”, O’Reilly Media, Inc.,
6th Edition, February 2014.

Reference Books
1 Gray Cornell (2003), ”Visual Basic 6 from ground up” TMH, New Delhi, 1st Edition,
Deitel and Deitel, [Link] (1998), “Visual Basic 6 – How to Program”, Pearson Education.
2
First Edition.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L M L S M M L
CO3 S S S L M M S M S L
CO3 S S S M S M S S S M
CO4 S S S M S M S S M M
CO5 S S S S S S S S S M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 44 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code PYTHON Programming L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective : I 6 0 4
Supportive 0
Knowledge on logic of the programs and oops Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
concept. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To introduce the fundamentals of Python Programming.
2. To teach about the concept of Functions in Python.
3. To impart the knowledge of Lists, Tuples, Files and Directories.
4. To learn about dictionaries in python.
5. To explores the object-oriented programming, Graphical programming aspects of python
with help of built in modules..

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Remembering the concept of operators, data types, looping statements in Python K1
programming.
2 Understanding the concepts of Input / Output operations in file.. K2
3 Applying the concept of functions and exception handling K3
4 Analyzing the structures of list, tuples and maintaining dictionaries K4
5 Demonstrate significant experience with python program development environment K4-K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 BASICS OF PYTHON 10 hours

BASICS : Python - Variables - Executing Python from the Command Line - Editing Python Files -
Python Reserved Words - Basic Syntax-Comments - Standard Data Types – Relational Operators -
Logical Operators - Bit Wise Operators - Simple Input and Output.

Unit:2 CONTROL STATEMENTS 10 hours

CONTROL STATEMENTS: Control Flow and Syntax - Indenting - if Statement - statements and
expressions- string operations- Boolean Expressions -while Loop - break and continue - for Loop.
LISTS: List-list slices - list methods - list loop – mutability – aliasing - cloning lists - list
parameters. TUPLES: Tuple assignment, tuple as return value -Sets – Dictionaries

Unit:3 FUNCTIONS 10 hours

FUNCTIONS: Definition - Passing parameters to a Function - Built-in functions- Variable Number
of Arguments - Scope – Type conversion-Type coercion-Passing Functions to a Function -
Mapping Functions in a Dictionary – Lambda - Modules - Standard Modules – sys – math – time -
dir - help Function.

Unit:4 ERROR HANDLING 12 hours

ERROR HANDLING: Run Time Errors - Exception Model - Exception Hierarchy - Handling
Multiple Exceptions - Data Streams - Access Modes Writing - Data to a File Reading - Data From
a File - Additional File Methods - Using Pipes as Data Streams - Handling IO Exceptions -
Working with Directories.

Page 45 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 OBJECT ORIENTED FEATURES 12 hours

OBJECT ORIENTED FEATURES: Classes Principles of Object Orientation - Creating Classes -
Instance Methods - File Organization - Special Methods - Class Variables – Inheritance –
Polymorphism - Type Identification - Simple Character Matches - Special Characters - Character
Classes – Quantifiers - Dot Character - Greedy Matches – Grouping - Matching at Beginning or
End - Match Objects – Substituting - Splitting a String - Compiling Regular Expressions.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 55 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Mark Summerfield, Programming in Python 3: A Complete introduction to the Python
Language, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2009.
2 Martin C. Brown, PYTHON: The Complete Reference, McGraw-Hill, 2001
E. Balagurusamy (2017), “Problem Solving and Python Programming”, McGraw-Hill, First
3
Edition.

Reference Books
1 Allen B. Downey, “Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist”, 2nd edition,
Updated for Python 3, Shroff/O‘Reilly Publishers, 2016
Guido van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, An Introduction to Python – Revised and updated for
2
Python 3.2, Network Theory Ltd., 2011
3 Wesley J Chun, Core Python Applications Programming‖, Prentice Hall, 2012.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L S M L M S S
CO2 S S S L S M L M S S
CO3 S S S L S M L M S S
CO4 S S S L S M L M S S
CO5 S S S L S M L M S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 46 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Computer Networks L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective : I 6
0 0 4
Supportive
Students should have the knowledge on computer Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
connectivity and connectivity peripherals. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To identify various components in a data communication system and understand state-of-
the-art in network protocols, architectures and applications.
2. To enable students through the concepts of computer networks, different models and their
involvement in each stage of network communication.
3. To educate the concepts of terminology and concepts of the OSI reference model and the
TCP/IP reference model and protocols such as TCP, UDP and IP.
4. To be familiar with the concepts of protocols, network interfaces, and design/performance
issues in local area networks and wide area networks.
5. Introduce the student to a network routing for IP networks and how a collision occurs and
how to solve it and how a frame is created and character count of each frame.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Remember the organization of computer networks, factors influencing computer K1
network development and the reasons for having variety of different types of
networks.
2 Understand Internet structure and can see how standard problems are solved and K2
the use of cryptography and network security.
3 Apply knowledge of different techniques of error detection and correction to detect K3
and solve error bit during data transmission.
4 Analyze the requirements for a given organizational structure and select the most K4
appropriate networking architecture and technologies
5 Knowledge about different computer networks, reference models and the functions K2-K4
of each layer in the models
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 BASICS OF NETWORKS AND OSI MODEL 15 hours

Network Hardware: LAN – WAN – MAN – Wireless – Home Networks. Network Software:
Protocol Hierarchies – Design Issues for the Layers – Connection-oriented and connectionless
services – Service Primitives – The Relationship of services to Protocols. Reference Models: OSI
Reference Model – TCP/IP reference Model – Comparison of OSI and TCP/IP -Critique of OSI
and protocols – Critique of the TCP/IP Reference model.

Unit:2 PHYSICAL LAYER 15 hours

PHYSICAL LAYER - Guided Transmission Media: Magnetic Media – Twisted Pair – Coaxial
Cable – Fiber Optics. Wireless Transmission: Electromagnetic Spectrum – Radio Transmission –
Microwave Transmission – Infrared and Millimeter Waves – Light Waves. Communication
Satellites: Geostationary, Medium-Earth Orbit, Low Earth-orbit Satellites – Satellites versus Fiber.

Page 47 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:3 DATA-LINK LAYER 15 hours

DATA-LINK LAYER: Error Detection and correction – Elementary Data-link Protocols – Sliding
Window Protocols. MEDIUM-ACCESS CONTROL SUB LAYER: Multiple Access Protocols –
Ethernet – Wireless LANs - Broadband Wireless – Bluetooth.

Unit:4 NETWORK LAYER 15 hours

NETWORK LAYER: Routing algorithms – Congestion Control Algorithms. TRANSPORT
LAYER: Elements of Transport Protocols – Internet Transport Protocols: TCP.

Unit:5 APPLICATION LAYER 12 hours

APPLICATION LAYER: DNS – E-mail. NETWORK SECURITY: Cryptography – Symmetric
Key Algorithms – Public Key Algorithms – Digital Signatures.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Computer Networks, Andrew S. Tanenbaum, 4th edition, PHI. (UNIT-I:1.2-1.4 UNIT-II:2.2-2.4
UNIT-III:4.2-4.6 UNIT-IV:5.2,5.3,6.2,6.5 UNIT-V:7.1,7.2,8.1-8.4)

Reference Books
1 Data Communication and Networks, Achyut Godbole, 2007, TMH.
2 Computer Networks: Protocols, Standards, and Interfaces, Uyless Black, 2nd ed, PHI
3

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S M S L S M L M S S
CO2 S M S L S M L M S S
CO3 S M S L S M L M S S
CO4 S M S L S M L M S S
CO5 S M S L S M L M S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 48 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Organizational Behaviour L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective : I 6 0 4
Supportive 0
Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in human behavior skills
Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To help the students to develop cognizance of the importance of human behaviour.
2. To enable students to describe how people behave under different conditions and understand
why people behave as they do.
3. To provide the students to analyses specific strategic human resources demands for future
action.
4. To enable students to synthesize related information and evaluate options for the most logical
and optimal solution such that they would be able to predict and control human behaviour and
improve results.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Demonstrate the applicability of the concept of organizational behavior to K1
understand the behavior of people in the organization.
2 Develop Managerial skills for Individual Behaviors. K2
3 Analyze the complexities associated with management of the group behavior in the K3
organization. Analyze how to manage the Stress during a job.
4 Develop an Organizational Behaviour model for any type of Organization. K3
5 Analyze the Common biases and eradication in Decision Making Process. K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION 15 hours

Introduction to Organizational Behavior –Related Disciplines – Theoretical Framework –
Organizational Approaches – Modern Organizational Scenario: Impact of Globalization

Unit:2 INDIVIDUAL BEHAVIOR 15 hours

Individual Behavior – Perception – Process – Changes - Personality and Attitudes – Job
Satisfaction

Unit:3 MOTIVATION 15 hours

Motivation: Needs, Content and Process: Motivation: Content Theories -ghh– Process Theories –
Contemporary Theories – Motivation Applied – Job Design and Goal setting. Leadership –
Background – Process- Styles – Activities – Skills

Unit:4 GROUP 15 hours

Group Dynamics – The nature of Informal Organizations – Formal Groups – Interactive conflict:
Interpersonal conflict – Inter-group behavior and conflict – Negotiation Skills: Going beyond
conflict management – Traditional Negotiation Approaches - Contemporary negotiation skills.

Page 49 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 COMMUNICATION 12 hours

Communication – Role and background – Interpersonal communication – Informal
communication- The Decision Making process – Participative Decision making techniques –
Organization design – culture – Organization change and development

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Fred Luthans, Organizational Behavior, 9th Edition, McGraw Hill Irwin, 2002.
2 John W. Newstorm and Keith Davis, Organizational Behavior, 10th Edition.

Reference Books
1 Robbins, S. P., & Judge, T. (2013). Organizational behavior (15th ed.). Boston: Pearson.
2 Newstrom J. W., & Davis, K. (2011). Human behavior at work (12th ed.). Tata McGraw Hill

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 L M M S L S S S M M
CO2 L L S M L M S M S S
CO3 L M S L L M S M S S
CO4 L L M L M M S M S S
CO5 L M S L L M S M S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 50 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Software Testing L T P C

Core/Elective/
Skill based Subject : 3 6 0 3
Supportive 0
Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite Basic knowledge in software project and SDLC
Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To study fundamental concepts in software testing
2. To discuss various software testing issues and solutions in software unit test, integration
and system testing.
3. To expose the advanced software testing topics, such as object-oriented software testing
methods.
4. List a range of different software testing techniques and strategies and be able to apply
specific automated unit testing method to the projects.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Explain the basic concepts and the processes that lead to software testing K2
2 Design test cases from the given requirements using Black box testing techniques K3
3 Identify the test cases from Source code by means of white box testing techniques K3
4 Know about user acceptance testing and generate test cases for it K4
5 Examine the test adequacy criteria to complete the testing process K4
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT LIFE CYCLE MODELS 15 hours

Software Development Life Cycle models: Phases of Software project – Quality, Quality
Assurance, Quality control – Testing, Verification and Validation – Process Model to represent
Different Phases - Life Cycle models. White-Box Testing: Static Testing – Structural Testing –
Challenges in White-Box Testing.

Unit:2 BLACK-BOX TESTING 15 hours

Black-Box Testing: What is Black-Box Testing? - Why Black-Box Testing? – When to do Black-
Box Testing? – How to do Black-Box Testing? – Challenges in White Box Testing - Integration
Testing: Integration Testing as Type of Testing – Integration Testing as a Phase f Testing –
Scenario Testing – Defect Bash.

Unit:3 SYSTEM AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING 15 hours

System and Acceptance Testing: system Testing Overview – Why System testing is done? –
Functional versus Non-functional Testing - Functional testing - Non-functional Testing –
Acceptance Testing – Summary of Testing Phases.

Unit:4 PERFORMANCE TESTING 15 hours

Factors governing Performance Testing – Methodology of Performance Testing – tools for
Performance Testing – Process for Performance Testing – Challenges. Regression Testing: What is
Regression Testing? – Types of Regression Testing – When to do Regression Testing – How to do
Regression Testing – Best Practices in Regression Testing.

Page 51 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 TEST PLANNING, MANAGEMENT, EXECUTION 12 hours

AND REPORTING
Test Planning, Management, Execution and Reporting: Test Planning – Test Management – Test
Process – Test Reporting –Best Practices. Test Metrics and Measurements: Project Metrics –
Progress Metrics – Productivity Metrics – Release Metrics.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Software Testing Principles and Practices, Srinivasan Desikan & Gopalswamy Ramesh, 2006,
Pearson Education. (UNIT-I: 2.1-2.5, 3.1-3.4 UNIT-II: 4.1-4.4, 5.1-5.5 UNIT III: 6 .1-6.7
(UNIT IV: 7.1-7.6, 8.1-8.5 UNIT-V: 15.1-15.6, 17.4-17.7)
2 Limaye M.G., “Software Testing Principles, Techniques and Tools”, Second Reprint, TMH
Publishers, 2010.
3 Aditya [Link], “Foundations of Software Testing”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.

Reference Books
1 Effective Methods of Software Testing, William E. Perry, 3rd ed, Wiley India.
2 Software Testing, Renu Rajani, Pradeep Oak, 2007, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L S M L M S S
CO2 S M S L S M L M S M
CO3 S S S L S M L M S S
CO4 S M S L S M L M S M
CO5 S S S L S M L M S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 52 of 75
[Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Sixth
Semester

Page 53 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Graphics & Multimedia L T P C

Core/Elective/
Core: 10 5 0 4
Supportive 0
Basic knowledge in 2D, 3D and multimedia file Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
formats Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. Design and apply two dimensional graphics and transformations.
2. Design and apply three dimensional graphics and transformations.
3. Apply Illumination, color models and clipping techniques to graphics.
4. Understood Different types of Multimedia File Format.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Explain applications, principles, commonly used and techniques of computer K2
graphics and algorithms for Line-Drawing, Circle- Generating and Ellipse-
Generating.
2 Students will get the concepts of 2D and 3D, Viewing, Curves and surfaces, K3
Hidden
Line/surface elimination techniques
3 Studies concepts of Multimedia Systems, Text, Audio and Video tools K3
4 Compressing audio and video using MPEG-1 and MPEG-2 K4
5 Creates Animation with special effects using algorithms K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 OUTPUT PRIMITIVES 15 hours

Output Primitives: Points and Lines – Line-Drawing algorithms – Loading frame Buffer – Line
function – Circle-Generating algorithms – Ellipse-generating algorithms. Attributes of Output
Primitives: Line Attributes – Curve attributes – Color and Grayscale Levels – Area-fill attributes –
Character Attributes.

Unit:2 2D GEOMETRIC TRANSFORMATIONS 15 hours

2D Geometric Transformations: Basic Transformations – Matrix Representations – Composite
Transformations – Other Transformations. 2D Viewing: The Viewing Pipeline – Viewing Co-
ordinate Reference Frame – Window-to-Viewport Co-ordinate Transformation - 2D Viewing
Functions – Clipping Operations.

Unit:3 TEXT 15 hours

Text: Types of Text – Unicode Standard – Font – Insertion of Text – Text compression – File
formats. Image: Image Types – Seeing Color – Color Models – Basic Steps for Image Processing –
Scanner – Digital Camera – Interface Standards – Specification of Digital Images – CMS – Device
Independent Color Models – Image Processing software – File Formats – Image Output on
Monitor and Printer.

Page 54 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 AUDIO 15 hours

Audio: Introduction – Acoustics – Nature of Sound Waves – Fundamental Characteristics of Sound
– Microphone – Amplifier – Loudspeaker – Audio Mixer – Digital Audio – Synthesizers – MIDI –
Basics of Staff Notation – Sound Card – Audio Transmission – Audio File formats and CODECs –
Audio Recording Systems – Audio and Multimedia – Voice Recognition and Response - Audio
Processing Software.

Unit:5 VIDEO AND ANIMATION 12 hours

Video: Analog Video Camera – Transmission of Video Signals – Video Signal Formats –
Television Broadcasting Standards – PC Video – Video File Formats and CODECs – Video
Editing – Video Editing Software. Animation: Types of Animation – Computer Assisted
Animation – Creating Movement – Principles of Animation – Some Techniques of Animation –
Animation on the Web – Special Effects – Rendering Algorithms. Compression: MPEG-1 Audio –
MPEG-1 Video - MPEG-2Audio – MPEG-2 Video.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars - webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Computer Graphics, Donald Hearn, [Link] Baker, 2nd edition, PHI. (UNIT-I: 3.1-3.6,4.1-
4.5 & UNIT-II: 5.1-5.4,6.1-6.5)
2 Principles of Multimedia, Ranjan Parekh, 2007, TMH. (UNIT III: 4.1-4.7,5.1-5.16 UNIT-IV:
7.1-7.3,7.8-7.14,7.18-7.20,7.22,7.24,7.26-28 UNIT-V: 9.5-9.10,9.13,9.15,10.10-10.13)

Reference Books
1 Computer Graphics, Amarendra N Sinha, Arun D Udai, TMH.
2 Multimedia: Making it Work, Tay Vaughan, 7th edition, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S M S M S S S M
CO2 S S S M S M M M S M
CO3 S M M M S M M M S M
CO4 S S S M S M M M S M
CO5 S S S M S M S S S M
*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 55 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Project Work Lab L T P C

Core/Elective/Supportiv
Core: 11 0 5 8
e 0
Students should have the strong knowledge in any Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
one of the programming languages in this course. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand and select the task based on their core skills.
2. To get the knowledge about analytical skill for solving the selected task.
3. To get confidence for implementing the task and solving the real time problems.
4. Express technical and behavioral ideas and thought in oral settings.
5. Prepare and conduct oral presentations

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Formulate a real world problem and develop its requirements develop a design K3
solution for a set of requirements.
2 Test and validate the conformance of the developed prototype against the original K5
requirements of the problem.
3 Work as a responsible member and possibly a leader of a team in developing K3
software solutions.
4 Express technical ideas, strategies and methodologies in written form. Self-learn K1-K4
new tools, algorithms and techniques that contribute to the software solution of
the project.
5 Generate alternative solutions, compare them and select the optimum one. K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

AIM OF THE PROJECT WORK

1. The aim of the project work is to acquire practical knowledge on the implementation of the
programming concepts studied.
2. Each student should carry out individually one project work and it may be a work using the
software packages that they have learned or the implementation of concepts from the papers
studied or implementation of any innovative idea focusing on application oriented concepts.
3. The project work should be compulsorily done in the college only under the supervision of the
department staff concerned.
VivaVoce
1. Viva-Voce will be conducted at the end of the year by both Internal (Respective Guides) and
External Examiners, after duly verifying the Annexure Report available in the College, for
a total of 100 marks at the last day of the practical session.
1. Out of 100 marks, 25 marks for CIA and 75 for CEE (50 evaluation of project report + 25
Viva Voce).

Page 56 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Project Report Format

PROJECT WORK
TITLE OF THE DISSERTATION

Bonafide Work Done by

STUDENT NAME
REG. NO.

Dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the award of

<Name of the Degree>
of Bharathiar University, Coimbatore-46.

College Logo

Signature of the Guide Signature of the HOD

Submitted for the Viva-Voce Examination held on

Internal Examiner External Examiner

Month – Year
CONTENTS
Acknowledgement
Contents
Synopsis
1. Introduction
Organization Profile
System Specification
Hardware Configuration
Software Specification
2. System Study
Existing System
Drawbacks

Page 57 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Proposed System
Features
3. System Design and Development
File Design
Input Design
Output Design
Database Design
System Development
Description of Modules (Detailed explanation about the project work)
4. Testing and Implementation
5. Conclusion
Bibliography
Appendices
A. Data Flow Diagram
B. Table Structure
C. Sample Coding
D. Sample Input
E. Sample Output
Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 58 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Programming Lab –
Course code L T P C
Graphics & Multimedia
Core/Elective/Supportive Core Lab : 7 0 0 6 4
Students should have the basic knowledge on C
Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite and C++ to do computer graphics and
Version Onward
multimedia applications.
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To learn the basic principles of 2-dimensional computer graphics.
2. Provide an understanding of how to scan convert the basic geometrical primitives, how to
transform the shapes to fit them as per the picture definition.
3. Provide an understanding of mapping from a world coordinates to device coordinates,
clipping and projections.
4. To be able to discuss the application of computer graphics concepts in the development of
computer games, information visualization and business applications.
5. To comprehend and analyse the fundamentals of animation, virtual reality, underlying
technologies, principles and applications.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the basic concepts of computer graphics. K1
2 Design scan conversion problems using C and C++ programming. K2
3 Apply clipping and filling techniques for modifying an object. K3
4 Understand the concepts of different type of geometric transformation of
K4
objects in 2D.
5 Understand and develop the practical implementation of modeling, rendering,
K6
viewing of objects in 2D
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Programs 36 hours
Graphics
1. Write a program to rotate an image.
2. Write a program to drop each word of a sentence one by one from the top.
3. Write a program to drop a line using DDA Algorithm.
4. Write a program to move a car with sound effect.
5. Write a program to bounce a ball and move it with sound effect.
6. Write a program to test whether a given pixel is inside or outside or on a polygon.
Multimedia
7. Create Sun Flower using Photoshop.
8. Animate Plane flying in the Clouds using Photoshop.
9. Create Plastic Surgery for the Nose using Photoshop.
10. Create See-through text using Photoshop.
11. Create a Web Page using Photoshop.
12. Convert Black and White Photo to Color Photo using Photoshop.
Total Lecture hours 36 hours

Page 59 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 Computer Graphics, Donald Hearn, [Link] Baker, 2nd edition, PHI.
2 Principles of Multimedia, Ranjan Parekh, 2007, TMH.

Reference Books
1 Computer Graphics, Amarendra N Sinha, Arun D Udai, TMH.
2 Multimedia: Making it Work, Tay Vaughan, 7th edition, TMH.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S M M M S M L L M L
CO3 S S S M M M M M M L
CO3 S S S M S M M M M L
CO4 S S S S S M M M M M
CO5 S S S S S M S S S M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 60 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Network Security and Cryptography L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective: II 5 0 0 4
Supportive
Basic knowledge on security threats in Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
networking Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To learn the need for network security and security approaches.
2. To inculcate the concept of transferring authentic data along the network with several
methods and algorithms.
3. To enrich the knowledge on different types of Internet Security Protocols.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Remember the basic concept of Cryptography and various types of attacks. K1
2 Understand about various types of protocols for Internet Security. K2
3 Implement various algorithms for Cryptography K3
4 Review Firewall and IP security K4
5 To be familiar with network security threats and countermeasure K3-K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 SERVICE MECHANISM 15 hours

Service mechanism and attacks – The OSI security architecture – A model for network security –
symmetric Cipher model – Substitution techniques – transposition techniques – simplified des – block
chipper principles – the strength of des – block chipper design principles and modes of operation.

Unit:2 TYPES OF DES 12 hours

Triple des-blow fish – RCS Advanced Symmetric Block Ciphers –RC4 stream Cipher confidentially
using symmetric encryption – introduction to number theory – public – key cryptography and RSA.

Unit:3 KEY MANAGEMENT 15 hours

Key management – Diffle Hellman key exchange – message authentication and hash function – hash
algorithm – digital signature and authentication protocols – digital signature standard.

Unit:4 AUTHENTICATION 15 hours

Authentication application – pretty good privacy – S/MIME – ip security – web security
considerations –secure socket layer transport layer security –secure electronic transaction.

Unit:5 INTRUDERS 15 hours

Intruders –intrusion detection – password management –viruses and related threats – virus
countermeasures – fire wall design principles – trusted systems

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Page 61 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Text Book(s)
1 William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practices, Fourth edition,
PHI Education Asia

Reference Books
1 Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, 2nd Edition, TMH.
2 Behrouz [Link], Cryptography and Network Security, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L S L L L S S
CO2 S M S L S L M L S S
CO3 S S S L S L M L S S
CO4 S M S L S L M L S S
CO5 S S S L S L M L S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 62 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective: II 5 0 0 4
Supportive
Basic knowledge on knowledge representation, Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
reasoning and problem solving skills Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To understand the basic concepts of Artificial Intelligence and identify the AI problems and
domains.
2. To provide search techniques to solve the problems.
3. To represent and access the domain specific knowledge.
4. Ability to apply knowledge representation, reasoning, and machine learning techniques to
real-world problems

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the nature of AI problems and task domains of AI. K1
2 Apply the appropriate search procedures to solve the problems by using
K2
best algorithms.
3 Analyze and select the suitable knowledge representation method. K3
4 Manipulate the acquired knowledge and infer new knowledge. K4
5 Demonstrate the development of AI systems by encoding the knowledge. K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION 15 hours

Introduction: AI Problems – AI techniques – Criteria for success. Problems, Problem Spaces,
Search: State space search – Production Systems – Problem Characteristics – Issues in design of
Search.

Unit:2 HEURISTIC SEARCH TECHNIQUES 12 hours

Heuristic Search techniques: Generate and Test – Hill Climbing – Best-Fist, Problem Reduction,
Constraint Satisfaction, Means-end analysis.

Unit:3 KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION 15 hours

Knowledge representation issues: Representations and mappings – Approaches to Knowledge
representations – Issues in Knowledge representations – Frame Problem.

Unit:4 PREDICATE LOGIC 15 hours

Using Predicate Logic: Representing simple facts in logic – Representing Instance and Isa
relationships – Computable functions and predicates – Resolution – Natural deduction.

Unit:5 REPRESENTING KNOWLEDGE USING RULES 15 hours

Representing knowledge using rules: Procedural Vs Declarative knowledge – Logic programming
– Forward Vs Backward reasoning – Matching – Control knowledge Brief explanation of Expert
Systems-Definition- Characteristics-architecture- Knowledge Engineering- Expert System Life
Cycle-Knowledge Acquisition Strategies- Expert System Tools.

Page 63 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Artificial Intelligence, Elaine Rich and Kelvin Knight, TMH, 2nd Edn, 1991
2 Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach, Stuart Russell & Peter Norvig, 2nd Edition
Perason.

Reference Books
1 Artificial Intelligence, George F Luger, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2002.
Foundations of Artificial Intelligent and Expert Systems, V S Janaki Raman, K Sarukesi, P
2
Gopalakrishnan, MacMillan India limited.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L S L L L S S
CO2 S S S L S L L L S S
CO3 S S S L S L L L S S
CO4 S S S L S L L L S S
CO5 S S S L S L L L S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 64 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Web Technology L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective: II 5 0 0 4
Supportive
Basic knowledge in web server, browser and web
Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite application
Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
[Link] completion of this course, a student will be familiar with client server architecture and
able to develop a web application using java technologies.
1. Students will gain the skills and project-based experience needed for entry into web
application and development careers
3. Understand best technologies for solving web client/server problems
4. Use Java script for dynamic effects and to validate form input entry
5. Analyze to Use appropriate client-side or Server-side applications

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand and analyse the TCP/IP basics. K1
2 Understand Domain server name, FTP, TFTP, basics of WWW, web browser
K2
architecture.
3 Knowledge of Microsoft and java technologies, dynamic web pages, DHTML, ASP
K2-K3
and JSP.
4 Understanding active web pages, Java Applet, Java bean, CORBA, RMI and EDI K2-K3
architecture
5 Knowledge on XML, XML parser, WAP K4-K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 TCP/IP 15 hours

TCP/IP: TCP/IP Basics – Why IP address – Logical Address - TCP/IP Example- The concept of IP
address – Basics of TCP – Features of TCP – Relationship between TCP and IP – Ports and
Sockets – Active Open and Passive Open - TCP Connections – What makes TCP reliable? – TCP
Packet format - Persistent TCP connections – UDP – Differences between TCP and UDP.

Unit:2 DNS 12 hours

DNS – E-mail – FTP – TFTP – History of WWW – Basics of WWW and Browsing - Local
information on the internet – HTML – Web Browser Architecture – Web Pages and Multimedia –
Remote Login (TELNET).

Unit:3 INTRODUCTION TO WEB TECHNOLOGY 15 hours

Introduction to Web Technology: Web pages – Tiers – Concept of a Tier – Comparison of
Microsoft and Java Technologies – Web Pages – Static Web Pages – Plug-ins – Frames – Forms.
Dynamic Web Pages: Need – Magic of Dynamic Web Pages – Overview of Dynamic Web Page
Technologies – Overview of DHTML – Common Gateway Interface – ASP – ASP Technology –
ASP Example – Modern Trends in ASP – Java and JVM – Java Servlets – Java Server Pages.

Page 65 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:4 ACTIVE WEB PAGES 15 hours

Active Web Pages: Active Web Pages in better solution – Java Applets – Why are Active Web
Pages Powerful? – Lifecycle of Java Applets – ActiveX Controls – Java Beans. Middleware and
Component-Based E-Commerce Architectures: CORBA – Java Remote Method Invocation –
DCOM. EDI: Overview – Origins of EDI – Understanding of EDI – Data Exchange Standards –
EDI Architecture – Significance of EDI – Financial EDI – EDI and internet.

Unit:5 XML 15 hours

XML: SGML – Basics of XML – XML Parsers – Need for a standard. WAP: Limitations of
Mobile devices – Emergence of WAP – WAP Architecture – WAP Stack – Concerns about WAP
and its future – Alternatives to WAP.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
Web Technologies: TCP/IP to Internet Applications Architectures – Achyut S Godbole & Atul
1 Kahate, 2007, TMH. (UNIT-I: 3.1-3.5,4.1-4.12 UNIT-II: 5.1-5.4,6.1-6.7 UNIT III:8.1-8.1,9.1-
9.13 UNIT IV: 10.1-10.7,15.1-15.3,16.1-16.8 UNIT-V: 17.1-17.4,18.1-18.6)

Reference Books
1 Internet and Web Technologies, Rajkamal, TMH.
2 TCP/IP Protocol Suite, Behrouz A. Forouzan, 3rd edition, TMH.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L S L L L S S
CO2 S S S M S M L L S S
CO3 S S S L S M M M S S
CO4 S S S M S L M L S S
CO5 S S S L S L M L S S

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 66 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Data Mining L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective: III 5 0 0 4
Supportive
Basic knowledge on data, database, and Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
statistical functions Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
2. To introduce the concept of data Mining as an important tool for enterprise data management
and cutting edge technology for building competitive advantage.
2. To enable students to effectively identify sources of data and process it for data mining
3. To make students well versed in all data mining algorithms, methods of evaluation.
4. To impart knowledge of tools used for data mining
5. To provide knowledge on how to gather and analyze large sets of data to gain useful business
understanding.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Identify data mining tools and techniques in building intelligent machines K1-K2
understand
2 Analyze various data mining algorithms in applying in real time applications. K2-K4
3 Demonstrate the data mining algorithms to combinatorial optimization problems K2-K3
4 Illustrate the mining techniques like association, classification and clustering on K2-K3
transactional databases.
5 Perform exploratory analysis of the data to be used for mining. K3-K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 – Create

Unit:1 BASIC DATA MINING TASKS 15 hours

Basic Data Mining Tasks – Data Mining Versus Knowledge Discovery in Data Bases – Data Mining
Issues – Data Mining Matrices – Social Implications of Data Mining – Data Mining from Data Base
Perspective.

Unit:2 DATA MINING TECHNIQUES 12 hours

Data Mining Techniques – a Statistical Perspective on data mining – Similarity Measures – Decision
Trees – Neural Networks – Genetic Algorithms.

Unit:3 CLASSIFICATION 15 hours

Classification: Introduction – Statistical – Based Algorithms – Distance Based Algorithms – Decision
Tree – Based Algorithms – Neural Network Based Algorithms – Rule Based Algorithms – Combining
Techniques.

Unit:4 CLUSTERING 15 hours

Clustering: Introduction – Similarity and Distance Measures – Outliers – Hierarchical Algorithms.
Partitional Algorithms.

Unit:5 ASSOCIATION RULES 15 hours

Association Rules: Introduction - Large Item Sets – Basic Algorithms – Parallel & Distributed

Page 67 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Algorithms – Comparing Approaches – Incremental Rules – – Measuring the Quality of Rules.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 Margaret [Link], Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Topics, Pearson Education – 2003.
2 Arun [Link], “Data Mining Techniques”, Universities Press, 2010.

Reference Books
1 Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber, Data Mining Concepts & Techniques, 2001 Academic Press.
[Link], Shyam Diwakar, [Link], “Insight into Data Mining – Theory and Practice”,
2
Prentice Hall of India, 2009.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 M M S M S L L M S S
CO2 M S S M S M M L S M
CO3 M S S L M L M M S S
CO4 M M M M M M L L S S
CO5 M S S L S L M M S M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 68 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Open Source Software L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective: III 5 0 0 4
Supportive
Basic understanding in scripting language and Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
SQL Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To expose students to free open source software environment and introduce them to use
open source packages.
2. Demonstrate different open source technology like Linux, PHP & MySQL with different
packages.
3. To understand open source software practices and tools.
4. To use the open source software in operating systems, Programming and web framework in
approaching real time applications.

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the significance of open source practices and guidelines. K2
2 Manipulate open source databases based on user requirements K3
3 Implement web programming with PHP K3
4 Integrate open source web frameworks in an application K4
5 Write desktop and web applications with Python K6
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION TO OPEN SOURCE 15 hours

Introduction to open sources – Need of open sources – advantages of open sources –application of
open sources. Open source operating systems: LINUX: Introduction – general overview –Kernel
mode and user mode –process – advanced concepts –scheduling – personalities – cloning – signals
– development with Linux.

Unit:2 MYSQL 12 hours

MySQL: Introduction – setting up account – starting, terminating and writing your own SQL
programs-record selection Technology – working with strings – Date and Time – sorting Query
results – generating summary –working with meta data –using sequences – MySQL and Web.

Unit:3 PHP 15 hours

PHP: Introduction –programming in web environment –variables- constants – data types –
operators – statements – functions – arrays – OOP – string manipulations and regular expression –
file handling and data storage – PHP and SQL database – PHP and LDAP – PHP connectivity –
sending and receiving E-mails – debugging and error handling – security –templates.

Unit:4 PYTHON 15 hours

Syntax and style – Python objects – numbers – sequences – strings – lists and tuples – dictionaries
– conditional loops –files – input and output – errors and exceptions – functions – modules –
classes and OOP – execution environment.

Page 69 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:5 PERL 15 hours

Pert backgrounder – pert overview – pearl parsing rules – variables and data – statements and
control structures – subroutines -packages and modules – working with files – data manipulation.

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
1 The Linux Kernel Book, Remy Card, Eric and Frank Mevel, Wiley Publications 2003.
2 MySQL Bible, Steve Suchring, John Wiley 2002.

Reference Books
1 Programming PHP, Rasmus Lerdorf and Levin Tatroe, O‗Reilly, 2002
2 Core Python Programming, Wesley J. Chun, Prentice Hall, 200
3 Perl: The Complete Reference, 2nd Edn, Martin C. Brown, TMH , 2009
4 MySQL: The Complete Reference, 2nd Edn, Vikram Vaswani, TMH, 2009
5 PHP: The Complete Reference, 2nd Edn, Steve Holzner, TMH 2009.

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 S S S L S L L M S S
CO2 S S S M S M L L S M
CO3 S S S L M L L M S S
CO4 S M S M M M L L S S
CO5 S M S L S L L M S M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 70 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Course code Internet of Things (IoT) L T P C

Core/Elective/
Elective: III 5 0 0 4
Supportive
Students should have the basic understanding of Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
logical circuits and hardware architecture. Version Onward
Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To learn the concepts of IoT and its protocols.
2. To learn how to analysis the data in IoT.
3. To develop IoT infrastructure for popular applications.
4. To report about the IoT privacy, security and vulnerabilities solution

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 To understand the fundamentals of Internet of Things. K1
2 To know the basics of communication protocols and the designing principles of
K2
Web connectivity.
3 To gain the knowledge of Internet connectivity principles K2-K3
4 Designing and develop smart city in IoT K2-K3
5 Analyzing and evaluate the data received through sensors in IOT. K4-K5
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Unit:1 INTRODUCTION 15 hours

Introduction - Definition & characteristics of IoT - physical design of IoT - logical design of IoT -
IoT enabling Technologies - IoT levels & Deployment templates. Domain specific Iots : Home
Automation - cities - Environment - Energy - retail - logistics - Agriculture - Industry i Health and
life style.

Unit:2 IOT and M2M 12 hours

IoT and M2M - Deference between Iot and M2M - SDN and NFV for lot - IoT systems
management - SNMP - YANG - NETOPEER

Unit:3 IOT SPECIFICATION 15 hours

IoT platforms design Methodology - purpose and specification - process specification - Domain
model specification - Information model specification - Service specification - IoT level
specification - functional view specification - operational view specification - Device and
component Integrators - Application Development.

Unit:4 LOGICAL DESIGN USING PYTHON 15 hours

Logical design using python - Installing python - type conversions - control flow - functions -
modules - File handling - classes. IoT physical devices and End points, building blocks of IoT
device - Raspberry Pi - Linux on Raspberry Pi - Raspberry Pi interfaces.

Unit:5 IOT AND CLOUD COMPUTING 15 hours

IoT physical servers & cloud computing - WAMP - Xively cloud for IoT - python Web application
frame work - Amazon web services for IoT.

Page 71 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Unit:6 Contemporary Issues 3 hours

Expert lectures, online seminars – webinars

Total Lecture hours 75 hours

Text Book(s)
Internet of Things - A hands on Approach Authors: Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti
1
Publisher: Universities press.

Reference Books
Internet of Things - Srinivasa K.G., Siddesh G.M. Hanumantha Raju R. Publisher: Cengage
1
Learning India pvt. Ltd (2018)

Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]

1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 M M S M S L L M S S
CO2 S S S M S M M L S M
CO3 S S S L M L M M S S
CO4 M M S M S M L L S S
CO5 S S S L S L M M S M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 72 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Programming Lab –
Course code L T P C
Software Testing
Core/Elective/Supportive Skill based Subject Lab : 4 0 0 4 3
Basic knowledge on software project Syllabus 2023-24
Pre-requisite
development in SDLC Version Onward

Course Objectives:
The main objectives of this course are to:
1. To gain knowledge about recording the test case in different modes.
2. To design and construct the test cases using Test Script Language.
3. To learn about GUI objects and bitmap objects

Expected Course Outcomes:

On the successful completion of the course, student will be able to:
1 Understand the importance of software quality/software testing and apply
K1
software testing techniques for information systems development.
2 Generate test cases from software requirements using various test processes for
K2
continuous quality improvement.
3 Understand flow graphs and apply path testing. K3
4 Apply software testing techniques in commercial environments and assess the
K4
adequacy of test suites using control flow, data flow and program mutation.
5 Identify the inputs and deliverables of the testing process and work together as a
K6
team in preparing a report
K1 - Remember; K2 - Understand; K3 - Apply; K4 - Analyze; K5 - Evaluate; K6 - Create

Programs 36 hours

Page 73 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Write at least 10 TEST CASES for the following programs. Test cases can be for Input data,
Conditional expressions, control transfer, output, etc. Run-Test-Debug- until all the test cases
are in success status. Marks distribution as follows:
1. List of Test Descriptions (at least 10) for the Program. (20%)
2. Test Cases (40%)
3. Program with all test case results success (30%)
4. Record (10%)

TEST CASE EXAMPLE:

Expected Actual
Test -Id Test Description Test Steps Status
Output Output
Accepted
Acceptance of 10 Input 10 Digit Accepting 10
TC-01 10 digit Success
digit input data Number digit number
number
Character X Accepting
Non- acceptance of Input a
TC-02 should not be Character Failure
character data character data X
accepted data

Modify PIC X(10) into PIC 9(10) and then run program for Test-id TC-02 again
Expected Actual
Test -Id Test Description Test Steps Status
Output Output
Character X Character
Non- acceptance of Input a
TC-02 should not be data not Success
character data character data X
accepted accepted
Digit sum of 10
Single digit
TC-03 digit is in single Output data Single digit sum Success
Sum
digit
1. Test the C program: Finding the sum of individual digits of a 10-digit number until a single
digit is produced.
2. Test the C Program: Accept the inputs student name, marks in five subjects and declare the
result as PASS if the student gets minimum 40 in each subject; otherwise declare the result as
FAIL.
3. Test the C program: Program for generating n prime numbers
4. Test the C program: Sort and store the elements of two arrays of integers into the third list.
5. Test the C program: Experiment the operations of a stack using array implementation.
6. Test the C program: Menu-driven option for queue operations like add, remove and display.
7. Test the C++ program: Palindrome string checking program (using pointers)
Total Lecture hours 36 hours
Text Book(s)
1
Reference Books
1
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1
2
3

Course Designed By:

Page 74 of 75
 [Link]. Computer Science 2023-24 onwards - Affiliated Colleges - Annexure No.31A
SCAA DATED: 18.05.2023

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
CO1 M M S M S M M M S S
CO3 S S M M S M M L S M
CO3 S S S S M L M M S S
CO4 M M M M M M L L S S
CO5 M S S L S L M M S M

*S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Page 75 of 75